Religion has long been used and manipulated by the ruling elite to divide and rule peoples. Organised religion is actually a very efficient method of control. While religion and churches separate people, they keep the truths about spirituality from the people. Nonetheless many people now see past the veil of religion and progress on their own spiritual paths free from being told that they must be fearful of a vindictive and persecuting god.
Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics
"Beyond the material world, beyond the common rules, limitations, and assumptions we take upon ourselves, resides a greater spiritual reality operating under a set of higher principles that can help us transcend foolishness, strife, and drudgery.
Knowledge limited to the physical world and bounded by the shortcomings of our five senses is not enough to attain freedom. Metaphysics is the study of higher knowledge, the deeper truths of life. We only have to recognize these higher truths and live by them to rise beyond old behavioral patterns and access a new vista of inconceivably wonderful possibilities." - Montalk.net
"Religion throughout history has always been used by elites as mechanism to control society. They have known how to do this for millennia and have repeated the same formula over and over again at different times and locations. Virtually all religions over the past 5,000 years have been allegories based on earlier forms of pagan sun worship".
- The Globalist Agenda.org
Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter On Finding Purpose And Meaning In Life + Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From
March 20 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
“I was not proud of what I had learned, but I never doubted that it was worth knowing.” - Hunter S. Thompson
Are you living or just surviving?
Related: 6 Lessons You Must Learn To Find Contentment In Life & A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood
For most people, life seems like a drudgery that they have to endure until they die. They are not living to their fullest potential and hence can’t make the most out of life. They feel that they have no purpose and that their life lacks meaning. They are semi-living, enduring all the pain that the universe throws on their shoulders.
But how can one savor life? And how can one find meaning and purpose?
Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life
In April of 1958, when asked those questions by his friend, Hume Logan, 22-year-old Hunter S. Thompson responded by writing a thought-provoking letter sharing his advice. The letter is short yet profound, and the fact that at the time Thompson was yet to be successful makes it even more important.
Without further ado, here’s Thompson’s monumental letter that will make you reconsider your life, as well as inspire and motivate you to squeeze the juice out of every moment that existence brings on your way.
Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter
April 22, 1958
57 Perry Street
New York City
You ask advice: ah, what a very human and very dangerous thing to do! For to give advice to a man who asks what to do with his life implies something very close to egomania.
To presume to point a man to the right and ultimate goal - to point with a trembling finger in the RIGHT direction is something only a fool would take upon himself.
I am not a fool, but I respect your sincerity in asking my advice. I ask you though, in listening to what I say, to remember that all advice can only be a product of the man who gives it.
What is truth to one may be disaster to another. I do not see life through your eyes, nor you through mine. If I were to attempt to give you specific advice, it would be too much like the blind leading the blind.
“To be, or not to be: that is the question: Whether ’tis nobler in the mind to suffer the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune, or to take arms against a sea of troubles … ” (Shakespeare)
And indeed, that IS the question: whether to float with the tide, or to swim for a goal. It is a choice we must all make consciously or unconsciously at one time in our lives. So few people understand this!
Think of any decision you’ve ever made which had a bearing on your future: I may be wrong, but I don’t see how it could have been anything but a choice however indirect - between the two things I’ve mentioned: the floating or the swimming.
But why not float if you have no goal? That is another question. It is unquestionably better to enjoy the floating than to swim in uncertainty. So how does a man find a goal?
Not a castle in the stars, but a real and tangible thing. How can a man be sure he’s not after the “big rock candy mountain,” the enticing sugar-candy goal that has little taste and no substance?
The answer - and, in a sense, the tragedy of life - is that we seek to understand the goal and not the man. We set up a goal which demands of us certain things: and we do these things.
We adjust to the demands of a concept which CANNOT be valid. When you were young, let us say that you wanted to be a fireman.
I feel reasonably safe in saying that you no longer want to be a fireman. Why? Because your perspective has changed. It’s not the fireman who has changed, but you. Every man is the sum total of his reactions to experience.
As your experiences differ and multiply, you become a different man, and hence your perspective changes. This goes on and on. Every reaction is a learning process; every significant experience alters your perspective.
So it would seem foolish, would it not, to adjust our lives to the demands of a goal we see from a different angle every day? How could we ever hope to accomplish anything other than galloping neurosis?
The answer, then, must not deal with goals at all, or not with tangible goals, anyway. It would take reams of paper to develop this subject to fulfillment. God only knows how many books have been written on “the meaning of man” and that sort of thing, and god only knows how many people have pondered the subject. (I use the term “god only knows” purely as an expression.)
There’s very little sense in my trying to give it up to you in the proverbial nutshell, because I’m the first to admit my absolute lack of qualifications for reducing the meaning of life to one or two paragraphs.
I’m going to steer clear of the word “existentialism,” but you might keep it in mind as a key of sorts. You might also try something called “Being and Nothingness” by Jean-Paul Sartre, and another little thing called “Existentialism: From Dostoyevsky to Sartre.”
These are merely suggestions. If you’re genuinely satisfied with what you are and what you’re doing, then give those books a wide berth. (Let sleeping dogs lie.) But back to the answer.
As I said, to put our faith in tangible goals would seem to be, at best, unwise. So we do not strive to be firemen, we do not strive to be bankers, nor policemen, nor doctors.WE STRIVE TO BE OURSELVES.
But don’t misunderstand me. I don’t mean that we can’t BE firemen, bankers, or doctors - but that we must make the goal conform to the individual, rather than make the individual conform to the goal.
In every man, heredity and environment have combined to produce a creature of certain abilities and desires - including a deeply ingrained need to function in such a way that his life will be MEANINGFUL. A man has to BE something; he has to matter.
As I see it then, the formula runs something like this: a man must choose a path which will let his ABILITIES function at maximum efficiency toward the gratification of his DESIRES.
In doing this, he is fulfilling a need (giving himself identity by functioning in a set pattern toward a set goal), he avoids frustrating his potential (choosing a path which puts no limit on his self-development), and he avoids the terror of seeing his goal wilt or lose its charm as he draws closer to it (rather than bending himself to meet the demands of that which he seeks, he has bent his goal to conform to his own abilities and desires).
In short, he has not dedicated his life to reaching a pre-defined goal, but he has rather chosen a way of life he KNOWS he will enjoy.
The goal is absolutely secondary: it is the functioning toward the goal which is important. And it seems almost ridiculous to say that a man MUST function in a pattern of his own choosing; for to let another man define your own goals is to give up one of the most meaningful aspects of life - the definitive act of will which makes a man an individual.
Let’s assume that you think you have a choice of eight paths to follow (all pre-defined paths, of course). And let’s assume that you can’t see any real purpose in any of the eight. THEN - and here is the essence of all I’ve said - you MUST FIND A NINTH PATH.
Naturally, it isn’t as easy as it sounds. You’ve lived a relatively narrow life, a vertical rather than a horizontal existence. So it isn’t any too difficult to understand why you seem to feel the way you do.
But a man who procrastinates in his CHOOSING will inevitably have his choice made for him by circumstance.
So if you now number yourself among the disenchanted, then you have no choice but to accept things as they are, or to seriously seek something else.
But beware of looking for goals: look for a way of life. Decide how you want to live and then see what you can do to make a living WITHIN that way of life. But you say, “I don’t know where to look; I don’t know what to look for.”
And there’s the crux. Is it worth giving up what I have to look for something better? I don’t know - is it? Who can make that decision but you? But even by DECIDING TO LOOK, you go a long way toward making the choice.
If I don’t call this to a halt, I’m going to find myself writing a book. I hope it’s not as confusing as it looks at first glance. Keep in mind, of course, that this is MY WAY of looking at things. I happen to think that it’s pretty generally applicable, but you may not. Each of us has to create our own credo - this merely happens to be mine.
If any part of it doesn’t seem to make sense, by all means call it to my attention. I’m not trying to send you out “on the road” in search of Valhalla, but merely pointing out that it is not necessary to accept the choices handed down to you by life as you know it.
There is more to it than that - no one HAS to do something he doesn’t want to do for the rest of his life.
But then again, if that’s what you wind up doing, by all means convince yourself that you HAD to do it. You’ll have lots of company.
And that’s it for now. Until I hear from you again, I remain,
Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From
Stop for a moment and reflect on how you’ve lived your life up to this moment. Now imagine that you continue living pretty much the same way until you reach the age of 70 and look back upon your life. Would you be content with the way you’ve lived?
When people are young, they usually don’t spend any of their time contemplating on thoughts like this one. They think that life is too long, and that they don’t need to worry about such a hypothetical question. But years pass by quickly and they suddenly find themselves in an old age.
Related: The Ultimate Life Hack, 30 Incredibly Easy Steps To Truth And Freedom
Then, they are forced to ask this question by life itself. And, in most cases, they are terrorized just by the thought of asking it, because to do so would mean to take a honest look at their life choices, and for most people this is enough to remind them of the regrets that lie within their psyche.
Our Biggest Regrets
If you could name the things you most regret about, what would they be? I’m sure you could find plenty of things that you’ve done and which had negative consequences in your life and perhaps in the lives of others, and which you would undo if you had the chance to return to the past and live anew. But would any of those things be the ones you regret the most?
If you asked me, I’d say that what we humans regret the most usually aren’t things that we did. Rather, they are things that we didn’t do. Let me explain.
In life’s journey, we all make mistakes, which most of the time help us learn, grow and make better choices later on, by pointing out the bad choices we’ve made in the past, and urging us to change our actions in order to correct them and avoid repeating them in the future.
Mistakes are a necessary and inevitable part of life, and although many people are disappointed by their past mistakes, these usually don’t make it to their Life’s Biggest Regrets list. Why?
For two reasons: Firstly, because they didn’t consciously choose to make them (who would choose to make a mistake, if one knew beforehand that it was a mistake?) and secondly, because they’ve learned something out of their mistakes which helped them mature into wiser individuals.
Therefore, our biggest regrets in life don’t lie in things that we did. Rather, they lie in things that we wanted to do but we never gave a try. When you try to achieve something and you commit a mistake, you at least know that you tried, and that in itself is a very satisfying feeling, because you grabbed the opportunity to give yourself a chance - even if that was tiny - at succeeding.
When, however, you don’t even make an effort to succeed out of fear that you might make mistakes and fail, then that’s a sure-fire way to fill yourself with regrets that will continuously torment your mind. By not having given it a try, you yourself took any chance of succeeding away from your hands by your own decision, and you can’t know what would have happened otherwise.
Related: Life, The Universe & Everything
By not having tried to succeed, you, in a sense, chose to fail, and you’ll most probably forever regret that choice, if what you wanted to achieve was and still is important to you.
The question is, if our biggest regrets don’t come from our failed attempts to succeed, but from not attempting to succeed at all, then why are most people so afraid of encountering failure?
The Fear of Failure
From a very young age most of us have been conditioned to fear failure. You see, we’re living in a very competitive world, where people constantly compare themselves with one another and try their best to outdo one another.
In this world, we’ve been taught that by wining over others (for example, by getting better grades than our classmates at school or receiving a higher salary than our colleagues at work), we’re proving our worth to ourselves and the world, and that those who are better at doing so are the ones who manage to live the “good” life - the rest are just failures whose life is meaningless and not worth-living.
No wonder, therefore, we believe that failure is one of the worst things that can happen to us, and that we should avoid it no matter what.
As a result, many people stop trying out new things in life and don’t set out to achieve their desired goals, even those which mean a lot to them and would contribute to their well-being, lest they make mistakes and encounter failure which they are so afraid of. In order to avoid failure, they’ve given up all their efforts to succeed.
But what is the point of living this way? To not live the way one deep down wants to live, how can one enjoy life and be content? It’s impossible.
Unfortunately, that’s exactly what most of us are doing: living a life we don’t care about. Doing things that don’t matter to us. Things which, instead of lifting up our spirit and helping us spread the wings of our consciousness, are burdening us with all sorts of problems.
And what are we doing about it? Nothing - we just sit and wait, until a moment comes when we can’t do anything, even if we want to, because we don’t have enough energy left anymore.
All we have left is regrets that are torturing our soul and don’t allow us to relax and let go of life with dignity, knowing that we’ve made the most out of it while we could.
Failure is Better than Regret
If you don’t want to end up this way, you need to reconsider your life. Ask yourself in all honesty: “Is the way I’m living serving my happiness?” If not, think of what it would take for you to live in a way that fills your heart with joy. And whatever that is, go for it with all your might.
To do so, you’ll most probably have to endure a lot of adversities and suffering, and you might make a lot of mistakes along your journey. But no matter how painful that is or how many failures you encounter, keep going, being aware that giving up is the only true failure in life.
Of course, be sure to choose your battles carefully. Many people are striving for years upon years to achieve things that won’t and can’t contribute to their well-being.
For example, some are constantly trying to become financially wealthy and acquire as many expensive possessions as they can afford, unable to realize that, although money can fill their pockets, and material objects can fill their houses, none of these can fill their hearts.
Some others, to give another example, are in an endless pursuit of sexual partners to sleep around with, not realizing that sex can’t substitute for the intimacy and loving affection they deep down desire.
So when I am saying “do what brings you joy,” I don’t mean what provides you with superficial, temporary egoistic gratification.
I mean what truly makes you feel fulfilled and turns your life into a celebration. Like engaging yourself in creative work you feel passionate about.
Or forming genuine relationships with like-minded people you enjoy sharing your being with. Or spreading kindness and contributing your gifts to the world for the benefit of all beings on earth.
These are some things that can bring us lasting contentment and peace of mind, but most of us don’t give our attention to.
Life is short, so don’t waste it doing things that don’t put a smile on your face. Focus on doing what allows you to live totally and savor every single moment you’ve been offered by existence.
Will that be easy? Probably not. Will it be worth it? Certainly yes. And, even if you fail at living to your fullest potential, you’ll still gain a lot along your way, for as the saying goes, it’s not the destination that matters, but the journey itself.
Related: 3-Year-Old Remembers Past Life & Identifies His Murderer
Biophotons: The Human Body Emits, Communicates With, And Is Made From Light
March 16 2017 | From: Omnithought / Various
Increasingly science agrees with the poetry of direct human experience: we are more than the atoms and molecules that make up our bodies, but beings of light as well.
Biophotons are emitted by the human body, can be released through mental intention, and may modulate fundamental processes within cell-to-cell communication and DNA.
Related: Scientists Discover That Humans Have A ‘Magnetic 6th Sense’ To Detect Something We Can’t Even See
Nothing is more amazing than the highly improbable fact that we exist. We often ignore this fact, oblivious to the reality that instead of something there could be nothing at all, i.e. why is there a universe (poignantly aware of itself through us) and not some void completely unconscious of itself?
Consider that from light, air, water, basic minerals within the crust of the earth, and the at least 3 billion year old information contained within the nucleus of one diploid zygote cell, the human body is formed, and within that body a soul capable of at least trying to comprehend its bodily and spiritual origins.
Given the sheer insanity of our existential condition, and bodily incarnation as a whole, and considering that our earthly existence is partially formed from sunlight and requires the continual consumption of condensed sunlight in the form of food, it may not sound so farfetched that our body emits light.
Indeed, the human body emits biophotons, also known as ultraweak photon emissions (UPE), with a visibility 1,000 times lower than the sensitivity of our naked eye. While not visible to us, these particles of light (or waves, depending on how you are measuring them) are part of the visible electromagnetic spectrum (380-780 nm) and are detectable via sophisticated modern instrumentation.
The Physical and “Mental” Eye Emits Light
The eye itself, which is continually exposed to ambient powerful photons that pass through various ocular tissues, emit spontaneous and visible light-induced ultraweak photon emissions. It has even been hypothesized that visible light induces delayed bioluminescence within the exposed eye tissue, providing an explanation for the origin of the negative afterimage.
These light emissions have also been correlated with cerebral energy metabolism and oxidative stress within the mammalian brain.
And yet, biophoton emissions are not necessarily epiphenomenal. Bókkon’s hypothesis suggests that photons released from chemical processes within the brain produce biophysical pictures during visual imagery, and a recent study found that when subjects actively imagined light in a very dark environment their intention produced significant increases in ultraweak photo emissions.
This is consistent with an emerging view that biophotons are not solely cellular metabolic by-products, but rather, because biophoton intensity can be considerably higher inside cells than outside, it is possible for the mind to access this energy gradient to create intrinsic biophysical pictures during visual perception and imagery.
Our Cells and DNA Use Biophotons To Store and Communicate Information
Apparently biophotons are used by the cells of many living organisms to communicate, which facilitates energy/information transfer that is several orders of magnitude faster than chemical diffusion. According to a 2010 study;
“Cell to cell communication by biophotons have been demonstrated in plants, bacteria, animal neutriophil granulocytes and kidney cells.”
Researchers were able to demonstrate that:
“…different spectral light stimulation (infrared, red, yellow, blue, green and white) at one end of the spinal sensory or motor nerve roots resulted in a significant increase in the biophotonic activity at the other end.” Researchers interpreted their finding to suggest that “…light stimulation can generate biophotons that conduct along the neural fibers, probably as neural communication signals.”
Even when we go down to the molecular level of our genome, DNA can be identified to be a source of biophoton emissions as well. One author proposes that DNA is so biophoton dependent that is has excimer laser-like properties, enabling it to exist in a stable state far from thermal equilibrium at threshold.
Related: The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?
Technically speaking a biophoton is an elementary particle or quantum of light of non-thermal origin in the visible and ultraviolet spectrum emitted from a biological system. They are generally believed to be produced as a result of energy metabolism within our cells, or more formally as a;
“…by-product of biochemical reactions in which excited molecules are produced from bioenergetic processes that involves active oxygen species,"
The Body’s Circadian Biophoton Output
Because the metabolism of the body changes in a circadian fashion, biophoton emissions also variate along the axis of diurnal time.
Research has mapped out distinct anatomical locations within the body where biophoton emissions are stronger and weaker, depending on the time of the day:
“Generally, the fluctuation in photon counts over the body was lower in the morning than in the afternoon. The thorax-abdomen region emitted lowest and most constantly. The upper extremities and the head region emitted most and increasingly over the day.
Spectral analysis of low, intermediate and high emission from the superior frontal part of the right leg, the forehead and the palms in the sensitivity range of the photomultiplier showed the major spontaneous emission at 470-570 nm.
The central palm area of hand emission showed a larger contribution of the 420-470 nm range in the spectrum of spontaneous emission from the hand in autumn/winter. The spectrum of delayed luminescence from the hand showed major emission in the same range as spontaneous emission.”
The researchers concluded that “The spectral data suggest that measurements might well provide quantitative data on the individual pattern of peroxidative and anti-oxidative processes in vivo.”
Meditation and Herbs Affect Biophoton Output
Research has found an oxidative stress-mediated difference in biophoton emission among mediators versus non-meditators.
Those who meditate regularly tend to have lower ultra-weak photon emission (UPE, biophoton emission), which is believed to result from the lower level of free radical reactions occurring in their bodies.
In one clinical study involving practitioners of transcendental meditation (TM) researchers found:
“The lowest UPE intensities were observed in two subjects who regularly meditate. Spectral analysis of human UPE has suggested that ultra-weak emission is probably, at least in part, a reflection of free radical reactions in a living system.
It has been documented that various physiologic and biochemical shifts follow the long-term practice of meditation and it is inferred that meditation may impact free radical activity.”
Interestingly, an herb well-known for its use in stress reduction (including inducing measurable declines in cortisol), and associated heightened oxidative stress, has been tested clinically in reducing the level of biophotons emitted in human subjects.
Known as rhodiola, a study published in 2009 in the journal Phytotherapeutic Research found that those who took the herb for 1 week has a significant decrease in photon emission in comparison with the placebo group.
Human Skin May Capture Energy and Information from Sunlight
Perhaps most extraordinary of all is the possibility that our bodily surface contains cells capable of efficiently trapping the energy and information from ultraviolet radiation.
A study published in the Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology in 1993, titled, “Artificial sunlight irradiation induces ultraweak photon emission in human skin fibroblasts,” discovered that when light from an artificial sunlight source was applied to fibroblasts from either normal subjects or with the condition xeroderma pigmentosum, characterized by deficient DNA repair mechanisms, it induced far higher emissions of ultraweak photons (10-20 times) in the xeroderma pigmentosum group.
The researchers concluded from this experiment that “These data suggest that xeroderma pigmentosum cells tend to lose the capacity of efficient storage of ultraweak photons, indicating the existence of an efficient intracellular photon trapping system within human cells.“ More recent research has also identified measurable differences in biophoton emission between normal and melanoma cells.
In a previous article, Does Skin Pigment Act Like A Natural Solar-Panel, we explored the role of melanin in converting ultraviolet light into metabolic energy:
“Melanin is capable of transforming ultraviolet light energy into heat in a process known as “ultrafast internal conversion”; more than 99.9% of the absorbed UV radiation is transformed from potentially genotoxic (DNA-damaging) ultraviolet light into harmless heat.”
If melanin can convert light into heat, could it not also transform UV radiation into other biologically/metabolically useful forms of energy?
This may not seem so farfetched when one considers that even gamma radiation, which is highly toxic to most forms of life, is a source of sustenance for certain types of fungi and bacteria. More on melanin-mediated energy production here.
The Fourth Phase of Water: Dr. Gerald Pollack
Related: This Is What Happens To Your Body When You Increase Your Water Intake & 8 Amazing Effects Of Drinking Water On An Empty Stomach
Gerald Pollack, PhD, who wrote The 4th Phase of Water has identified water molecules, which constitute 99% of the molecules in our body by number, as capable of storing the energy of sunlight like batteries and driving the majority of processes within our body as a primary, non-ATP-based source of energy.
Dr. Pollack wrote a guest article for us on the topic here, Can Humans Harvest The Sun’s Energy Directly Like Plants?
The Body’s Biophoton Outputs Are Governed by Solar and Lunar Forces
It appears that modern science is only now coming to recognize the ability of the human body to receive and emit energy and information directly from the light given off from the Sun.
There is also a growing realization that the Sun and Moon affect biophoton emissions through gravitational influences.
Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water
Recently, biophoton emissions from wheat seedlings in Germany and Brazil were found to be synchronized transcontinentally according to rhythms associated with the lunisolar tide.
In fact, the lunisolar tidal force, to which the Sun contributes 30% and the Moon 60 % of the combined gravitational acceleration, has been found to regulate a number of features of plant growth upon Earth.
Intention Is a Living Force of Physiology
Even human intention itself, the so-called ghost in the machine, may have an empirical basis in biophotons.
A recent commentary published in the journal Investigacion clinica titled “Evidence about the power of intention” addressed this connection:
“Intention is defined as a directed thought to perform a determined action. Thoughts targeted to an end can affect inanimate objects and practically all living things from unicellular organisms to human beings.
The emission of light particles (biophotons) seems to be the mechanism through which an intention produces its effects.
All living organisms emit a constant current of photons as a mean to direct instantaneous nonlocal signals from one part of the body to another and to the outside world. Biophotons are stored in the intracellular DNA. When the organism is sick changes in biophotons emissions are produced.
Direct intention manifests itself as an electric and magnetic energy producing an ordered flux of photons. Our intentions seem to operate as highly coherent frequencies capable of changing the molecular structure of matter.
For the intention to be effective it is necessary to choose the appropriate time. In fact, living beings are mutually synchronized and to the earth and its constant changes of magnetic energy. It has been shown that the energy of thought can also alter the environment.
Hypnosis, stigmata phenomena and the placebo effect can also be considered as types of intention, as instructions to the brain during a particular state of consciousness.
Cases of spontaneous cures or of remote healing of extremely ill patients represent instances of an exceedingly great intention to control diseases menacing our lives.
The intention to heal as well as the beliefs of the sick person on the efficacy of the healing influences promote his healing.
In conclusion, studies on thought and consciousness are emerging as fundamental aspects and not as mere epiphenomena that are rapidly leading to a profound change in the paradigms of Biology and Medicine.”
So there you have it. Science increasingly agrees with direct human experience: we are more than the atoms and molecules of which we are composed, but beings that emit, communicate with, and are formed from light.
Related: Evidence that the Heart Has Its Own ‘Brain’ and Consciousness
|The Esoteric Meaning Of 'As Above, So Below'
March 3 2017 | From: Omnithought
“As above, so below, as within, so without, as the universe, so the soul” - Hermes Trismegistus
The term, “As above, so below” was recorded in the Hermetic texts from The Emerald Tablet of Hermes Trismegistus, which states: “That which is Below corresponds to that which is Above, and that which is Above corresponds to that which is Below, to accomplish the miracle of the One Thing.”
Related: Freemasonry: Truth & History
In the heavens above, the planet’s energies are that which is so below on earth. We humans who live on the so below are made of these same heavenly energies of that which is as above. Hence, the microcosm is oneself, and the macrocosm is the universe.
Manly P. Hall had said;
"We are the gods of the atoms that make up ourselves, but we are also the atoms of the gods that make up the universe”; and Paracelsus says that man’s spirit comes from the stars, his soul from the planets, his body from the elements. More recently Carl Sagan had said quite simply, “we’re made of star stuff.”
Our immortal souls belong to the Creator like the stars in the heavens. Humans are made of the heavens who are found among the stars and planets.
The heavens on the AS ABOVE is the macrocosm, and we humans on the SO BELOW, the microcosm. The same chemical energies found in the AS ABOVE stars such as phosphorus, hydrogen, sodium, Sulfur, magnesium, and iron can be found in almost all living organisms including we humans on the SO BELOW.
Related: Sinister Sites: The Georgia Guidestones
Like a star that burns bright, we can also burn out and fall like Lucifer. AS ABOVE, SO BELOW. A dying star that once belonged to the Creator becomes ash, just as with the fall of man, his immortal essence also becomes mortal ash.
The as above so below is also the hidden secret biblical alchemical science of the allegorical stories behind the veiling of 666, the beast or Revelation, Lucifer, and Jesus Christ.
I have written about this hidden alchemy in the bible many times before in articles such as The Science of 666, The 7 Stars and 7 Golden Lampstands of DNA and From Atom to Adam to Red Man.
The number 666 relates to the carbon atom and man. Carbon is abundant in the Sun, stars, comets, and in the atmospheres of most planets. Carbon-12 is one of the 5 elements that make up the human DNA; being composed of 6 protons, 6 electrons and 6 neutrons, which equates to 666. Its abundance is due to the Triple-alpha process by which it is created in stars.
John the Baptist said of the coming Antichrist and the Number of the Beast:
"Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast : for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.”
John was telling us that we are that beast, and the antichrist. 666 is simply the number of man, and this can be proven by modern science.
Lucifer, the fallen angel is the Latin word for the Greek word phosphorus (Greek Φωσφόρος Phōsphoros); a name meaning “Light-Bringer.”
The phosphorus atom is of the nitrogen family, but having that characteristic of firing. Hence, the term light bringer for this is the very chemical energy that next to calcium, phosphorus is the most abundant mineral in the body used primarily for energy production, growth and the repair of body cells and tissues.
It is the very energy that you need to think, live, create and yes, even have sex with to create babies to further evolve or devolve your family blood line.
God said, let there be light, and there was light.
Related: John Kerry Admits They're Making 'Order Out Of Chaos' For 'World Order'
The very chemical energy known as the Greek phosphorus that makes us human; and like the Latin Lucifer, we too can fall and devolve.
Or we can simply rise above the matrix and become like Jesus; leaving the earthly world behind by dying on the cross on the so below, in order to rise to the heavens on the as above to become spiritual beings who are lights in the world.
Illuminated teachers and angels that guide those people who are less fortunate to do the same.
These truths are the basis of the human science of chemical energies of the as above and so below known as alchemy, and the science of an inner spiritual knowledge called gnosis.
Two ancient sciences that are some of the least understood by current humanity. This selfish ignorance of their pasts that often leads to their early mortality, in which the evolution of their soul is simply not occurring.
Our goal with our lives is to evolve, not devolve. To rise above, not fall below. To love and be loved. Hence, those humans who do not know their pasts, simply never last. Those who live a lie always die, and those who live by truth never die.
Life is a journey in which we each take our own paths, and find our own truths. To find truth and happiness, we all need to play our own tune in accordance with each of our own chosen paths, spiritual gifts and worldly talents.
If we all play our own tune with these spiritual gifts that we have been given, we can then begin to repair our damaged selves, and then be a light in the damaged dark world that we live in. Find that philosopher’s stone that is within each one of us.
Be still, withdraw from the world of illusions and just be yourself.
In a sense, be happy with what the creator has given us and also do not waste our lives by becoming fallen angels doomed to devolve in our own man-made hells for eternity.
In a sense, create heaven on earth.
AS ABOVE, SO BELOW and AS WITHIN, SO WITHOUT…….
The Seven Principles of the Universe:
1. Principle of Mentalism: “All is Mind”
2. Principle of Correspondence: “As is above, so is below. As is below, so is above.”
3. Principle of Vibration: “Nothing rests; everything moves; everything vibrates.”
4. Principle of Polarity: “Everything is dual; everything has an opposite, and opposites are identical in nature but different in degree.”
5. Principle of Rhythm: “Everything flows, out and in; the pendulum-swing manifests in everything; the measure of the swing to the right is the measure of the swing to the left- rhythm compensates.”
6. Principle of Cause and Effect: “Every cause has its effect; every effect has its cause.”
7. Principle of Gender: “Everything has its masculine and feminine principles.”
Related: Decoding Fiction - Science of Meaning | As Above So Below (Fractal) Symbolism in Once Upon A Time TV Series
|How To Be Lucky
February 19 2017 | From: Nautilus
It pays to imagine your life is on a winning streak.
“Luck is believing you’re lucky.” - Tennessee Williams, A Streetcar Named Desire
Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil
In 1995, a wounded 35-year-old woman named Anat Ben-Tov gave an interview from her hospital room in Tel Aviv. She had just survived her second bus bombing in less than a year.
“I have no luck, or I have all the luck,” she told reporters. “I’m not sure which it is.”
The news story caught the eyes of Norwegian psychologist Karl Halvor Teigen, now an emeritus professor at the University of Oslo. He had been combing through newspapers to glean insights into what people consider lucky and unlucky.
Over the following years, he and other psychologists, along with economists and statisticians, would come to understand that while people often think of luck as random chance or a supernatural force, it is better described as subjective interpretation.
“One might ask, do you consider yourself lucky because good things happen to you, or do good things happen to you because you consider yourself lucky?” says David J. Hand, author of The Improbability Principle, emeritus professor of mathematics and a senior research investigator at Imperial College, London.
Smart Parkers: Game theory reveals drivers who found spots near where they work early in their search continued to search in a narrow radius in the following days. If they didn’t find spots near work early on, they searched in a wider radius.
Psychology studies have found that whether you identify yourself as lucky or unlucky, regardless of your actual lot in life, says a lot about your worldview, well-being, and even brain functions.
It turns out that believing you are lucky is a kind of magical thinking - not magical in the sense of Lady Luck or leprechauns.
A belief in luck can lead to a virtuous cycle of thought and action. Belief in good luck goes hand in hand with feelings of control, optimism, and low anxiety. If you believe you’re lucky and show up for a date feeling confident, relaxed, and positive, you’ll be more attractive to your date.
Feeling lucky can lead you to work harder and plan better. It can make you more attentive to the unexpected, allowing you to capitalize on opportunities that arise around you.
In a study comparing people who consider themselves lucky or unlucky, psychologist Richard Wiseman of the University of Hertfordshire, author of the 2003 book The Luck Factor, asked subjects to count the pictures in a newspaper. But there was a twist: He put the solution on the second page of the newspaper.
“The unlucky people tended to miss it and the lucky people tended to spot it,” he writes.
One of the easiest measures you can take to improve your luck is to shake things up.
On the other hand, feeling unlucky could lead to a vicious cycle likely to generate unlucky outcomes. Psychologist John Maltby of the University of Leicester hypothesized that beliefs in being unlucky are associated with lower executive functioning - the ability to plan, organize, and attend to tasks or goals.
In a 2013 study, he and colleagues found a link between a belief in being unlucky and lower executive function skills like switching between tasks and creative thinking.
Then in 2015, he and other colleagues found more electrical activity related to lower executive function in the brains of 10 students who believed themselves very unlucky than in the brains of 10 students who believed themselves very lucky.
“People who believe in bad luck didn’t necessarily engage in some of the processes that are needed to bring about positive outcomes,” Maltby says.
He offers a simple example of running out of ink in the middle of a print job. “The lucky person will have got a spare cartridge just in case because they have planned ahead. When the cartridge runs out they’ll say, ‘Oh, aren’t I lucky, I bought one earlier, that’’ fantastic,’ ” Maltby says.
“However, the unlucky person won’t have planned ahead, won’t have done the cognitive processes, so when the printer cartridge runs out and they’re left with something to print, they go, ‘Oh, I’m so unlucky.’ ”
If this kind of vicious cycle takes hold, it can make a big difference. Economists Victoria Prowse and David Gill of Purdue University think responses to bad luck might even explain part of the gender gap seen in the workforce.
In a lab experiment using a competitive game that involved both skill and luck, they found that women were more discouraged by bad luck than men. After experiencing bad luck, women had a greater tendency to reduce the amount of effort they put into the next round of the competition, even when the game’s stakes were small.
Luck frequently plays a role in careers, Prowse points out. Whether you get a job could depend on how much time a manager has to look at resumes, or whether she likes a color you wear to the interview. Companies often hold competitions that pit employees such as salespeople against each other.
“Even a small reduction in the effort of a woman after one interaction, where she gets unlucky, could potentially mean you miss the opportunity of getting promoted and getting to the next level, which has all sorts of future repercussions,” she says.
“It would be dangerous to dismiss these small differences as something that couldn’t potentially accumulate to something we really care about.”
While personality and gender seem to play a role, random events could also kick-start a virtuous lucky cycle or a vicious unlucky cycle. Economist Alan Kirman of the École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales in Paris realized this could be the case when he worked in an office with relatively few parking places nearby.
One guy on his team always seemed to get lucky with parking spots close to the office, while another always had to park far away and walk. To figure out why, the team created a simple game-theory model to simulate the situation. It revealed that if would-be parkers happened to find spots near work early on, they continued to search in a narrow radius in the following days.
If they didn’t find spots near work early on, they began to search in a wider radius. Guess who had lucky streaks when it came to finding spots near work? The ones who were actually looking for them.
At least in the simulation, the parkers quickly sorted themselves into lucky and unlucky groups, without any reference to personality or gender, Kirman says. That means that a good or bad luck cycle could happen to anybody without their conscious knowledge.
It also means that, to the extent that life is a zero-sum game like parking, our bad luck cycle could be facilitating someone else’s good luck cycle - and that’s maddening. “The unlucky guys learn to choose the spots far back and leave the spots for other spots for the guys who are ‘lucky,’ ” Kirman says.
If you believe you’re lucky and show up for a date feeling confident, relaxed, and positive, you’ll be more attractive to your date.
Of course, believing in your own good luck isn’t always a good thing. In gambling, for example, lucky streaks are never what they seem. Take the case of online sports betting.
Juemin Xu, a graduate student at University College London, and her advisor, experimental psychologist Nigel Harvey, analyzed a 2010 database of 565,915 sports bets made by 776 online gamblers. In all those bets, they found something apparently at odds with laws of probability: Bettors were more likely to win after winning.
Those lucky streaks weren’t supernatural, Xu says; they were generated by the “gambler’s fallacy” - the widespread but misguided notion that your luck must eventually change. Thinking that a loss was imminent after a run of wins, bettors would make safer and safer bets, generating an even longer run of wins.
Unfortunately, the bettors didn’t make much money off of these streaks; over time, they still tended to lose to the house. “The best strategy in gambling is to control loss,” Xu says.
Teigen points out that, in many activities, lucky is the opposite of safe. In one study he found that people who have lucky stories are often those who have taken a lot of serious, often careless, risks.
For example, a woefully inexperienced paraglider told him about having averted a crash. Ultimately, that approach to courting luck could backfire.
“I am a little bit careful about wishing people good luck,” he says. “I’d rather they be safe than lucky.”
The trick, then, may be to find the areas of life where you can be both safe and lucky.
One psychology study coined the “George Bailey effect,” named for the jolt of happiness that comes from being surprised that a good thing can and did happen to you.
In the early 2000s, Wiseman capped his long study of lucky people with the creation of what he called a “luck school,” in which he gave unlucky people exercises that taught them to spot chance opportunities, listen to their guts, take an optimistic view, and not dwell on mistakes - in other words, to do the things that lucky people do.
He reported that, a month later, 80 percent of the unlucky people in his school said they were happier and luckier.
One of the easiest measures you can take to improve your luck is to shake things up. Think about the case of looking for parking. If you always default to the areas with merely tolerable spots, you’ll never find a really good spot.
Similar types of routines can settle in at work, at home, or in your social life. To introduce variety, one of Wiseman’s subjects picked a color before going to a party and then introduced himself to all of the people wearing that color. Another frequently took different routes to work.
More difficult, perhaps, is to learn how to not dwell on bad luck. Studies have found that people who are victims of assaults and accidents tend to ruminate on questions like “Why me?” or “What did I do wrong?”
This strategy is adaptive only if the victim can learn something that will help them avoid a similar disaster in the future. But that’s often not the case, and people are left with envy, self-blame, and useless, invasive thoughts.
However, certain kinds of unfortunate events - even very serious ones - seem to result in the mirror-opposite of this line of thinking. Teigen and his colleagues read interviews with 85 Norwegian tourists who took family vacations in Southeast Asia in the winter of 2004.
When the devastating earthquake and tsunami hit, their and their children’s lives were at risk, their Christmas holidays ruined.
Unlucky, right? Well, not from their perspective. Two years later, 95 percent of them said they had been lucky to survive, not unlucky to have picked that moment to travel there. (The remaining 5 percent said they had been a combination of lucky and unlucky.)
The key to deciding whether an event is lucky or unlucky is the comparison you make between the actual event and the “counterfactual” alternative you’re imagining, Teigen says. The people asking “Why me?” are making an upward comparison to other people who weren’t assaulted or who avoided an accident.
The people who feel lucky to have survived are comparing themselves downwardly to people who had a worse fate. Both are valid interpretations, but the downward comparison helps you to hold on to optimism, summon the feel-good emotion of gratitude, and to weave a larger narrative in which you are the lucky protagonist of your life story.
Consider George Bailey in It’s a Wonderful Life. He embraces life again after an angel takes him on a tour of what the world would have been like had he never been born.
In a 2008 study, researchers found that subjects who took themselves on a similar mental journey - thinking about a counterfactual life path in which a positive event like meeting a future spouse never happened - ended up “a little bit happier” than those who simply thought about the positive event itself.
The jolt of happiness, which they called the “George Bailey effect,” comes from being surprised that a good thing can and did happen to you.
When times are tough, it might seem frivolous to cultivate a belief in luck. But that belief, psychologists say, can cast a spell that heals our wounds and gives us another shot at success, whether we’ve survived a bombing or just been on a bad date.
|What Is The Ether, Dark Matter And Dark Energy? + The Big Secret Of Quantum Mechanics
February 16 2017 | From: Omnithought / DivineCosmos
My innerstanding of the ether is that it is the invisible energy “substance” that exists behind the fabric of space-time. Every thought is manifested in the ether before it is manifested in the material world.
The ether holds the Cosmos together and is the “space” where imaginary, past, present, and future information are stored. In other words, no one has discovered anything, because the thing that they “discovered” has already existed in the ether.
Related: Scientific Experiments Show That DNA Begins as a Quantum Wave and Not as a Molecule
In certain occult teachings, the ether is known as the fifth element. In Sanskrit it is called Akasha, which is the essence of all things in the material world. Today, physicists call it “dark energy”.
From the ether emerges the other elements, which are space (expansiveness and infinity), air (mobility), fire (temperature), water (fluidity), and earth (solidity). These five elements are not based on physical qualities but spiritual qualities. Because everything in the material world emerges from the ether, without it the material world will vanish into nothingness.
Every known thought… Every known idea… every invention known to man exists in THE ETHER
“The ether is a great cosmic mass of eternal forces of vibration. It is made up of both destructive vibrations and constructive vibrations. The space between the planets is very much alive, that it is the highest form of vibration known, the vibrations of THOUGHT.
The Ether is all around us. We access the ether at will through thinking but some people can access it at higher levels… which we will discuss in the free e-book. When Alexander Graham Bell gave us the telephone, he hinted that it had been done before? “The old devices have been reinvented,” he observed. The Earth.
Beautiful earth in her majestic state when formed was nothing as it looks today… We can only now view the earth in the 3 dimensional frequency range but the earth has many dimensions. So now we have established that there was no missing link found simply because there is no such thing as a missing link.
All cultures began suddenly-and fully developed 6000 years ago. They did not rise to their peak. They were at their peak from the beginning.”
Our ancestors had access to the ether of thought and knew the answers to every question.
Every idea ever known to man is stored in the Ether, some call the AKASHIC RECORDS or the HEALA ARC EHEON.
Every thought are not our own. Every Inventor in history went with his bio plasmatic body attached to the silver cord and accessed these thoughts.
The inventor knew how to put all these ideas together piece by piece for the invention to come together. Also people in their sleep can acquire great ideas, inventions and mathematical and scientific blue prints that form these inventions.
Great writings are acquired in the same way. Before the deluge this was done so much easier than now as humanity was tuned in to higher frequency of consciousness a direct link to the intelligence source. So no one up to this day has ever discovered anything, just a rediscovery.
Think of the human mind like this: a state of the art computer with a hard drive having access to every possible infinite supply of software programs that’s never ever ending. …That’s the Ether…… The fabricated stories of alien spirits or channeling the dead are all communications of thought in the ether. Channelors channel thoughts from the ether. Every human brain communicates with Infinite Intelligence… but only a few know how to master it…
Explanation Of The Ether
What is Dark Matter and Dark Energy?
What is dark energy? What is dark matter? Well, if we knew exactly we would have a nobel prize – we know that they exist though. So what do we know about those strange things?
The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness
Life, The Universe & Everything
Energy Follows Thought
Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making
Holograms Of Single Light Particles
The Big Secret Of Quantum Mechanics
The Big Secret of Quantum Mechanics
The big secret is that "dark matter," "dark energy," the "quantum foam," and so on - the energy that most scientists now believe must be creating matter - has fluid-like properties.
I call this energy the Source Field and have conclusively proven that it thinks. The Source Field is, quite literally, the energetic manifestation of the Universal Mind.
The vibrations of the fluid - any change in its basic state - is what we would call a thought. What was the "one [and] only important statement" of the confederation, in session 1 of the Law of One Series?
1.0 The confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator has only one important statement That statement, my friends, as you know, is "All things, all of life, all of the creation is part of one original thought."
At the quantum level, these geometric vibrations of the Source Field - of the Universal Mind - turn into atoms and molecules.
Dr. Robert Moon, who was part of a small team entrusted to develop the atomic bomb in the Manhattan Project, discovered this geometry in the nucleus of the atom in 1987. Dr. Moon solved many different quantum physics problems by developing this model. In Moon's
model there are no particles in the atom. Each proton in the nucleus is simply one corner of a geometric shape. Oxygen, for example, has eight protons. A cube has eight points - four on the square on top, and four on the square on the bottom.
The nucleus of the atom also has "shells" in it in Dr. Moon's new model. Once you finish building one geometry, and more energy keeps coming in, another geometry beings to form around the first one.
This new model also explains how atoms can appear to be "waves" and "particles" at the same time. They can appear to be both because they are made of fluid-like energy that is vibrating.
If you measure the energy like a wave you will see a wave. If you look for a particle, you will see one of these geometric points and find a proton.
Ultimately this means that everything we see in the universe is an energy vibration. Nothing really exists as a solid object.
The mystery becomes even deeper once we see that you can create your own geometric vibrations in this fluid-like energy - which I call the Source Field - with your own thoughts.
You can use this to "magnetize" certain things to you, such as in the Law of Attraction. As you become more advanced, you could use this same power to levitate objects with your mind, or even manifest physical objects out of thin air. Great masters like Jesus were able to do this because they understood the big secret: they are the Source Field.
Thoughts are things. Or, as the young student of the Oracle said to Neo in The Matrix:
ORACLE STUDENT: Do not try and bend the spoon. That's impossible. Instead... only try to realize the truth.
NEO: What truth?
STUDENT: There is no spoon
NEO: There is no spoon?
STUDENT: Then you'll see that it is not the spoon that bends - it is only yourself.
- David Wilcock's The Synchronicity Key (Pages 424 - 426).
Related: 8-Year-Old Boy Prodigy Explains How He Uses Crystals To Transmute Dark Energy
The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?
February 12 2017 | From: LiveScience / FractalEnlightenment / Various
The Golden ratio is a special number found by dividing a line into two parts so that the longer part divided by the smaller part is also equal to the whole length divided by the longer part.
It is often symbolized using phi, after the 21st letter of the Greek alphabet. In an equation form, it looks like this:
Related: Quasi-crystals and the Golden Ratio
a/b = (a+b)/a = 1.6180339887498948420 …
As with pi (the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter), the digits go on and on, theoretically into infinity. Phi is usually rounded off to 1.618. This number has been discovered and rediscovered many times, which is why it has so many names - the Golden mean, the Golden section, divine proportion, etc.
Historically, the number can be seen in the architecture of many ancient creations, like the Great Pyramids and the Parthenon.
In the Great Pyramid of Giza, the length of each side of the base is 756 feet with a height of 481 feet. The ratio of the base to the height is roughly 1.5717, which is close to the Golden ratio.
Phidias (500 B.C. - 432 B.C.) was a Greek sculptor and mathematician who is thought to have applied phi to the design of sculptures for the Parthenon.
Plato (428 B.C. - 347 B.C.) considered the Golden ratio to be the most universally binding of mathematical relationships. Later, Euclid (365 B.C. - 300 B.C.) linked the Golden ratio to the construction of a pentagram.
Around 1200, mathematician Leonardo Fibonacci discovered the unique properties of the Fibonacci sequence.
This sequence ties directly into the Golden ratio because if you take any two successive Fibonacci numbers, their ratio is very close to the Golden ratio. As the numbers get higher, the ratio becomes even closer to 1.618.
For example, the ratio of 3 to 5 is 1.666. But the ratio of 13 to 21 is 1.625. Getting even higher, the ratio of 144 to 233 is 1.618. These numbers are all successive numbers in the Fibonacci sequence.
These numbers can be applied to the proportions of a rectangle, called the Golden rectangle. This is known as one of the most visually satisfying of all geometric forms - hence, the appearance of the Golden ratio in art.
The Golden rectangle is also related to the Golden spiral, which is created by making adjacent squares of Fibonacci dimensions.
Related: Fibonnaci Number: The Mathematics
In 1509, Luca Pacioli wrote a book that refers to the number as the "Divine Proportion," which was illustrated by Leonardo da Vinci. Da Vinci later called this sectio aurea or the Golden section.
The Golden ratio was used to achieve balance and beauty in many Renaissance paintings and sculptures.
Da Vinci himself used the Golden ratio to define all of the proportions in his Last Supper, including the dimensions of the table and the proportions of the walls and backgrounds.
The Golden ratio also appears in da Vinci's Vitruvian Man and the Mona Lisa. Other artists who employed the Golden ratio include Michelangelo, Raphael, Rembrandt, Seurat, and Salvador Dali.
The term "phi" was coined by American mathematician Mark Barr in the 1900s. Phi has continued to appear in mathematics and physics, including the 1970s Penrose Tiles, which allowed surfaces to be tiled in five-fold symmetry.
In the 1980s, phi appeared in quasi crystals, a then-newly discovered form of matter.
Phi is more than an obscure term found in mathematics and physics. It appears around us in our daily lives, even in our aesthetic views.
Studies have shown that when test subjects view random faces, the ones they deem most attractive are those with solid parallels to the Golden ratio.
Faces judged as the most attractive show Golden ratio proportions between the width of the face and the width of the eyes, nose, and eyebrows.
The test subjects weren't mathematicians or physicists familiar with phi - they were just average people, and the Golden ratio elicited an instinctual reaction.
The Golden ratio also appears in all forms of nature and science. Some unexpected places include:
Flower petals: The number of petals on some flowers follows the Fibonacci sequence. It is believed that in the Darwinian processes, each petal is placed to allow for the best possible exposure to sunlight and other factors.
Seed heads: The seeds of a flower are often produced at the center and migrate outward to fill the space. For example, sunflowers follow this pattern.
Pinecones: The spiral pattern of the seed pods spiral upward in opposite directions. The number of steps the spirals take tend to match Fibonacci numbers.
Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?
Tree branches: The way tree branches form or split is an example of the Fibonacci sequence. Root systems and algae exhibit this formation pattern.
Shells: Many shells, including snail shells and nautilus shells, are perfect examples of the Golden spiral.
Spiral galaxies: The Milky Way has a number of spiral arms, each of which has a logarithmic spiral of roughly 12 degrees. The shape of the spiral is identical to the Golden spiral, and the Golden rectangle can be drawn over any spiral galaxy.
Hurricanes: Much like shells, hurricanes often display the Golden spiral.
Fingers: The length of our fingers, each section from the tip of the base to the wrist is larger than the preceding one by roughly the ratio of phi.
Animal bodies: The measurement of the human navel to the floor and the top of the head to the navel is the Golden ratio. But we are not the only examples of the Golden ratio in the animal kingdom; dolphins, starfish, sand dollars, sea urchins, ants and honeybees also exhibit the proportion.
DNA molecules: A DNA molecule measures 34 angstroms by 21 angstroms at each full cycle of the double helix spiral. In the Fibonacci series, 34 and 21 are successive numbers.
The Fibonacci Sequence
The Fibonacci sequence is possibly the most simple recurrence relation occurring in nature.
It is 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89, 144… each number equals the sum of the two numbers before it, and the difference of the two numbers succeeding it. It is an infinite sequence which goes on forever as it develops.
The Golden Ratio/Divine Ratio or Golden Mean – The quotient of any Fibonacci number and it’s predecessor approaches Phi, represented as ϕ (1.618), the Golden ratio.
The Golden Ratio is best understood geometrically by the golden rectangle. A rectangle unevenly divided resulting into one square and one rectangle, the square’s sides would have the ratio of 1:1, and the new rectangle would be exactly proportionate to the original rectangle – 1:1.618.
This iteration can continue both ways, infinitely. If you plot a quarter circle inside each of the squares as they reiterate, the golden spiral is formed.
The golden spiral is possibly the most simple mathematic pattern that occurs in nature like shells of snails, sea shells, horns, flowers, plants. Numbers are only what we use to organize quantitative information. golden ratio spiral galaxies.
The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.
The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.
The golden ratio is formed by thirds within thirds, sixths, the connection between two and three, including every even and odd number itself.
The ratio itself represents the transcendence of numbers, understanding our world is not numbers, but what numbers represent.
Through the spiral, the ratio illustrates how the numbers, all quantities, are quality. Eventually, all quality can be represented through quantity.
Properties qualitative and quantitative are just labels of information, our gathered indisputable fact.
Sunflowers have a Golden Spiral seed arrangement. This provides a biological advantage because it maximizes the number of seeds that can be packed into a seed head. If you graph any number system, eventually patterns appear.
Related: Aston Martin, James Bond and the Golden Ratio
In mathematics, numbers and their patterns do not only continue infinitely linear, but in all directions.
"Breathtaking Proportions – The ‘Golden Ratio’ sits at the heart of every Aston Martin. Balanced from any angle, each exterior line of Rapide S works in concert and every proportion is precisely measured to create a lithe, pure form. Our engineering follows the same principle. A near perfect weight distribution ensures Rapide S is balanced in form and balanced in function.”
For example, considering infinite decimal expansion, even the shortest segments have an infinite amount of points.
Our universe and the numbers not only go on infinitely linear, but even it’s short segments have infinite points. (A beautiful short film on Fibonacci sequence in Nature - ‘Nature by Numbers’)
Nature by Numbers
The golden ratio is not the only mathematical pattern that reaches infinity, there are many other patterns as well that reach infinity. Knowing this, ask yourself, how could infinity occur twice?
If something were to happen infinitely, how could it happen twice? The answer is simple, infinity represents what is eternal, what is truly whole. For example, if infinity were to be used as a variable in mathematics like all other numbers, it would be denoted as 1∞, 2∞, 3∞, 4∞, etc.
The oneness of everything factual is what you know, what you perceive, what you are aware of, is all the universe looking at itself. This is the universe, even you are the universe, us and everything we know is all the same thing.
Since the numbers are everywhere, everything is a part of a pattern. Reflections of reflections, wheels within wheels. Life itself is a Fractal. (Another video on the Egyptian ‘Temple of Man’ is a symbolic representation of the Fibonacci series of balanced organic expansion and an expression of the underlying principles of life in the universe)
The Fibonacci Series - Egyptian Sacred Architecture
Synchronicity Happens For A Reason -There Are No Accidents And No Coincidences
February 10 2017 | From: WooWooMedia
Have you stumbled upon an old friend? Seeing someone doing the same thing or speaking the same words as you? Or maybe experienced an accident? Are you thinking ‘Oh! What a coincidence!’ or ‘I could skip accidents like this…’
Well, you shouldn’t, because every single coincidence brings a message to you.
Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
In fact, there are no coincidences and accidents - there’s only synchronicity, and everything happens for a reason.
Revealing Synchronicity - The Science Behind Coincidence
The truth is, everything in our life is linked. From the past, to the present and future - every single coincidence or accident we stumble upon is linked. No matter how small or big of a movement is, it is all about synchronicity.
Whether you feel like you are having a perfect day and everything goes smoothly, or experience a bad period in which ‘a lot of coincidences happen,’ the universe is sending you a message. People and things happening in an exact moment is nothing but synchronicity and, fortunately, there is a way to accept it.
Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith
Do you know the saying “When the student is ready, the master appears”?
That is exactly how synchronicity is explained. Whenever you are synchronized with something you truly want, you are more likely to meet that thing, which is why similar people meet ‘accidentally’. The thing is, they are tuned in to the exact same frequency, and synchronicity does its best to match them.
Yes, There Is A Way To Create Synchronicity
Now that you understand how the spiritual sync works, it’s time to tell you that…
YOU CAN CREATE SYNCHRONICITY.
‘How on Earth do I do that?’, you may be asking yourself.
Well, synchronicity works best for people who believe it to be true. So, for starters, you should believe in it and stop saying that every event is an accident or a coincidence. The thing is, if you are saying this, you are sending a weak spiritual signal to the universe, as opposed to the strong signal that the universe sends you by syncing everything around you.
By understanding synchronicity and seeing things not as an ordinary, but a committed person, you are able to connect more deeply with your inner sync, and actually don’t work hard to make the things you want happen. Instead, you will just believe in them and let them happen, without any force whatsoever.
Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?
So, let’s face it… Synchronicity is just like a mirror and whatever you commit to and believe in, will reflect back to you.
That being said, if you agree with the law of syncing, you will be able to connect deeply and send strong messages on a spiritual level. Aside from this, you will be a better person, more confident and committed towards every action you bring.
In a nutshell, understanding synchronicity translates to establishing harmony in everything that you seek - and being ‘consciously aware’ of everything happening around you.
Turning The Tide - And See Chances Work For You instead Of Against You
If you have ever heard of the Murphy’s Law and believe in it, you are on a good way to understanding synchronicity. Yes, it’s a common fact that when something goes wrong, it may just continue going wrong over time.
The idea behind this is that synchronicity can also work against you. However, if you expect bad things to happen and continue believing in the Murphy’s Law, you are syncing with your inner negativity.
The Science Behind The Chance Meeting - Not A ‘Coincidence’
Bumped into someone somewhere? Thinking it’s a coincidence, luck or chance? The real answer in this ‘accident’ is the science of chance meeting.
Related: Have You Been Seeing 11:11 Everywhere? What Is The Significance Of 11:11?
Moreover, it is the reason for something to happen. There is always a reason and a connection to see someone and experience something. Coincidence is only an illusion.
Our past, present and future are all linked. And although we may not understand everything that happens to us, there is always a reason - and that reason becomes apparent at some point in time.
A Final Word
"Synchronicity is an ever present reality for those who have the eyes to see."
- Carl Jung
You can start notice synchronicities with people, numbers, events etc. Remember to accept synchronicity in its real form, as a way of spiritual and universal intelligence constantly trying to teach us, reach us and share love, support and guidance.
Learn to be open to synchronicity and start living a meaningful life!
|What Is Orgone Energy?
February 10 2017 | From: Omnithought
Dozens, if not hundreds, of lesser known scientists have recognized it's presence and have given it a name to characterize its special properties.
Among the 20th-century proponents of the concept are, for example, Doctors Charles Littlefield and his vital magnetism and George Starr White and his cosmo-electric energy. Mechanistic science in the 17th through 19th centuries embraced many of its essential qualities in the concept of the ether, while mystical human beings have embraced other essential qualities of it in the concept of god.
Related: Energy Follows Thought
Franz Anton Mesmer called it animal magnetism
Charles von Reichenbach called it odyle
To Henri Bergson it was the elan vital, the “vital force”
While to Hans Driesch it was the entelechy
Sigmund Freud observed its functioning in human emotions and termed it libido
William MacDougall, the great British – American psychologist of a generation ago, labeled it hormic energy
Orgone energy is Wilhelm Reich’s name for the substratum from which all nature is created. The best definition this author can provide for it is this: Orgone energy is the creative force in nature. This article will discuss briefly the history of the discovery of orgone energy by Reich and will describe its properties.
It will then summarize the evidence for and against the concept and, finally, will undertake to explain why it is that the concept meets such great resistance.
The article originally appeared in Volume 2 of The Creative Process (the only journal in America in 1960-1965 devoted to developing Reich’s work). The article has been quoted, misquoted and plagiarized by other Reichian publications in the 37 years since it first appeared.
Here it is reprinted as it appeared, with the exception that two figures from the original article depicting cloud destruction experiments with Reich’s apparatus could no longer be used. The original plates and photographs deteriorated too much. A new Figure 2 from the same operation has been substituted. Some images have also been added.
Also see: Orgone.org
Reich’s Discovery of Orgone Energy
Orgone energy was originally discovered by Wilhelm Reich in his psychiatric work. As a psychoanalyst and student of Freud, Reich’s point of departure was, quite naturally, Freud’s concept of “libido.”
“Libido” is life energy, desire, the source of human striving. Reich developed the libido concept, concentrating on its physical expression and simultaneous psychological content, until he was able to show the relation of bodily attitude and emotion.
This he described in CHARACTER ANALYSIS, a book which went further than any work in history in solving the mystery of the relation’ of mind and body. In this great book Reich also described the mass pathology of the animal man.
This pathology consists of a chronic rigidity of the musculature which blocks the movement of energy underlying emotion and hence blocks the emotion, thus providing the psychic or emotional underpinning of mankind’s universal sickness.
Reich’s initial work on orgone energy was done, then, in depth psychology. From this it spread, quite naturally, into sociology and political science, for Reich saw quite clearly that the sickness of man was socially or culturally transmitted.
His books, The Mass Psychology Of Fascism, The Sexual Revolution and People In Trouble (Emotional Plague Of Mankind) deal with this enlargement of his depth psychological discoveries to the social and political scene.
It was natural for a mind like Reich’s to generalize and deepen his understanding of libidinal energy, and as he did his medical work expanded beyond the field of psychiatry into more general areas of medicine and biology.
The concept of libidinal energy developed into the more concrete concept of “bioelectricity,” which soon proved not to be electricity and in time was renamed “orgone energy.”
Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water
Books dealing with this phase of Reich’s discoveries are The Function of the Orgasm: Sex-Economic Problems of Biological Energy (The Discovery of the Orgone, Vol. 1)and The Cancer Biopathy. These books constitute Volumes 1 and 2 of THE DISCOVERY OF THE ORGONE, Reich’s presentation to the world of the discovery of orgone energy.
Although orgone energy was first discovered in the human body, Reich learned through painstaking observation and experiment that it existed in free form in the atmosphere. With this finding, Reich’s work transcended the boundaries of biology and entered the realm of meteorology and atmospheric physics.
These developments are described in THE CANCER BIOPATHY, THE ORANUR EXPERIMENT, and a series of articles which are covered under the general title of “weather control studies,” published in scientific journals.
The final and most general stage of Reich Is discoveries was the cosmic function of orgone energy in the universe, and Reich here entered the realms of astronomy and astrophysics. Reich’s books dealing with this stage were COSMIC SUPERIMPOSITION and ETHER, GOD AND DEVIL.
As Reich progressed from the realm of psychiatry and medicine to biology, and from biology to physics, his concept of the energy which was the focus of all his scientific work retained its essential features. His understanding of the energy grew, and new properties were discovered, but the properties that had been discovered in the earlier, narrower realms remained true in the newer and broader ones.
Through Reich’s work runs the remarkable “red thread,” the connectedness that shows each discovery to be a logical progression from the previous one, and each broader realm of nature studied to include the previous more restricted realm.
Reich did not set out to discover “cosmic” truth; he was never attempting to revolutionize scientific thought; he was not attempting to make “great” discoveries.
Reich simply observed and experimented from day to day, setting down what he found, studying it honestly, and organizing the facts as they appeared, without forcing them into any pre -conceived framework.
What he found was that the same energy which flowed in the sexual embrace was present in all nature, “living” and “non-living,” and that it governed the most significant and widespread natural functions.
Reich found that the same orgone energy underlay each of these classes of phenomena:
3. Atmospheric and cosmic processes
Creation of matter at every scale (atom, planet, star, galaxy)
These three realms correspond to the sequence of Reich’s discoveries, from his beginning in psychiatry through biology to physics, each realm including the previous.
They are in inverse order with respect to our knowledge about them, however; for Reich explored the realm of psychiatry in breadth and depth, the broader realm of biology in a much more limited way, and only made a good start in his exploration of atmospheric and cosmic processes.
Properties of Orgone Energy
Orgone energy, the creative force in nature, is not a form of electromagnetism nor of matter but is fundamental to both. It is the specific life energy, but life is only one particular manifestation of it.
Our knowledge about it is partial and fragmentary in major respects, and is no doubt in some measure erroneous. Nevertheless, a clear and consistent picture of what orgone energy is and how it functions arises from Reich’s work.
The following ten properties of orgone energy were deduced by Reich.
1. It is mass free. Orgone energy itself has no inertia or weight; i. e., it is mass free. This is one of the reasons it is difficult to measure using conventional techniques. Mass is, however, intimately dependent on the characteristics of the mass-free orgone energy field with which all matter is surrounded. Measurements of weight or inertia reflect the characteristics of this field as well as of the object contained in it.
2. It is present everywhere. Orgone energy fills all space. It is present in differing degrees or concentrations (or “charges”) but is nowhere absent. It is present in vacua, whether within the atmosphere or in outer space. It is in this respect like the ether of pre-20th century physics.
3. It is the medium for electromagnetic and gravitational phenomena. Again, like the ether., orgone energy is the substratum of the most fundamental natural phenomena. It is the medium in which light moves and electromagnetic and gravitational fields exert force. One of the major tasks of orgonomy is to integrate our knowledge of orgone energy with the facts about those phenomena known to orthodox physics.
4. It is in constant motion. The continual motion of orgone energy can be observed under appropriate conditions. There are at least two characteristic types of motion, a pulsation or alternating expansion and contraction, and a flow, normally along a curving path.
5. It “contradicts” the law of entropy. Orgone energy is attracted to concentrations of orgone energy. Unlike heat or electricity, which always show a direction from higher to lower potential, orgone energy flows from lower orgonotic potential to higher. In a thermal system in which outside energy is neither added nor subtracted, heat is lost by hot objects or materials and absorbed by cool until everything within the system is the same temperature.
“Entropy increases” as the heat is distributed more and more uniformly. Heat, after all, leaves the sun and goes out into space; it does not collect from space and flow into the sun. In the same way, a heater radiates heat into the room; heat does not flow from the room into the heater.
An Orgone pyramid
These processes are in accordance with the law of entropy. Orgonotic processes work in the opposite direction. High concentrations of orgone energy attract orgone energy from their less-concentrated surroundings. “Entropy decreases” as orgone energy is distributed more and more unevenly.
It would be a mistake to think that the flow of orgone energy from lower to higher potential is only the reverse of the law of entropy or to try to represent these processes by thermodynamic equations by reversing the sign of the time parameter.
Non-entropic orgonotic processes do not run their course mechanically; they are qualitatively entirely different from entropic processes. They are, in fact, the processes responsible for the growth of living things, for the process of learning, and for the evolution from simple to complex species.
In non-living nature they are responsible for the growth of clouds and storms within the atmosphere, and on a cosmic scale, for the growth of galaxies and the stars within them. This leads into the next property of orgone energy.
6. It forms units which are the foci of creative activity, Orgone energy units may be living or non-living; e.g.
All of these orgone energy units have features in common. All are “negatively entropic” in the sense discussed above, so that they acquire energy from their environment. All have a “life cycle” as well, passing through birth, growth, maturity, and decline.
7. Matter is created from it. Under appropriate conditions, matter arises from mass-free orgone energy. These conditions are not rare or unusual, and Reich believed that new matter is continuously being created on this planet.
8. It is responsible for life. Orgone energy is the life energy, and as such is responsible for the special characteristics which differentiate living from non-living. This can be expressed in this way:
The Flower of Life
Some orgone energy units develop the special qualities associated with life, which is a kind of chain reaction of the creative process. The qualities which seem to me to typify living as opposed to non-living orgonotic units are:
a. Reproduction of similar units from one or two parents
b. Evolution of the units in the direction of higher development
c. Presence of consciousness, the ability to experience feeling, at least to some extent, and to perceive the environment
d. Presence of volition, the ability of an individual to control its own movement
The first two properties appear to apply to all living things. The last, as far as we know, apply only to animal life.
Much more could be said about orgone energy and life since this subject has been studied most fully. For purposes of this synoptic view the above will suffice, however, with the note that Reich has greatly elaborated the role of orgone energy in the phenomena of life.
9. Separate streams of orgone energy may be attracted to each other and superimpose. The superimposition function is the fundamental form of the creative process. In free space, superimposing orgone energy streams typically show the form of two streams of energy converging in a spiral.
This form is most clearly seen in spiral galaxies, and also in the form of hurricanes and other cyclonic storms.
At the opposite end of the scale of sizes, mass particles are created by superimposition of two tiny streams of energy. The same process occurs in living organisms, the form then being constrained, of course, by the structure of the individual involved.
Mating is a principal expression of the superimposition function in living nature; two separate streams of energy flow together and superimpose during the orgasm. The power and depth of feeling in mating reflects the intensity of the orgone energy flow that takes place.
10. It can be manipulated and controlled by orgone energy devices. Perhaps the first orgone energy device was the “bacquet” of Mesmer, a crude but apparently effective form of orgone energy accumulator. Reich developed several devices for the control of orgone energy.
The best known of these is the orgone energy accumulator. The accumulator is an enclosure formed by a layered arrangement of metallic and non-metallic materials which result in a concentration of energy within the enclosure.
Of equal significance is Reich’s weather control apparatus, a type of directional antenna that makes it possible to withdraw large amounts of orgone energy from a region of the atmosphere. Used properly, this apparatus can trigger large changes in the weather.
To the above ten properties of orgone energy which Reich described, I would add two others.
11. Orgone energy units “use” stored energy of various kinds in the creative process. Units of orgone energy utilize energy which is stored in various ways in building themselves up and in maintaining or increasing their size or strength. This is most clearly true of animals utilizing chemical energy of foods in metabolism and growth.
Storms, which are also orgone energy systems, utilize the latent heat of condensation of water vapor as a source of stored energy.
Stars may employ the heat of thermonuclear fusion in maintaining their high temperatures, although I have reservations as to whether the fusion reaction plays the key role in stellar processes that today’s astronomers believe.
Fifty years ago an entirely different explanation was given by astronomers for the source of stellar heat, and fifty years from now still another may be in vogue. In any case, it is evident that orgone energy processe’s typically involve stored energy which is used in various ways in the service of the creative process.
12. “Spontaneous generation” and other orgonotic processes may require unimpeded contact with cosmic orgone energy streams.”Spontaneous generation” of living organisms seldom occurs under the laboratory conditions biological scientists impose, but these conditions are completely abnormal and foreign to nature.
Life can and does continuously arise out of non-living matter under more natural conditions.
This process has been described in detail by Reich. I believe an essential feature of these natural conditions may be the direct contact of the matter in which life is to develop with cosmic orgone streams.
Protozoa seldom appear spontaneously in infusions which are both sterilized and enclosed in sealed containers, for example. They do appear regularly in these same solutions, sterilized and kept uncontaminated but unsealed.
Evidence for and against Orgone Energy
The evidence for orgone energy, that is to say, the evidence that there is a special energy in nature with properties such as Reich described, is too extensive to be reviewed adequately in an article such as this.
Consider these major English language publications:
Books by Reich:
THE FUNCTION OF THE ORGASM
THE CANCER BIOPATHY
ETHER,, GOD AND DEVIL
THE MURDER OF CHRIST
CONTACT WITH SPACE
Scientific Journals in Orgonomy:
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SEX ECONOMY AND ORGONE RESEARCH (four volumes)
ORGONE ENERGY BULLETIN and CORE (seven volumes)
ANNALS OF THE ORGONE INSTITUTE (one volume)
ORGONOMIC MEDICINE (one volume)
ORGONOMIC FUNCTIONALISM (seven volumes)
THE CREATIVE PROCESS (one volume)
Kelley, C. R. A NEW METHOD OF WEATHER CONTROL
These twenty-nine-plus volumes are a partial list of publications primarily devoted to observational and experimental work with orgone energy as such.
To it should be added major antecedent works of others which provide direct evidence of a special energy with the properties that have been described. This includes especially the works of Mesmer, Reichenbach (who published volumes of good experimental studies), the works of the “traditional” vitalists such as Bergson and Driesch, the more recent work of Charles Littlefield, George Starr White, and others too numerous to mention.
If a listing were attempted of all major works of this sort, it would require months of research just to compile, and the list itself would be many pages in length, for there are hundreds of such works in existence.
Since it is not possible to review even a substantial part of the existing evidence, I will select five items which are of particular significance to me.
One of Reich’s most significant experiments was his “Experiment XX.” This experiment concerns the transition from non-living to living matter. Experiment XX is done with clear “bion” water, an orgone energy-charged water obtained by mixing and boiling water and soil and filtering the solution.
This clear solution is sterilized under pressure and kept in sterile containers, some of which are frozen. On thawing, these still sterile solutions show flakes of matter, which upon microscopic examination contain forms with the characteristics of living cells; i. e. , pulsation, spontaneous movement, and reproduction.
Experiment XX has been repeated successfully by many individuals, including the biologist Dr. Bernard Grad of McGill University.
Dr. Grad, after carefully confirming Reich’s results in several separate containers of the sterile solution, wrote:
“Reich, in his monumental book, THE CANCER BIOPATHY, presented for the first time in history of science unequivocal evidence for the fact that living forms can develop from clear and autoclaved solutions."
Grad, Bernard. Wilhelm Reich’s Experiment XX. CORE, Vol. VII (3 and 4). 130-143.)
Dr. Grad’s article includes photographs of the living forms resulting from his repetition of Experiment XX.
Another of Reich Is remarkable experiments involved the introduction of nuclear energy in the form of radioactive material into strong fields of orgone energy. (Reich, Wilhelm. The Oranur Experiment. Orgone Energy Bulletin, Vol. 3 (4), 185-344, October,1951.)
The result was an extraordinarily severe widespread atmospheric reaction that, once started, raged out of control for months. It resulted in a dangerous increase in the “background” radiation level, as measured by several different Geiger counters, over an area thousands of times greater than the area affected by the relatively small amounts of radioactive material the experiment involved.
Experimental animals housed in a separate building from the laboratory in which the experiment was conducted and far beyond the range of possible harm from the radioactive material in itself died, every one of them.
Autopsies performed by physicians present (and there were several present throughout the experiment) showed unmistakably the symptoms of radiation death. People became ill from the experiment and had to leave the area, and one physician nearly died.
This experiment provides evidence of orgone energy that appears to me to be irrefutable for these reasons:
The experimental evidence was gathered, not by one, but by several well-qualified scientists of unquestionable integrity
The results showed a fully consistent picture of subjective effects, objective biological effects, and measurements employing several physical instruments
Observations of each kind were many and repeated
The results are completely inexplicable in terms of traditional physics
Additional evidence for orgone energy is the effect of the Reich weather control apparatus, the “cloudbuster” as he called it.
This apparatus is a kind of antenna, which, upon being grounded into water, is said to be capable of withdrawing orgone energy from the sky in the direction it is pointed. It was claimed by Reich that it could dissipate clouds by withdrawing energy from them. It was also claimed that the device could be used to trigger rainfall when none was expected and even to break droughts.
If these claims are true, Reich’s apparatus is surely one of the remarkable inventions of all time. Are they true? I believe that I am in an especially good position to evaluate these claims, because I was for nearly three years a weather forecaster in the Air Force and because I have worked experimentally with the Reich apparatus for many years.
The results of my experiments are perfectly clear; the Reich weather control apparatus does exactly what Reich claims it does. Clouds at which the antenna is pointed shrink and disappear from the sky, while comparable clouds selected as controls do not.
Figures 1 & 2 are representative of results that I have obtained again and again.
Effect of the Reich weather control apparatus on a small cumulus cloud. Time between frames: one minute. The black “X” designates the direction of the antenna at the beginning of the apparatus I use, (From a motion picture sequence)
A “before and after” picture of another experimental cloud destruction operation. The “X” shows the target of the cloudbuster at the outset. The lower picture is the same scene 10 minutes later.
More difficult than cloud destruction are rainmaking experiments.
These require careful preparation, observation of conditions, and skilled use of the 1 antenna. Let me quote the results of my experimental rain-making operations. (Kelley, C. R. A New Method of Weather Control. Interscience Research Institute, 1961)
In the five experimental rain-making operations I carried out, unpredicted precipitation occurred within 36 hours in every case. These are my only rain-making operations, so the results cannot be attributed to the omission of negative instances.
The operations were each timed to begin when rain was unexpected and unlikely.
A conservative estimate of the average probability of rain within 36 hours in the five cases is 0.25. This is to say that with the conditions that prevailed at the start of these operations, the chances against rain within 36 hours are estimated to be, on the average, three to one, had these operations not taken place or had the apparatus been ineffective.
From this estimate it can be further calculated that if the apparatus were ineffective, the odds against rain occurring within 36 hours on all of the five operations are more than a thousand to one. (p = .255 < .001)
It is extremely unlikely that unpredicted rain would have occurred on these five occasions unless the apparatus did work.
There are additional effects brought about by the weather control apparatus of equal value as evidence but more difficult to describe briefly. The sum total of the results is fairly described, I believe, as a powerful confirmation of Reich’s description of the effects of the apparatus, and its explanation in terms of orgone energy concepts.
The weather control results are utterly incomprehensible in terms of orthodox science.
Reich described many conditions under which orgone energy phenomena could be directly observed.
Darkroom observations are especially important, both of the energy field of the body (the “aura”) and of the effects of orgone energy devices. These take on special significance in the light of the extensive closely related darkroom observations reported more than 100 years ago by Baron Charles von Reichenbach, which formed much of the basis for his discovery of the “odyle” or “odic force.”
Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions
The “odyle” is identical in major respects to orgone energy, of course.
These observations of Reichenbach and of Reich have never been explained in orthodox scientific terms.
Good darkroom observations are difficult, because ideally they require absolute blackness, and an observer with especially sensitive “night” vision, both conditions being harder to obtain than it might seem to the casual reader.
Related: The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes
However, daytime observations of orgone energy can be made much more easily. All that is required is a small telescope set up near an ocean or lake to look out parallel to the surface of the water between a few inches and a few feet above the water level.
The pulsatory movement of atmospheric orgone energy is usually easily observable. Exciting to watch, this phenomenon is completely unknown to orthodox science. It cannot be explained as an effect of wind, for it frequently has a direction cross or opposite to that of the surface wind. It forms an integral part of Reich’s theory of atmospheric processes.
Effects of the Orgone Accumulator
The final item of evidence has to do with the orgone energy accumulator, which has profound effects that have been reported in detail in the literature on orgonomy.
Temperature effects are a case in point. The temperature within the orgone accumulator tends to be slightly higher than that of the environment. Reich believed this finding to be of exceptional significance.
I am even more impressed by the fact that the temperatures of individuals who sit in an orgone accumulator rise quite substantially. Paul and Jean Ritter report the results of 45 separate observations with nine different individuals as subjects.
Related: Russian Scientists Build And Study Pyramids: What They Found Could Change The World
They showed an average rise in temperature of .48 degrees Fahrenheit in consequence of sitting an average of approximately 40 minutes in an accumulator. Keeping subjects ignorant of the purpose of the experiment did not prevent the rise from occurring, but substituting a plain insulated box for the accumulator did. (1Ritter, Paul and Ritter, Jean. Experiments with the orgone accumulator. (undated) Nottingham, England: The Ritter Press, 7 Magdala Road.)
The rise in body temperature is understandable as the consequence of the body becoming charged to a higher orgone energy level by the accumulator.
This increased energy level can explain, not only the rise in temperature, but the other profound biological effects, including therapeutic effects, that have been repeatedly observed and carefully reported by capable, qualified research scientists and physicians.
The above five items of evidence have been of special significance to me.
They are only a fraction of the evidence that exists, as I pointed out. What now of the evidence against the existence of orgone energy? What has traditional science done to refute or cast doubt on Reich Is claims?
In the 20-plus years since Reich announced the discovery of orgone energy, no good-faith repetition of any critical orgone energy experiment has ever been published refuting Reich’s results.
Dr. Bernard Grad repeated and confirmed Reich’s “Experiment XX;” who has refuted it? I repeated and confirmed his weather control experiments; who has refuted these?
The fact is, despite (and partly because) of the ridicule, defamation, and attempts by the orthodox to “bury” Reich and orgonomy, there is no counter evidence to his experiments in any scientific publication, much less a systematic refutation of the volumes of scientific work which support his position.
The “evidence” against orgone energy consists of distortions of facts, defamation, ridicule, and related activities the apparent motive for which has been to destroy Reich and orgonomy without examining the evidence.
This leads to the final and most difficult of my four subtopics.
Resistance to the Orgone Energy Concept
Perhaps the most perceptive of Reich’s insights was the realization that there are forces in human nature which blocked the discovery of orgone energy.
It is these forces which in the past distorted and then buried the work of men like Mesmer and Reichenbach. It is the same forces today which not only prevent the serious study by scientists of the concept of orgone energy, but in fact bring about attempts of every possible kind by a vicious minority to destroy the concept and those who support it.
The pathological nature of these attacks is shown by their extraordinary and otherwise inexplicable virulence.
Orgone energy is not studied seriously by most scientists because scientists, like other people, suffer from the mass biological disorder which Reich described in detail, and which forms perhaps his greatest contribution to science.
Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy
The human race is sick en masse, severely sick. The Christian religion expresses an understanding of this sickness in the concept of original sin. If we examine the world around us, we see that it might easily be a world of plenty.
There are techniques and resources to satisfy nearly every human need, enough for every individual to lead a useful, happy, and productive life - yet this world is dominated by wars and threat of war, by irrational politics, in many countries taking the form of fascism in one form or another.
Within countries crime and mental illness are prevalent; about one American in ten at one time or another spends time in an institution, and only a small percentage of those who are mentally ill ever reach an institution.
Man is sick en masse, and the sickness is rooted in his structure, a structure which, for some reason, has become biologically rigid. This rigidity is shown primarily by a chronic muscular tension which Reich called armor. Armor affects most of the human race throughout all the continents. The variations in type and degree of armoring are legion, but almost every human being is armored to some extent.
The effect of armor is to block or restrict the flow of orgone energy in the body, and in consequence, to block or limit the emotion rooted in this energy flow. Armor limits the capacity to experience and express deep feeling. It destroys the capacity for a natural sexuality, the most intense pleasurable emotion.
Related: 13-Year-Old Invents Tesla Inspired Free Energy Device For Under $15
The armor shapes the character and mentality; it affects how people think, including how scientists think. Armor is the cause of psychosis, of crime, of fascism and of other political irrationality. It is the root of contradiction between mechanism and mysticism, which is so important to understanding resistance to the orgone energy concept.
Our civilization is rooted in mystical religion and mechanistic science. These together comprise the principal intellectual forces in the world we live in. Both of these forces are products of armored man. Reich has said that mankind is ruled by a contradictory and murderous mixture of machines and gods, by which he meant the mystical forces of religion and the mechanistic forces of science.
The mechanist armors himself in such a way that he cuts off his perception of and his contact with his own deepest nature. He becomes rigid and limited in his thought processes. He develops a mechanical concept of nature and becomes deterministic in his view of causality.
He tends to think compulsively and has a deep-seated fear of the alive, the free, the spontaneously moving, the unpredictable, the deeply emotional. The mechanistic scientist reacts against orgone energy functions because they correspond to exactly that portion of nature that he has armored against.
For this reason, the mechanist forms a mechanical view of creation and of life.
The mystic, by contrast, is not completely cut off from his nature, from orgone energy phenomena within himself, but has distorted this contact because of his armor.
Related: India Permits Free Energy Technology Despite Threats From UK, US, Saudi Arabia
The mystic is capable of achieving some great insights because he is in partial contact with his deepest nature; still his contact, especially his contact with his own body, is distorted, and in most cases, deeply distorted. The mystic tends to split off bodily love from the mental, the “spiritual, ” and often to become ascetic and anti-sexual.
This is perhaps the greatest tragedy of all, because it contributes the most to reproducing armor in the young.
A split perception of mind and body develops in the mystic, so that the mind seems to him capable of existing in nature in the absence of the body. Along with this the mystic tends to develop a magical view of causality. And the mystic, of course, forms a mystical or magical view of creation and life revolving about “spirit,” or “god,” which is out of contact with real physical processes. It is this view which the mystic finds most threatened by the concept of orgone energy.
Recognition of the real tangible creative process as expressed in orgone energy functions threatens the mystic’s concept of god as an intangible, essentially unknowable entity.
Figure 3 below, depicts the relation between mechanism, mysticism, and what Reich termed “orgonomic functionalism. ” Reich defined orgonomic functionalism as the natural way of thinking by the unarmored. The armor distorts natural thinking in the mechanistic or mystical direction.
Both mechanistic and mystical thinking find functional thought processes foreign. Interestingly, mechanists are apt to regard them as mystical; mystics, as mechanistic.
This is a rather cursory treatment of mechanism and mysticism.
Reich discusses them in some detail in ETHER, GOD AND DEVIL and in THE MURDER OF CHRIST. Perhaps enough has been covered to show how predominant forces in our civilization are by their nature in opposition to the orgone energy concept.
It will hardly be sufficient to show how deep-seated and powerful these forces are, nor to show the extreme hatred and fear that can arise from them; this is hard to believe until it is experienced personally, but to the skeptic, let me remind him that Reich’s publications were burned and banned on the flimsiest of pretexts by an agency of the United States Government, that Reich himself died in a United States prison although entirely innocent of wrong-doing, and that Reich and his work have always been subject to the most incredible attacks, involving defamation, vilification, and gross distortions of facts.
Not everyone, not even a majority react maliciously to the orgone energy concept.
In fact, most people don’t know enough about it to have an inkling of what it really is. Those threatened by the concept have largely succeeded in preventing others from investigating the evidence that exists about it.
If the concept is sufficiently ridiculed and defamed, if the scientific reputations of those who support the concept are destroyed, if the work that has been carried out in the field is made to seem absurd and undeserving of serious study, then the concept of orgone energy can be carefully buried again, as it has been so many times in the past.
There is then no necessity for scientists to examine the evidence, to repeat the experiments, or to contend with the carefully thought out and consistent scientific writing the field contains.
There will always be “experts” who will lend their authority to the burial by declaring the work unworthy of serious consideration.
The relation of mechanism, mysticism, and orgonomic functionalism. Armor causes functional thinking to split into two antithetical off shoots as shown. Human thought is almost completely dominated by these pathological offshoots
“Mind and body” or “matter and spirit” are different aspects of one reality.
Creation is a continuous observable natural process.
“Emotion,” “volition,” “sensation” are integral parts of the creative process.
The many who might not be threatened by the orgone energy concept per se are threatened by the attitude others take towards it, by the scorn, the abuse, the contempt which invariably stem from pathological individuals, but unfortunately, easily infect others.
It is a sad fact that the desire to be respectable is a primary motivation among scientists. Individuals threatened by the orgone energy concept attack it by making it disreputable. “Respectable” scientists then will not consider the concept or the evidence for it.
Related: Free Energy Breakthrough In Russia + South Korea On The Verge Of Unlimited Energy Breakthrough
Finally, a factor which hurts acceptance of the orgone energy concept which must not be ignored lies in the effects of the armor on the very individuals who support the concept. Those who work in orgonomy are also members of the sick human race; they too are armored, with tendencies toward mechanism and/or mysticism.
Even highly-qualified scientists professing interest in orgonomy (and there are many) are usually incapable of productive work in the field. Many brave plans for research in orgonomy are made, but few materialize.
For every article in the 29 volumes of evidence for orgone energy that have been cited, there were 20 or 30 planned by supporters of orgonomy but never carried out. And it is a sad fact that the quality of those which have appeared has sometimes suffered in comparison with what could be reasonably expected of the individuals involved.
Research in orgonomy is extremely difficult; the process of actually working with orgone energy exposes the worker fully and directly to its threatening qualities. Other scientific work is easier to do because it is more peripheral, further removed from the core of life itself, and for this reason, less threatening to the scientist.
This should not be construed as an apology for what has been accomplished in orgonomy. Much of this work, particularly that of Reich himself, is of the highest caliber. At present the need for additional work to confirm experiments previously done and to carry out new research is not being met, however.
An Orgone "Cloud Buster", presumably not operated by child!
This is only partly because of the lack of funds, facilities and time, a lack, incidentally, due to the activities of the frightened and hateful souls who have so maligned orgonomy that they have destroyed the possibility for it to obtain research funds through normal channels.
Of equal importance with the lack of funds and facilities are the characterological problems of those of us who would carry out the research.
In summary, the fact that the orgone energy concept is not generally accepted is not due to the absence of evidence but to a widespread pathology of the human animal. This pathology consists of a rigidity of body and character that cuts the individual off from life energy functions within himself, and makes him either blind to or threatened by the functioning of this same energy in nature.
The mass pathology works against acceptance of the orgone energy concept in many ways:
It brings about the mechanistic -and mystical character structures which prevail in our world.
It causes pathological fear and hatred in a minority of individuals, who attempt to destroy orgonomy by gross distortions of fact, defamation, and ridicule, and sometimes by direct violence. This minority is effective because of the characterological soil in which it works.
The “characterological soil” consists not only of the prevailing mechanistic and mystical characters of the majority, but also the fearfulness of scientists and intellectuals to be associated with “disreputable” ideas.
Finally, the work done in orgonomy itself suffers from the fact that the mass disorder of the human animal afflicts the proponents and investigators of the orgone energy concept as well as their opponents, and affects the amount and quality of their work.
Despite these severe problems blocking acceptance of the orgone energy concept, I believe we are on the threshold of a change.
The evidence for orgone energy is now too great to bury successfully and too strong to continue to ignore. More scientists will take the claims of orgonomy seriously, will repeat experiments and try to understand the orgone energy concept.
This too will result in severe confusions, widespread denials of the evidence by threatened individuals, and other difficulties with which we are now familiar, and may be able to meet successfully.
If so, the new direction in science implicit in the discovery of orgone energy will at last emerge into its own.
|How To Deal With Wage Slavery & Find Work You Love
February 8 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
As most of you may already know, my writings regularly touch on the issue of “wage slavery” – that is, the social phenomenon of being forced to carry out work in order to earn money.
Concerning this, a reader recently sent me an email with the following message :
Related: How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?
Came across your blog last night and had a browse of quite a few of the articles. Really enjoying the content on there; very inspiring.
I am interested in what you think of employment for someone who is seeking to live this alternative lifestyle you write of. We all know, that unfortunately we need to make some form of money to live, to buy food, pay rent, etc. We can’t just run off into the woods and hide!
To what extent can someone work in a job they dislike and still seek the enlightenment they desire? For example, I am finishing off my undergraduate Philosophy and Literature degree at the moment. My plan afterwards is to get a job in hospitality in the evenings, so I can focus on writing in the day, push forward some music I am making with my friends, and save money to go travelling. But still, a lot of my time will be consumed being a ‘wage slave’…
I’m not asking for any direct guidance here, or any solid answer. I’d just be interested in what you thought of the need to work in a job we don’t exactly want to do, and it being somewhat unavoidable.
My most sincere regards, T"
If you take a look around you, you’ll see that most people are day in and day out selling at least half of their waking time to others, expending most of their physical and mental energy working as employees, just so they can earn a salary in exchange.
And, although that’s something no person in the world enjoys doing, it’s a normal thing in our culture, and, in fact, unavoidable, as T (for privacy reasons I won’t reveal the reader’s real name) points out.
Obviously, we need food to survive, as well as shelter and the ability to provide ourselves and our families with goods that make life comfortable. How do we acquire those things?
Everyone knows the answer: through money. In our culture, money is the means that allows us to satisfy our basic needs. In other words, without money, we can’t “earn a living.” I, for example, can’t just express myself through my writings or paintings, which are two of my biggest passions, unless I am somehow able to financially support myself.
Although for some years now I’ve managed to earn what has been termed “passive income” mainly from doing work that I love and which allows me to focus even more time and energy on it, my journey wasn’t that easy from the beginning.
Not a long time ago, I used to be a wage slave myself, working as a video editor for corporate mainstream TV, which I hated, considering how much I despised its deceiving nature (there are other reasons why I despise mainstream TV, but that’s for another article).
I was grateful, however, to have work and earn a salary, being fully aware of how many people in the world are struggling to survive. My situation was bad, but pretty good compared to the one billions of people find themselves in.
In that period of time, I was wasting 7 hours, 6 days of the week, in front of a computer screen, yet I would go back home every night and pour the rest of my energy on The Unbounded Spirit.
Most of the times, I had red eyes and a heavy head, but working on my blog was a must – not because someone forced me to do so, but because I knew how much joy it was bringing in my life. It was something I loved doing (and still do), and my aim was to do it as much and as well as I could.
To avoid any misunderstanding, I don’t mean to say that working hard doing what you love will definitely bring you financial freedom. There have been countless of people who’ve dedicated their entire lives doing what they were passionate about, but they never saw a monetary reward for that.
A good example is Van Gogh, who created a tremendously big amount of incredible paintings but couldn’t sell a single one of them while he was alive (other than one that was secretly bought by his younger brother Theo in order to help him feel less of a failure).
Now, so many years after his death, he is recognized as an artistic genius and his paintings cost tens or even hundreds of million dollars.
So what’s my point? It’s that only by doing what you love, can you find meaning and contentment in life, and even if you never manage to extract any money out of it, it’s still worth pursuing it. Of course, while doing that, you need to somehow earn an income (except if you are willing to starve to death).
You need to find some work to do or create one if need be. The question is, what’s the best occupational choice one can make? In my view, it’s to find work that comes as close to your interests and talents as possible and that contributes something positive to the world.
An old-timer I knew used to tell his students: ‘Find something you love to do and you’ll never have to work a day in your life.’
That’s certainly a pretty difficult thing to achieve in our crazy society, but it’s definitely worth aiming for, no matter the result.
Even if you can’t achieve that, and you’re having a very hard time working as a wage slave, you should do your best to spend your free time doing what brings you fulfillment, and ideally something that also helps bring fulfillment to others – and who knows, if you create and offer something beneficial to the world, people might appreciate your gift and give you something in return, even in the form of money.
In my case, this is exactly what happened. Readers who I’ve never met decide to donate part of their income to support my work. Of course, I never write with the intention of an external reward. To me, the very process of writing is rewarding in itself, but I have to admit, it feels nice when I receive thank-you messages from readers or when they express their gratitude to me in the form of a donation.
The problem arises when one does something because one expects to receive something in return.
Not that it’s inherently bad to expect a reward, but because the universe just doesn’t seem to be working this way. That is, if what you’re putting out to the world isn’t coming from the heart, people will sooner or later recognize it and will not be willing to support your work.
On the contrary, if your work is coming from a place of unconditional love, it’s very likely that you’ll receive love back, in one form or another.
Having said all the above, I’d like to end this article by mentioning that if we humans truly want to put an end to wage slavery and be able to have more freedom to pursue what we deep down desire, it’s of utmost importance that we find a way to alter the very foundations of our economic system – something that is rarely discussed in self-help circles.
Coaches and mentors keep on talking about how to find and follow our bliss regardless of the conditions we find ourselves in, but when the very structure of our society is constantly and inevitably bringing obstacles on our path to contentment, then perhaps it would be a good idea to take conscious action in order to change the very system that we’ve been blindly conditioned to maintain with our actions each and every day.
Consider this: we possess the scientific know-how and the technological means to create a world of abundance where all people alive would have enough to fulfill their needs and basic desires.
If only we put our knowledge into practice, imagine how much more free we’d be to do what we enjoy.
The problem is that most of us don’t believe such a thing is feasible – we’ve been brainwashed to think that happiness, just like money, is scarce, and hence that not everyone can cherish life.
Not surprisingly, we find ourselves trapped in a constant struggle, competing and deceiving each other, doing work that we don’t care for and which is completely irrelevant to our well-being.
It’s about time we rethink the way we live and start making concrete changes on both an individual and social level. It’s about time we stop wasting our time and energy on things that bring us suffering, and instead focus on creating gifts of love that help turn the world into a more beautiful place.
Then and only then will we be able to find contentment and coexist in harmony with our fellow human beings.
Related: Finding Your Calling Part I: What Is a Vocation?
|Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals
February 5 2017 | From: Omnithought
As we have repeatedly stated, the Satanist believes that numbers contain inherent power.
Thus, they literally order their lives by occult numerology – such numerology also is a key component in astrology, another system of divining that Satanists observe very closely. The occult calendar is divided into four (4) segments of 13 weeks each.
Related: Why Sun Worship is Satan Worship
The number, “13” is considered divine by the occultist for a couple of reasons:
- The Bible assigns ‘13‘ the meaning of “rebellion against constituted authority”, plus the depravity that caused Satan to rebel against God.
- The occultist assigns ‘6‘ to represent the number of man, and the number ‘7‘ to represent the number of divine perfection. Thus, as a person climbs that “Jacob’s Ladder” toward self-perfection in the realm of the occult, the number ‘13‘ represents the state of divine perfection, self-achieved perfection, and Illumination (6+7 = 13).
Thus, the occult calendar is comprised of four periods of 13 weeks each. We list these periods for you, below.
Note all timings are based on Northern hemisphere seasons
Related: The Occult Meanings of Birthday: Why You Should Stop Celebrating Your Birthday
Then, after listing them, we shall come back to talk about each of them in detail.
1. Winter Solstice – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath
a. December 21 – Yule
b. December 21-22 – Winter Solstice/Yule. One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. February 1 and 2 – Candlemas and Imbolg, a.k.a. Groundhog’s Day. One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
d. February 14 – Valentine’s Day
2. Spring Equinox – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath But Does Require Human Sacrifice
a. March 21-22 – Goddess Ostara – Note: Easter is the first Sunday after the first new moon after Ostara. March 21 is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
b. April 1 – All Fool’s Day, precisely 13 weeks since New Year’s Day!
c. April 19 – May 1 – Blood Sacrifice To The Beast. Fire sacrifice is required on April 19.
d. April 30 – May 1 – Beltaine Festival, also called Walpurgis Night. This is the highest day on the Druidic Witch’s Calendar.
May 1 is the Illuminati’s second most sacred holiday. Human sacrifice is required
3. Summer Solstice – 13 Weeks – When The Sun Reaches Its Northernmost Point In Its Journey Across The Sky
a. June 21 – 22 – Summer Solstice
b. June 21 – Litha is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. July 4, America’s Independence Day, is 13 days after Day of Litha and 66 days from April 30
d. July 19 – 13 days before Lughnasa
e. July 31 – August 1 – Lughnasa, Great Sabbat Festival. August – One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
4. Autumnal Equinox – 13 Weeks – Minor Sabbath But Does Require Human Sacrifice
a. September 21 – Mabon – one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
b. September 21 -22 – Autumnal Equinox
c. October 31 – Samhain, also known as Halloween, or All Hallows Eve. This date is the Illuminati’s highest day of human sacrifice
Isn’t it interesting how the “profane” – you and me – are led like a flock of sheep to observe the important festival days of the Mysteries’ Religion?
You may not understand that you are ordering your year after pagan holidays, but you are! The annual calendar for the entire Western world is ordered by these Satanic festival times and days.
Related: The Occult (Hidden) Messages in Leonardo Da Vinci’s “Last Supper”
Now that we have seen the entire occult calendar, let us go back to the significant holidays to see how the Western world has slipped into a worship of the same pagan holidays and are using many of the same pagan symbols that are so important to the pagan worshipper.
The human sacrifice required during many of these occult dates needs to contain the following elements, each one of which is exaggerated to the highest possible degree:
1. Trauma, stress, and mental anguish, sheer terror
2. The final act in the drama should be destruction by a fire; preferably a conflagration.
3. People must die as human sacrifices, especially children, since Lord Satan looks upon a younger human sacrifice as his most desirable
Specific Dates Within the Occult Calendar
1. Winter Solstice – 13 weeks
a. December 21- 22
Yule – When the sun begins its northward trek in the sky, and days began to grow longer again, pagans celebrated the Winter Solstice by burning the Yule log.
Since the sun had reversed itself and was now rising in the sky, pagans believed this was a sign that the human sacrifices carried out in Samhain (Halloween) had been accepted by the gods.
We continue to sing:
"Deck the halls with boughs of holly… troll the ancient Yuletide carol… See the blazing Yule before us. Fa la la la la la la la.”
- “Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, David Ingraham, p. 71
The Roman Catholic Church later changed the day of celebration to December 25, calling it Christmas.
Consider the pagan roots of our popular symbols of Christmas:
(1) Christmas Tree – The sacred tree of the winter-god; Druids believed the spirit of their gods resided in the tree. Most ancient pagans knew the tree represented Nimrod reincarnated into Tammuz! Pagans also looked upon the tree as a phallic symbol.
(2) Star – Pentalpha, the five-pointed star. The pentalpha is a powerful symbol of Satan, second only to the hexagram. The star is the sacred symbol of Nimrod, and has nothing whatsoever to do with Christianity.
(3) Candles represent the sun-gods’ newly-born fire. Pagans the world over love and use candles in their rituals and ceremonies. Certain colors are also thought to represent specific powers. The extensive use of candles is usually a very good indication that the service is pagan, no matter what the outward trappings might be.
(4) Mistletoe is the sacred plant of the Druids, symbolizing pagan blessings of fertility; thus, kissing under the mistletoe is the first step in the reproductive cycle! Witches also use the white berries in potions.
(5) Wreaths are circular, and so they represent the female sexual organs. Wreaths are associated with fertility and the “circle of life”.
(6) Santa Claus – Former Satanists have told me that “Santa” is an anagram for “Satan“. In the New Age, the god, “Sanat Kamura“, is most definitely an anagram for “Satan“. The mythical attributes and powers ascribed to Santa are eerily close to those possessed by Jesus Christ.
(7) Reindeer are horned animals representing the “horned-god” or the “stag-god” of pagan religion! Santa’s traditional number of reindeer in his team is eight (8); in Satanic gematria, eight is the number of “new beginnings”, or the cycle of reincarnation. The Illuminati views the number “eight” as a symbol of their New World Order.
(8) Elves are imp-like creatures who are Santa’s (Satan’s) little helpers. They are also demons.
(9) Green and Red are the traditional colors of the season, as they are the traditional pagan colors of winter. Green is Satan’s favorite color, so it is appropriate it should be one of the traditional colors for Christmas; red is the color of human blood, Satan’s highest form of sacrifice – for this reason, Communism adopted red as it main color!
(10) December 25 is known as the “nativity” of the sun. This date is the birthday of Tammuz, the son, the reincarnation of the sun god. Traditionally, December 21 is known as Yule. The Roman Catholic Church moved the celebration of Yule to December 25.
(11) December 25 is also known to the Romans as “Saturnalia“, a time of deliberate debauchery. Drinking through repeated toasting – known as ‘wassail’ – was a key to the debauchery of this celebration. Fornication was symbolized by the mistletoe, and the entire event was finished with a Great Feast, the Christmas Dinner.
Related: The Occult Origins Of Christmas
(12) Even the name, “Christmas” is pagan! “Christi” meant “Christ“, while “Mas” meant Mass. Since all pagan Masses are commemorating “death”, the name, “Christmas” literally means the “death of Christ“. A deeper meaning lies in the mention of “Christ” without specifying Jesus. Thus, Antichrist is in view here; the pagans celebrate “Christmas” as a celebration of their coming Antichrist, who will deal a death blow to the Jesus Christ of Christianity.
Early American Christian Pilgrims refused to celebrate this day.
b. February 1 and 2
Candlemas and Imbolg, popularly called Groundhog’s Day.
The popular “Punxsutawney Phil” groundhog comes out of his burrow to divine the next few weeks of weather. If he sees his shadow, we will have 6 more weeks of bad weather until Spring finally arrives; if he does not see his shadow, the next 7 weeks before Spring will be good weather. Notice this pagan tradition features both the number ‘6’ and ‘7’, which when added, equals ’13’.
What most people do not realize is that the pagan view of Groundhog’s Day (Imbolg) represents the Earth Mother.
Consider these uncanny parallels between the Groundhog and the Earth Mother:
1. As the Earth goddess sleeps inside the earth during the winter season, so does the Groundhog
2. Both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog bridge the two time periods: Winter and Spring
3. Both the goddess and the Groundhog are “earth” creatures
4. Both the goddess and the Groundhog “awaken” in Springtime
5. Both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog complete the “cycle of reincarnation”
6. Annually, both the Earth goddess and the Groundhog represent the cycle of “rebirth” and “renewal”
The name, “Groundhog” was substituted for the Satanic name of the holiday, Imbolg, a night requiring human sacrifice.
c. February 14
Valentine’s Day – is a pagan festival that encourages love and physical lust.
It is celebrated precisely 13 days after Imbolg, thus imprinting upon it the number ’13’, Satan’s number of extreme rebellion. While most people view this day as the day to honor your wife or your lover, this celebration is steeped in paganism.
Consider the camouflaged occult gods in Valentine’s Day:
1. Cupid, the son of Venus, is really Tammuz, son of Semiramis
2. Venus, daughter of Jupiter, is really Semiramis herself. Jupiter is the head deity, a sun god – Nimrod, Semiramis’ husband, is considered a sun god in the Babylonian Mysteries.
Listen to a pagan author describe February, the month in which Valentine’s Day falls.
"The name of this month comes from the Roman goddess Februa and St. Febronia (from Febris, the fever of love). She is the patroness of the passion of love … Her orgiastic rites are celebrated on 14 February – still observed as St. Valentine’s Day – when, in Roman times, young men would draw billets naming their female partners…
This is a time of clear vision into other worlds, expressed by festivals of purification. On 1 February is the celebration of the cross-quarter day, or fire festival (Imbolc) a purificatory festival. It is followed on the 2nd by its Christian counterpart, Candlemas, the purification of the Virgin Mary.”
- “The Pagan Book of Days”, Nigel Pennick
Valentine’s Day is a day of “orgiastic rites” in which the pagans encouraged the flow of lustful passion.
2. Spring Equinox – 13 weeks
Minor Sabbath but does require human sacrifice.
a. March 21-22
Goddess Ostara (Ishtar, also spelled, “Eostre”), for whom “Easter” is named – March 21 is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights.
Easter is a shifting date using the common practice of Astrology; it is celebrated on the first Sunday after the first new moon after Ostara.
This date also has nothing to do with the resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ! Rather, this day in the pagan tradition celebrates the return of Semiramis into her reincarnated form of the Spring Goddess. The pagans even have an equivalent to our Good Friday!
It is “Easter Friday”, and has historically been timed to be the third full moon from the start of the year. Since the marrying of pagan Easter to Jesus’ resurrection, Good Friday is permanently fixed on the Friday prior to Easter.
Easter is steeped in the Babylonian Mysteries, the single most evil idolatrous system ever invented by Satan!
All throughout the prophetic Scriptures, we see God declaring His final judgment upon wicked Babylon! Yet, every year, Christian pastors intone “Easter” as though it were Christian. Many Independent Baptist preachers have begun referring to this day celebrating Jesus‘ resurrection as “Resurrection Sunday”, in order to separate the day from the pagan celebration.
The Babylonian goddess, Ishtar, is the one for whom Easter is named; [“Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 9] in reality, she was Semiramis, wife of Nimrod, and the real founder of the Satanic Babylonian Mysteries.
After Nimrod died, Semiramis created the legend that he was really her Divine Son born to her in a Virgin Birth. She is considered to be the co-founder of all occult religions, along with Nimrod.
Easter – the day of Ishtar – is celebrated widely among various cultures and religions on earth.
1. Babylon – Ishtar (Easter) also called the Moon Goddess
2. Catholics – Virgin Mary (Queen of Heaven)
3. Chinese – Shingmoo
4. Druids – Virgo Paritura
5. Egypt – Isis
6. The Pagan Ephesians – Dianna
7. Etruscans – Nutria
8. Germans (Ancient) – Hertha
9. Greeks – Aphrodite/Ceres
10. India – Isi/Indrani
11. Ancient Jews – Ashtaroth (Queen of Heaven)
12. Krishna – Devaki
13. Rome – Venus/Fortuna
14. Scandinavians – Disa
15. Sumerians – Nana
- “America’s Occult Holidays“, Doc Marquis and Sam Pollard
The Babylonians celebrated the day as the return of Ishtar (Easter), the goddess of Spring.
This day celebrated the rebirth, or reincarnation, of Nature and the goddess of Nature. According to Babylonian legend, a huge egg fell from heaven, landing in the Euphrates River.
The goddess, Ishtar (Easter) broke out of this egg. Later, the feature of an egg nesting was introduced, a nest where the egg could incubate until hatched. A “wicker” or reed basket was conceived in which to place the Ishtar egg.
The Easter Egg Hunt was conceived because, if anyone found her egg while she was being “reborn”, she would bestow a blessing upon that lucky person! Because this was a joyous Spring festival, eggs were colored with bright Spring colors. [Ibid.]
The Easter Bunny
"The Goddess’ totem, the Moon-hare, would lay eggs for good children to eat… Eostre’s hare was the shape that Celts imagined on the surface of the full moon…”
- “Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 10.
Do not bother to tell me that bunnies do not lay eggs, for I know that; we are dealing with a legend here, and an occult legend at that. These types of legends traditionally play loose and fast with facts.
Thus, “Easter” – Eostre, or Ishtar – was a goddess of fertility. Since the bunny is a creature that procreates quickly, it symbolized the sexual act; the egg symbolized “birth” and “renewal”. Together, the Easter Bunny and Easter Egg symbolizes the sex act and its offspring, Semiramis and Tammuz.
Thus, it is a very serious spiritual matter, indeed, when christian churches incorporate “Resurrection Eggs” as part of their Easter celebration.
At the very least, these churches are confusing the minds of their precious young children, by blurring the dividing line between pagan symbols and their meanings and Christian meanings of Resurrection Day.
Young children who participated in “Resurrection Eggs” in church will be conditioned later in their life to accept the fullness of the pagan tradition revolving around the same symbols.
At worst, a church participating in the pagan Easter tradition by promoting “Resurrection Eggs” and perhaps an Easter Egg Hunt, is guilty of combining Christianity with paganism, the very lethal cocktail the Lord Jesus will always reject!
Remember our key verse:
"Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing.”
If your church has “Resurrection Eggs”, that is a church you should consider leaving immediately; if the Senior Pastor is Liberal enough to use “Resurrection Eggs” in his Resurrection Day celebrations, he is probably Liberal in Doctrine and Theology, but may not be far enough along for you to see it yet.
Other Pagan Ingredients
Easter Offerings are derived from the tradition where the priests and priestesses would bring offerings to the pagan temples for Easter.
They brought freshly-cut Spring flowers and candies to place on the altar of the idol they worshipped. They would also bake Hot Cross Buns, decorating them with crosses symbolizing the cross of Wotan, or some other pagan god; these crosses were not originally the cross of Jesus Christ.
This is another instance where Satan counterfeited a pagan tradition that could later be passed off as “Christian” in a church seriously compromised by Syncretization.
In fact, the first instance of Hot Cross Buns can be traced back to about 1,500 BC, to Cecrops, the Founder of Athens [Marquis, p. 18] Later pagans used not just the shape of a Pentalpha star, but also the Hot Cross Bun.
Another popular Easter offering were freshly made or purchased clothes! The priests would wear their best clothes, while the Vestal Virgins would wear newly-made white dresses.
They would also wear headgear, like bonnets, while many would adorn themselves in garlands of Spring flowers. They would carry wicker baskets filled with foods and candies to offer to the pagan gods and goddesses.
Easter Sunrise Services were originated by the priest serving the Babylonian Ishtar to symbolically hasten the reincarnation of Ishtar/Easter. Once again, we see how Satan knew that Jesus’ rising from the grave would be discovered in the early sunrise hours, and that the Christian Church would want to hold Sunrise Services to celebrate.
Satan and his demons know and believe God’s Word and its prophecies literally, and they are allowed a certain amount of foreknowledge. Just as Satan counterfeited the Divine birth of a male child to a Virgin Mother fully 1,000 years before Jesus was actually born, so he counterfeited this Sunrise Service.
Lent is purely pagan, and yet has been accepted by the Roman Catholic Church and apostate christian churches as “christian”.
If the church you are attending celebrates Lent, you need to inform the Senior Pastor of the pagan roots of this tradition; if he will not listen you should leave that church, for if they will accept Lent as “Christian”, you can bet they are very Liberal in critical Biblical areas as well.
Lent is a commemoration of Tammuz’ death; the legend of his death says that he was killed by a wild boar when he was 40 years old. Therefore, Lent celebrates 1 day for each year of Tammuz’ life. [Marquis, “America’s Occult Holidays”] Participants are to express their sorrow over Tammuz’ untimely death by weeping, fasting, and self-chastisement.
Lent was commemorated for exactly 40 days prior to the celebration of Ishtar/Esotre and other goddesses by the following cultures: Babylonians, Roman Catholics, Koordistan, Mexicans, Ancient Israel, and today, Liberal, apostate Protestant churches.
We can see God’s anger over this commemoration of Lent in Ezekiel 8:14-18; God’s judgment for this commemoration is described in Ezekiel 9, a chapter we suggest you read carefully, for God has stated that He will similarly punish any nation who does not “hear and obey” His commands (Jeremiah 12:17).
b. April 1
– All Fool’s Day, precisely 13 weeks since New Year’s Day!
c. April 19 – May 1
– Blood Sacrifice To The Beast, a most critical 13-day period. Fire sacrifice is required on April 19.
April 19 is the first day of the 13-day Satanic ritual day relating to fire – the fire god, Baal, or Molech/Nimrod (the Sun God), also known as the Roman god, Saturn (Satan/Devil). This day is a major human sacrifice day, demanding fire sacrifice with an emphasis on children. This day is one of the most important human sacrifice days, and as such, has had some very important historic events occur on this day.
Remember, the Illuminati considers war to be a most propitious way to sacrifice, for it kills both children and adults.
Some of the very important historic dates that were staged according to this blood sacrifice day are:
(1). April 19, 1775 – Battle of Lexington & Concord, which made the Masonic-led Revolutionary War inevitable
(2). April 19, 1943 – After trapping the last Jewish Resistance Fighters in a storm drain in Warsaw, and holding them for several days, Nazi Storm Troopers began to pour fire into each end of the storm drain, using flame-throwers. They continued pouring the fire into the drain until all fighters were dead. Blood sacrifice brought about by a fiery conflagration.
(3) April 19, 1993 – 50 years later, to the day, government troops, tanks, and other military equipment stormed the compound of David Koresh and his followers at Waco, Texas. Certainly, this operation fulfilled the basic requirements for a human sacrifice: trauma, fire, and young sacrificial victims.
(4) April 19, 1995 – Oklahoma City bombing – Once again, many young children were killed this day
April 19 of any year in the 20th Century is a day of fearful contemplation, for it seems that, as we head into the final stretch of time, Satan is becoming more and more bold, and is using April 19 more often.
d. April 30 – May 1
– Beltaine Festival, also called “Walpurgis Night“.
This is the highest day on the Druidic Witch’s Calendar, while May 1 is the Illuminati’s second most sacred holiday.
Human sacrifice is required.
Since the celebration officially began the night before Beltaine, the tradition has developed among occultists to celebrate Beltaine as a 2-day ceremony. This tradition was strong enough that Adolf Hitler decided to kill himself [as the cover story goes] on April 30 at 3:30pm, thus creating a “333” and placing his suicide sacrifice within the Beltaine time frame.
Great bonfires are lit on the Eve of Beltaine, April 30, in order to welcome the Earth Goddess. Participants hope to gain favor with this goddess so she will bless their families with procreative fertility.
We find it interesting that the Royal House of Windsor lights a Beltaine “Balefire” every year [“America’s Occult Holidays”, Doc Marquis, p. 30]
The “Maypole” originated from the celebration of Beltaine. Since fertility is being asked of the Earth Goddess, the Maypole is the phallic symbol and the circular dance around the pole forms the circle that is symbolic of the female sex organ.
Four six-foot alternating red and white ribbons were connected to the pole; the men would dance counterclockwise, while the ladies danced clockwise. The union of the intertwining red and white ribbons symbolized the act of copulation – remember, this is a “fertility” celebration day!
To demonstrate their occult, Illuminist ties, Communists have always celebrated “May Day”. If you have not been taught how the Illuminati created Communism, and for which purpose, you need to hear our Seminar 2, “America Determines The Flow of History”.
3. Summer Solstice – 13 Weeks
When the sun reaches its northernmost point in its journey across the sky.
a. June 21 – 22 – Summer Solstice
b. June 21 – Litha is one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
c. July 4, America’s Independence Day, is 13 days after Day of Litha and 66 days from April 30
d. July 19 – 13 days before Lughnasa
e. July 31 – August 1 – Lughnasa, Great Sabbat Festival. August – One of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights
4. Autumnal Equinox – 13 Weeks
Minor Sabbath but does require human sacrifice.
a. September 21
Mabon – one of the Illuminati’s Human Sacrifice Nights.
b. September 21 -22 – Autumnal Equinox
From this date through Halloween, occultists believe the veil separating the earthly dimension from the demonic realm gets progressively thinner, with the thinnest night being October 31; this thinning of the separating veil makes it easier for the demonic realm to enter the earthly dimension.
Thus, on Halloween, evil spirits, ghosts, witches, hobgoblins, black cats, fairies, and demons of all sorts were believed to be running amok across the land. They had to be back in their spiritual dimension before midnight, Halloween, for the separating veil would then get thicker.
Once again, I reiterate, this is occult belief, not mine! October is a most propitious month to the Illuminati.
c. October 31 – Samhain
Also known as Halloween, or All Hallows Eve as designated by the Catholic Church. This date is the Illuminati’s highest day of human sacrifice.
Halloween has been changed over the past 30 years in two important ways. First, children have been encouraged to participate by donning such inoffensive costumes as Barbie, Wonder Woman, Batman and Superman. Secondly, adult costuming and parties have reached a tremendous apex and has become a most macabre day of celebration.
Historically, Halloween is the deadliest holiday ever celebrated in human history. This Satanic night is dedicated to the Celtic Lord of the Dead, also symbolized by the Horned-god and the Stag-god.
The Druids celebrated Samhain as a 3-day fire festival, building huge bonfires, thought to ward off demons that roamed around; additionally, the fires provided the means by which the required human sacrifice would be presented to the sun god. In enormous wicker baskets, the priests caged both human and animal sacrifices, which they then lowered into the flames.
The priests would carefully watch the manner in which the victim died in order to predict whether the future held good or evil. [“Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, p. 71]
Origin of Popular Halloween Traditions
Sweets and Trick or Treat
This pagan practice is over 2,000 years old. For the sake of their safety and well-being, people put outside their home sweets, the best mutton legs, vegetables, eggs, and poultry, honey and even wine, so the wandering evil spirits would consume them on their way back to the netherworld.
Related: 18 Reasons Why I Don’t Celebrate Halloween
Failure to “treat” these evil spirits might result in a curse being put on the home! The people literally believed that, when these spirits came to your door, they would trick you if you did not treat them.
"The American version of Halloween came from Ireland … The potato famine in 1840 brought thousands of immigrants from the Emerald Isle. With them came goblins, jack-0-lanterns, bonfires, apples, nuts, and pranks…
The Irish are also responsible for bringing trick or treating to great popularity in America. In Ireland on October 31, peasants went from house to house to receive offerings to their Druid god, Muck Olla. This procession stopped at each house to tell the farmer his prosperity was due to the benevolence of Muck Olla … or else misfortune might befall the farmer and his crops.
Few farmers risked any such displeasure of the pagan deity, so the procession returned home with eggs, butter, potatoes, and in some cases, coins … To the Irish farmers this was no joke; they greatly feared the Celtic god might destroy their homes and barns … Trick or treat is part of this pagan heritage.”
- “Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”. p. 78-79
People would also take burning wisps from the bonfire and wave them around to frighten the many evil spirits roaming the earth; in case the burning wisp alone would not work, revelers clothed themselves in the most hideous and terrifying costumes.
These people believed that, if you dressed in a terrifying costume and went trooping around with the spirits all night, they would think you were one of them and would leave you alone.
[“Halloween and Satanism”, Phil Philips, p. 26-27]
Satan’s obsession with fire has produced human obsession with building huge bonfires. As we stated earlier, these bonfires were practical, in that they provided the means by which the priests sacrificed the human and animal sacrifices so crucial to Halloween.
When the last fires died out, people would race each other down the hills shouting;
"The Devil gets the last one down”.
- Philips, p. 27-28
Samhain (Halloween) was also the time to engage the Devil’s assistance in divining the future. Questions concerning marriage, luck, health, and the time of one’s death were most popular subjects of divination.
In Scotland, young people assembled for games and pulled shoots out of the ground to ascertain which of them would marry during the coming year, and in what order the marriages should occur.
Snap Apple Night
Apples have long been a token of love and fertility. At Halloween parties, people bobbed for apples in tubs of water. If a boy came up with an apple between his teeth, he was assured of the love of his girl. The Snap Apple game was one in which the boys delighted. Each boy, in his turn, would spring up to attempt to bite an apple that was being twirled on the end of a stick; the first boy to succeed would be the first to marry.
Apple seeds were also used to tell fortunes. Peeling an apple in one long piece was supposed to tell a young girl about her future. The girl would swing the apple peal three times around her head, then throw it over her left shoulder.
If the peeling fell unbroken, the girl would examine the shape into which it fell to see if she could ascertain the initials of her future husband!
Witch’s Familiar Spirits
Owls, bats, cats and toads are an essential part of Halloween, and for a very good reason: they are known as “the witch’s familiars”.
A divining familiar was the species of animal whose shape Satan would assume to aid the witch in divining the future. A witch would closely watch the animal’s movements – whether slow or fast – and she would see the direction in which the animal moved and the kinds of sounds it made, in order to foretell the length of life and/or an impending illness.
It's okay bro, you're not possesed
Other “familiar spirit” shapes include hens, geese, small dogs, rats, butterflies, wasps crickets, and snails. Witches considered these creatures to be demon-possessed and controlled.
If you look closely at most Halloween decorations, you will see these animals, but now you know they represent demon possessed creatures! [“Pagan Traditions of Holidays”, p. 75-76]
Jack-O-Lantern and Trick-or-Treat
Various names for Jack-O-Lantern were ‘Lantern Men’, ‘Hob-O-Langer’, and “Will-O-The-Wisp”.
"The ‘Lantern Men’ got their name from pale eerie lights that appeared over bogs and marshes in England. These ghostly lights, which bobbed along like a lantern in someone’s hand, were called ‘Corpse Candles’. Candles were said to be signals from the souls of men lost at sea."
- “Halloween and Satanism”, Philips, p. 33-34
"Celts often hollowed out a turnip and carved a grotesque face on it to fool demons. They carried such lanterns to light their way in the dark and to ward off evil spirits… While the turnip continues to be popular in Europe today, the pumpkin has replaced it in America. ‘Jack’ is a nickname for ‘John’, which is a common slang word meaning ‘man’. Jack-O-Lanterns literally means ‘man with a lantern’."
- Pagan Traditions of the Holidays”, p. 79-80
The Druids originated the practice of hollowing out the Jack-O-Lanterns and filling them with human fat.
Whenever a raiding party came to a home to demand of the husband that someone inside be surrendered as a human sacrifice, they would light a Jack-O-Lantern filled with human fat; if the husband relented and provided one of his loved ones as a sacrifice, the Druid party would leave Jack-O-Lantern on the porch.
This lantern would be tell the other raiding parties and the demonic host that this party had surrendered a human for sacrifice and that the remaining people inside were to be left alone. Guaranteeing that no one else in the house would be killed that night was the “Treat”.
If the husband refused to surrender one of his loved ones, a “Trick” would be placed upon the house. The members of the raiding party would draw a large hexagram using human blood on the front door; they got the blood for the hexagram from a dead body they dragged around with them using a cabletow.
The demonic host would be attracted to this hexagram and would invade the house, causing one or more of the inhabitants to either go insane or die from fright. [“America’s Occult Holidays”, p. 20]
This is the true origin of “Trick-or-Treat” and the Jack-O-Lantern. Do you really want to take your kids “Trick-or-Treating”?
Forbidden Practices Specially Associated With Halloween
God lists Satanic practices that He absolutely forbids, on the pain of death!
Every one of them is uniquely associated with Halloween!
1. Enchantment – Act of influencing by charms and incantation using the practice of magical arts.
2. Witchcraft – Dealing with demonic spirits, using their prescribed methods, commonly called rituals and the “magick arts”. The Bible forbids it, as in Galatians 5:19-20. Today, thanks to “Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings, witchcraft is skyrocketing in popularity. TV shows that depict witches are “Bewitched” and “Buffy The Vampire Slayer”, to just mention a couple. Go to a video store sometime and walk down the “Horror” aisle, where you will see the popularity of Witchcraft in America today.
3. Sorcery – Use of power gained from the prescribed rituals demanded by the demonic host. Once the witch or wizard performs the particular ritual correctly, the demonic host is required to provide the power to accomplish that action desired by the witch.
4. Divination – Fortune telling and seeing into the future. God wants us to trust in Him and His power, and not worry about tomorrow. Satan, on the other hand, loves to get people consumed by the idea that they can know what lies ahead of them.
5. Wizardry – The art or practices of a wizard, sorcery. A wizard or witch is one skilled in the magick arts, a sorcerer.
6. Necromancy – Communication with the dead. Specifically, conjuring up the spirits of the dead for purposes of magically revealing the future or influencing the course of events.
7. Charm – The practice of putting a spell on someone in order to change or control their mind and/or behavior. Wizards love to get their enemies “one-on-one” because they can “charm” them through the use of ritual done before the meeting, and by the demonic host residing within him.
Adolf Hitler followed this practice closely as he dealt with the leaders of Europe, Britain, and Russia. British Prime Minister Chamberlain was totally charmed by Hitler as he sought to appease the German dictator in Munich in 1938; Chamberlain was so totally “charmed” by Hitler, he enthusiastically proclaimed after returning from Munich that he had achieved “peace in our time”.
When dealing with a powerful member of the Illuminati, do not attempt to meet with him, nor place any confidence in the testimony of people who have met with him. A “charm” ritual is easily performed and results in the leader exuding confidence, character, and sincerity they most assuredly do not possess.
8. Stargazing or Astrology – Divination of the supposed influence of the stars and other heavenly bodies upon human lives and the affairs of nations. Occultists literally order their lives according to Astrology and numerics.
9. Soothsaying – foretelling events and prophesying through a spirit other than the Holy Spirit.
10. Prognostication – To foretell from signs and symptoms, also prophesying without the Holy Spirit.
11. Magic – Tapping into the power of the demonic realm through the use of prescribed ritual so that the action carried out is accomplished through demonic power.
All these activities are uniquely associated with the activities and traditions of Halloween!
Christians have no business participating in Halloween. To do so is to act against a great number of Scriptures in which God uses the strongest possible language to forbid it. In fact, in most instances, God decreed that people practicing these activities be put to death!
Yet, we see many churches having Halloween parties in which many of these pagan practices are followed! The Apostle Paul gave us strong warning that should stop us dead in our tracks. Listen:
"Let no one delude and deceive you with empty excuses and groundless arguments for these sins, for through these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of rebellion and disobedience.”
Stop listening to people giving you “empty excuses and groundless arguments for these sins”, for if you go ahead and participate in this most evil holiday, God shall surely not look away.
One final note on Halloween: if you have been paying attention, you will know that these practices form the heart and soul of the Harry Potter novels and movies.
Harry Potter is a wizard, and he comes from a family of witches and wizards [Generational Witchcraft].
His entire existence within these novels revolves around the Hogwarts School of Wizardry and Witchcraft, where Harry and his friends learn all of these 11 forbidden practices.
|Humans Are Waking Up: For First Time In Recorded History, Schumann Resonance Jumping To 36+
February 4 2017 | From: Reddit
On January 31 2017, for the first time in recorded history, the Schumann Resonance has reached frequencies of 36+
This is a big deal. In 2014, it was considered anomalous for the frequency to have risen from it's usual 7.83 frequency to somewhere in the 15-25 levels.
Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness
Here is what it looked like in 2014:
And an article discussing how strange this was back in 2014: What is Schumann Resonance And
Why Is It Accelerating?
Now it is spiking at well over 30 for the past two days. Proof is here.
Site where this info is from (where you can track in real time): The level of electromagnetic background
According to Wikipedia, the Schumann Resonance "are a set of spectrum peaks in the extremely low frequency (ELF) portion of the Earth's electromagnetic field spectrum. Schumann resonances are global electromagnetic resonances, generated and excited by lightning discharges in the cavity formed by the Earth's surface and the ionosphere."
It has long been suspected that human consciousness can impact the magnetic field and create disturbances in it, particularly during moments of high anxiety, tension and passion:
Schumann Resonance: Excerpt from Nexus Magazine
[But don't worry, the world isn't going to end].
According to the above article;
"As human beings we have extraordinary potentials we have hardly begun to study much less understand.
Creative gifts, intuitions, and talents that are unpredictable or emergent may become stabilized in generations to come. Hopefully, we can learn to understand both our emergence from an essentially electromagnetic environment and facilitate our potential for healing, growth and non-local communication."
Many have been reporting the feeling that time has been speeding up. Could the increased frequencies have something to do with this?
People on YouTube are actively discussing these anomalies:
Did The Earth's Frequency Just Double? Is the Schumann Resonance Increasing Because Of The ME?
For more info on global consciousness and the "science of interconnectivity," here's another good resource: www.heartmath.org
It includes a link to the Global Consciousness Project, which seems to correlate to the increase in the electromagnetic frequencies in the past 48 hours.
As the previously cited article states:
"For many years this resonance frequency has hovered at a steady 7.83 Hz with only slight variations. In June 2014 that apparently changed. Monitors at the Russian Space Observing System showed a sudden spike in activity to around 8.5 Hz.
Since then, they have recorded days where the Schumann accelerated as fast as 16.5 Hz. (The graph is usually blue with some green, and no white.)
At first they thought their equipment was malfunctioning, but later learned the data was accurate. Everyone was asking, what’s causing this intermittent spiking activity?"
"Is the Earth’s frequency speeding up? Since the Schumann frequency is said to be “in tune” with the human brain’s alpha and theta states, this acceleration may be why it often feels like time has sped up and events and changes in our life are happening more rapidly."
"These emerging resonances are naturally correlated to human brainwave activity. So this means, we are changing. Many years ago I was trained in EEG Neurofeedback, so I looked at what these accelerated frequencies might be telling us about human evolutionary change.
A 7.83 Hz frequency is an alpha/theta state. Relaxed, yet dreamy—sort of a neutral idling state waiting for something to happen. A 8.5 – 16.5 Hz frequency moves one out of the theta range into more of a full calmer alpha state with faster more alert beta frequencies starting to appear. (This correlates with slowly waking up cognitively).
Since the Schumann Resonance has had sudden spikes between 12 – 16.5 Hz (see pic’s white areas), I found this even more interesting.
In Neurofeedback, 12-15 Hz is called Sensory-Motor Rhythm frequency (SMR). It is an ideal state of “awakened calm.” Our thought processes are clearer and more focused, yet we are still “in the flow” or “in the know.”
In other words, Mother Earth is shifting her vibrational frequency and perhaps so are we. This may be one of many signs that we are AWAKENING."
"Scientist’s report that the Earth’s magnetic field, which can affect the Schumann Resonance, has been slowly weakening for the past 2,000 years and even more so in the last few years. No one really knows why. I was told by a wise old sage from India that the magnetic field of Earth was put in place by the Ancient Ones to block our primordial memories of our true heritage.
This was so that souls could learn from the experience of free-will unhampered by memories of the past. He claimed that the magnetic field changes are now loosening those memory blocks and we are raising our consciousness to greater truth. The veil is lifting. The blinders are coming off. If true, it raises even more intriguing questions."
"Whatever is happening, it’s clear that this acceleration may make you feel more tired, exhausted, dizzy, depressed, and even strange as you raise your own frequencies to be more “in tune” with the New Earth.
Adaptation is not always an easy process, but keep in mind it’s all part of your own unique AWAKENING."
February 2 Update: we are now in our 3rd straight day of 30+ resonance, and it seems like it is getting more constant / stronger!
|6 Lessons You Must Learn To Find Contentment In Life & A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood
February 2 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / AustralianNationalReview
Contentment is what each and every human being is searching for, but most can’t seem to find it.
Of course, it’s understandable why that is so – the way we’ve learned to live since a very young age inevitably leads us to experience a state of unhappiness, meaninglessness, and emptiness.
However, we don’t have to live like this until we take our last breath. As individuals, it’s in our hand to make conscious choices that will help create a more beautiful life for ourselves and the world in general.
Before we can achieve this, however, we need to understand what we’ve been doing that prevents us from finding contentment, and how we can break free from the chains of our detrimental habits. Below you’ll read six important lessons that will help you to do exactly that, thus opening the doors to the kind of life you’ve been deep down longing for.
1. Failure is Better Than Regret
Life is short, and we should make sure not to waste it being preoccupied with things that don’t contribute to our well-being.
One of the main reasons why people miss out on life is the fear of failure. If you want to pursue your dreams, it’s very likely that you’ll encounter a lot of obstacles on your way, that you’ll stumble over some of them, and that at times you will fail to overcome them, which can be a very hurtful emotional process.
So what’s the best way to stay emotionally safe? To not try to chase your dreams at all. If you don’t ever try to succeed, you are never going to fail, right? That’s all well and good, but with the exception that you’ll sooner or later be filled with regrets, not so much about not having turned your dreams into reality, but mainly about not having given it a good try.
From today, be sure to listen to your heart and follow its guidance, no matter the difficulties you might encounter on your path, remembering that the only true failure in life is not trying at all.
2. Pain and Self-Growth Go Hand in Hand
Self-growth can be tremendously painful at times, and you need to fully embrace this fact, if you are willing to create the best version of yourself.
Pain is there for a reason – to show us that something wrong is going on in our lives. It is a wake-up call, reminding us that we need to take action in order to relieve ourselves from it. Pain, therefore, helps us to find out how to overcome life’s hardships, by urging us to learn, become more intelligent, and eventually master the art of living in contentment.
Pain is a great teacher, so never forget to pay attention to the important lessons it has to teach you.
3. The Past Can be Both a Friend and a Foe
The past is not here anymore and so we cannot change it, but we can always look back on it and learn from it.
In the past, every single person has made mistakes, and those mistakes are there to teach us what we need to know so as to never make them again. And, although the past can be used as a guide towards a brighter future, at the same time it can be a great burden on our shoulders, if we become emotionally attached to it, that doesn’t allow us to live to our fullest in the present.
The past belongs in the past, so no matter how many hardships you’ve gone through or how many mistakes you’ve made, don’t let them prevent you from moving forward in life. Study the past, learn from it, and then let go of it.
4. Life is Impermanent
In the world, everything is changing, except change itself. Being part of the world, we are constantly changing too. Our relationships change, our health changes, our thoughts and emotions change. The problem, however, is that most people don’t like change and do anything they can in order to prevent it.
We are so attached to the kind of life we are living – our, possessions, friends, work, and so on – that we’re tremendously afraid to let go of them when we should, even though in reality it’s not always in our control to keep them by our side.
In fact, the harsh truth is that no matter how tightly we’re trying to hold on to them, sooner or later life is bound to take them away from us, and unless we embrace change and let ourselves flow with the river of life, we will always remain victims of fear.
5. Honesty Keeps Things Simple
Most people wear a mask, showing to others a different image of who they actually are, and this immensely complicates their lives, but most just can’t see it.
When we are pretending to be someone we’re not, we are expending much of our energy trying to keep that mask on, suppressing our thoughts and emotions. Trying to conform to an image, we become locked in a self-imposed mental prison, which doesn’t allow us to live spontaneously and care-free.
In addition, lack of honesty results in messed up human relations. When we are not honest with those we come in contact with, how can we form intimate, genuine friendships or love relationships? It’s impossible, for this can only be achieved when we open up our heart and expose our innermost being to others.
6. Gratitude Brings Fulfillment
Buddha once said, “Let us rise up and be thankful, for if we didn’t learn a lot at least we learned a little, and if we didn’t learn a little, at least we didn’t get sick, and if we got sick, at least we didn’t die; so, let us all be thankful.”
Perhaps you are not living the ideal life, but just being here and now experiencing this miracle called existence should be enough in itself to bring you contentment. Of course, I don’t mean to say that you shouldn’t try to transcend anything that prevents you from realizing your fullest potential.
My point is simply that unless you learn to savor those little, everyday, ordinary yet beautiful moments that life brings on your way, you will never feel fulfilled and content.
In short, aim at a better future, but never forget to appreciate and find joy in the gifts you’ve already been offered by the universe.
There you have it – six simple yet powerful lessons that can do wonders to alter your mindset and hence your way of living.
Contemplate on them, understand them, practice them, and I assure you that your life will sooner or later take a very positive direction, leading to joy, peace, and contentment.
A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood
New research confirms the ability of short strolls to have a positive effect on your mood, reports Huffington Post Australia.
Emotion journal published a study in August, which revealed that a short 12-minute stroll can do wonders for your mood. You don’t even need a companion or good weather for it to make you feel better.Huffington Post reported the details of the research:
“To figure this out, researchers asked more than 400 undergraduate students at Iowa State University to go on a walk in three different experiments that were designed to test volunteers’ moods and how walking affected them.
In the first experiment, researchers just tested for the effect of a stroll, telling students to do nothing more than go for a walk around campus and report back."
“In the second, the psychologists tested for environmental surroundings to see if where they walked matters. Participants toured the inside of a drab campus building and were informed they’d have to write a paper after the walk. Despite the unexciting views and knowing a hard project awaited them, participants still felt more positive, self-assured and attentive after a walk, according to the study."
“The third experiment acted as a control test to confirm the previous two findings. Participants either walked on a treadmill or sat next to one.
Those who walked experienced a significant boost in positive affect levels, while levels dipped for participants who stayed still.”
This study gives fuel to the idea that a stroll can really help you ahead of a hard task. You can feel more positive at important meetings after taking a short stroll.
St. Xavier University Assistant psychology professor Jeffrey Miller says, “There seems to be something about that brisk, confident walk that is really good for you”, reports Huffington Post Australia.
Miller also added that the walk doesn’t have to be an aerobic experience for you to feel better and more positive. He explained;
“It’s not really the pace that seems to be key, and what’s so neat is that it doesn’t really have to have any purpose… Whether you believe that you’re going to feel better or not, [after a walk] you’re going to feel better relative to not being in motion at all.”
Walking not only helps your mood, it is also a good overall health experience. Walking has many positive effects on diseases like dementia, osteoarthritis, obesity, blood pressure and cancer. Take a stroll now for a more fulfilling life!
|The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water
January 27 2017 | From: OmniThought / Various
The Biocrystal: “The human energy field exists as an array of oscillating energy points that have a layered structure and a definite symmetry and these properties fulfill the definition of a normal crystal in material form” – Marc Vogel
The human body is a universe onto itself; a vast, intricate system of incredible sensitivity and detail. It has been the subject of wonder, philosophy and scientific study for centuries, yet its most elemental design is still shrouded in mystery.
Related: This Is What Happens To Your Body When You Increase Your Water Intake
What is the relation of biological life to the Cosmos – to the fabric of space and time itself? Is our body the “earthen machine” of Descartes; an “automaton” of discrete mechanical function?
Are we really locked in an endless struggle against the ticking clock of thermodynamic entropy – of increasing disorder – as is the view of contemporary physics?
The fractal-holographic model sheds new light on these questions; a unified description of the Cosmos reveals its true relation to Man, a relationship so entangled, so intimate that the two cannot be viewed apart…
The Immensity of Biological Complexity
The building block of life, the biological cell, is an entity of astonishing coherency; billions of chemical processes take place within it every second – metabolism, molecular transport, gene expression, DNA replication, extracellular communication, reproduction, cell differentiation just to name a few.
There are 50 trillion cells in the human body and their combined DNA unraveled would cover the distance from the Earth to the Sun well over 400 times! All of this cooperates beautifully to maintain a living breathing organism adapted for interaction with an exterior universe of innumerable physical processes. What underlying physics can account for such extreme levels of organization?
Related: 8 Amazing Effects Of Drinking Water On An Empty Stomach
The laws of thermodynamic entropy do not readily explain the complexity of biological evolution, nor can it account for the elaborate function and cooperation of cells.
In terms of conventional physics several questions begs to be answered in this regard, for how does 50 trillion cells act in flawless symphony? Or what natural process compelled the inert minerals of ancient Earth to form intricate cellular machinery in the first place?
Calculations by laws of probability indicate that the time needed for universal forces to generate even as much as a single blade of grass by processes of trial and error would vastly exceed the postulated age of our universe, not even to mention the entire biosphere of Earth.
Obviously there is a self-organizing element present here, a naturally inherent movement towards order and coherency; left alone the universe will produce incredible complexity on its own accord.
Another problem in our contemporary physics is known as the “anthropic principle”, a hypothesis put forth as a possible solution to a central question in modern cosmology: why and how did we end up here? By an as yet unexplained reason, our vast universe seems carefully tailored for the creation of complex life forms.
The physical parameters of the natural forces that enable atomic structure, and thus molecular composition, is precisely where they need to be to form stable molecular chains such as the DNA-strand. Had e.g. the Strong force connecting the atom, been a fraction higher or lower biological life would be impossible.
As would the fact that you are reading this text, which is what led to the anthropic principle: we are here because we live in a universe that allows us to be here.
Sure enough, it’s a simplistic and circular argument, loosely based on the idea that there are countless universes out there, each one with different physical laws, ours being one that happens to allow life, and thus – us, and you reading this article. As is appropriate, many are dissatisfied with this hypothesis as its logically circular and fundamentally unprovable.
In short, there is a preeminent problem with modern physics, namely us – Life.
Everything works pretty fine with current models but the presence of life poses a significant challenge to them. However, a unified theory of physics should be able to explain universal processes, from the microscopic to the macroscopic, including life, consciousness and everything it entails.
Until such a theory exists, we really cannot claim to know what kind of cosmological phenomena we really are. Our vision of ourselves is still incomplete.
The notion of a universe moving towards ever increasing disorder is disproven by our very existence; the living, breathing human body is a system of incomprehensible interconnectivity, intertwined with the universe at the very quantum level, and, as we shall see, the underlying matrix making this organization possible is the very space in which it exists.
Emptiness – The Principle of Order
To find the ordering principle foundational to creating and maintaining the human organism we must look beyond the biological form, into the very fabric of the space in which it arise.
As the reader will know, the fractal-holographic model propose that space is not empty but full; a plenum or a zero-point field containing potentially infinite energy. In this view matter emerges as a function of space, not vice verca, and it naturally condenses into toroidal/spehrical systems, conforming to the topological structure of space-time itself, of expansion, contraction and spin.
This topology is reflected at all scales, from atom to universe, and it naturally organizes matter at harmonic intervals defined by the underlying geometry of hyperspace, assuming the familiar shapes of rotating galaxies, globular clusters, stellar systems, planetary dynamics and even cells and atoms.
The atom itself is actually nothing but space in motion; like a tiny toroidal whirlpool in the vacuum sea which converts an infinitesimally small quanta of potential energy into kinetic energy, or mass.
In Haramein’s recent paper, Quantum Gravity & The Holographic Mass, very precise predictions concerning fundamental characteristics of the atom is acheived by describing the proton mass as the result of holographic physics and universal entanglement through the vacuum of space.
From this viewpoint the source of material organization, intracellular coherency and even consciousness, lies not within physical processes of the body, but are rather causal phenomena issuing forth from fundamental qualities of space-time itself, from the very field of energy sustaining the universe.
Yet as this field is nothing but a pure potential, being non-dimensional and infinite in nature, it is also by definition the pinnacle of order and organization – all points unified. Thus the entropic, randomized universe meets it counterbalance in the negentropic, coherent vacuum of space.
Kinetic & Potential Energy
From this premise we may understand the phenomena of Energy in two distinct forms; kinetic and potential energy, synonymous with the manifest and unmanifest, the dynamic and absolute. Potential energy is static, orderly and balanced, while kinetic energy, which is energy in motion, is inherently unbalanced, in a state of continually increasing entropy, disorder and decay.
Kinetic energy equals expansion, spin, visible radiation and heat, while potential energy creates the opposing movement of contraction, thermal equilibrium and absolute zero degrees.
Understanding the unity of these opposites, of entropy and negentropy, of chaos and order, of generoactive and radioactive processes, and how they act upon our world we may come to realize that reality, at its most fundamental, is an expression of universal coherency, integrity and balance – an expression of cosmic singularity.
There are thus three fundamental modes of spatial motion in the universe – expansion, contraction and spin. The universal forces known as Gravitation (contraction) and Electromagnetism (expansion) are effects arising from these very dynamics of space.
Expanding space is radiative, moving towards heat, disorder and increasingly useless forms of energy. Moving out in all directions, towards maximum volume vs. minimal stability, its spatial geometry is that of a sphere.
Contractive space, however, is generoactive – moving towards coolness, higher order and universal coherency with the zero-point field. Contraction is a movement towards minimal volume and maximum stability, expressed geometrically as the tetrahedron.
Being non-radiative and implosive the tetrahedral geometry of space is not visible to the naked eye; it belongs to the unmanifest realm of pure potential, hence it’s the geometry of hyperspace. The geometry of hyperspace achieves a completely balanced condition in the basic 64 tetrahedron grid; a tetraheral crystalline lattice structuring the fabric of the universe.
Centering every black hole system – every galaxy, star, cell or atom – there is empty space, the still point of static potential energy, which provides a relative center of rotation for the system to revolve about, like stillness in the eye of a hurricane. This unmoving center rests in a state of thermal equilibrium – absolute zero degrees.
It’s a perfectly cool stillness which allows for kinetic energy; motion, rotation, friction and the resulting heat and expansion to occur. Surrounding this static center is the event-horizon; a naturally occuring boundary of balance where the forces of contraction and expansion are equal in strenght.
As our own universe is the inside of a giant black hole, looking through space, at the transparent darkness of the cool night sky, we are actually witnessing the source of order in the universe, the plenum uniting, connecting and balancing all things in its majestic, silent embrace.
While the radiative sphere of the atom or the blazing star may appear finite, localized and separate from others, its contractive field – its Gravity – unites and coheres with the plenum, the non-local vacuum state.
The gravitational field originates from the vacuum hyperfield, which is continually adapting, innovating, synchronizing and self-organizing all structure everywhere according to the ever fresh topography of the Cosmic fractal.
The vacuum is the common source, the origin and end-point of all information, and thus matter, being nothing more than the holographic expression of space, has all that it needs to self-organize.
However, there is only one basic element of matter capable of closing the feed-back loop of generoactive and radioactive forces thus conveying through the physical form such order and complexity expressed in biological life; namely the element of Water.
Water – The Link to Hyperspace
Although the H2O molecule itself seems fairly simple, water is far more complex than its chemical formula seems to indicate. Water enjoys a very special position in the grand design, and it’s notorious for rebelling against all existing models and comparisons when viewed on par with the other elements of the periodic table.
Chemically, water exhibits a wide range of properties exceptional in Nature, among these, thermal qualities essential for biological life, such as a large heat capacity, high thermal conductivity and a high latent heat of evaporation among many, many others.
More significant in the context of this theory however, is the fact that water has a unique tetrahedral molecular configuration and is thermodynamically inversed; it’s the only element expanding when cooled and contracting when heated.
These properties make the element of water harmonically tuned to the geometry of hyperspace, providing a link closing the feed-back loop of expansion and contraction, a link between entropic and negentropic forces in the universe.
On a molecular level water is highly cohesive; the hydrogen atoms of one molecule easily attracts the oxygen atoms of surrounding molecules, thereby organizing itself into crystal-like grids which are able to store or transduce vibrational information.
Being the exact geometry of the vacuum, the crystalline structure of water functions as a perfect conduit for coherent information exchange between hyperspace and biological systems. Haramein suggests this tetrahedral configuration produce a spin function in the structure of space, which forms a resonance link to the fluid dynamics of the water molecules.
Through this resonance, coherent information reverberates through its construct, propagating negentropic processes into the material form – processes that move towards higher states of order and complexity, mirroring the harmonic frequencies of the vacuum geometry, a mechanism possibly crucial to uphold the complexity of the DNA molecule.
The Origins of DNA
Biological organisms are largely made up of water and, as we have seen, endogenous water may be central to understanding the complexity of metabolic life forms. Recent findings suggests the highly structured macro-molecules of water indeed may be the element responsible for structuring and supporting the composition of the DNA strands.
Water surrounds and contains the nucleotides and atoms comprising the double helix, and may serve as a conduit for information transmitting frequencies from the vacuum hyperspace.
This phenomena was actually demonstrated in a remarkable experiement by Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier wherein water and very low electromagnetic frequencies alone was used to create DNA molecules, just from its rudimentary chemical components.
The experiment provides a compelling argument for the idea that water inherently possesses the ability to convert high entropy energy into states of lower entropy (higher coherency), thereby acting as an ordering agent, moving energy from incoherent, random states to coherent, organized forms – like the DNA spiral.
Moment by moment, every atom of every molecule, both organic and inorganic, is being changed and replaced. Every one of us within the next seven years will have a completely new body, down to the very last atom. Even the chemical codons of the DNA molecules of your body will swap and switch countless times before sunset.
Amid this constancy of change, where can we find the carrier of continuity, organization and structure? The answers lies in the geometric principles and proportions of hyperspace, the ideal world of eternal, unchanging geometrical absolutes. In this regard, it is interesting to note that the DNA spiral is composed of 64 codons, precisely matching the 64 tetrahedron crystalline geometry of hyperspace.
We can imagine the DNA molecule of the human being as the result of millions upon millions of years of resonance imprints, or “memory patterns”, mediated within and through the vacuum.
The gravitational field absorbs information into this field so as to tune its various expressions (i.e. various biological forms) to optimally fit the universe in which it exists; a evolutionary system of incredible connectivity and balance.
Liquid Crystal Within The Human Body
The fundamental dynamics of the universe is that of expansion and contraction – a continuous feed-back loop of information radiating out and absorbing back on itself. Similarly the human consciousness is also a feed-back loop of information. The external world contracts into our being through innumerable physical processes, a fraction of which are filtered as sensory impressions in the body and the brain.
Simultaneously there is the body and its countless atoms radiating energy, acting outwards in the universe merely by existing. Consciousness results from this boundary condition, this event-horizon, between absolute and dynamical energy, where information is absorbed inwards to the infinite non-local vacuum field and radiated back out to the finite external world.
Consciousness is simply information being processed. Thus the individual is not the only one experiencing reality but reality is experiencing itself though every individual, though every atom.
The source of consciousness does not originate within the body or the brain, but is rather a quality of the topology of space-time itself, of the fundamental dynamics and function of an information processing black-hole-universe.
As such the biological body is more like a transceiver of consciousness, and not its originating source. To find the conduit of consciousness then, we must again look to the crystalline geometry of water within the human form.
A crystal is simply a structure whose molecules are arranged in a regular, organized pattern. Characteristically, crystals resonate or oscillate at specific frequencies, and some crystals are also piezoelectric, i.e. they respond to mechanical stress by generating an electrical pulse.
Both of these properties are frequently utilized in the field of electronics and computer engineering, e.g. with the purpose of producing radio transmitters to tune and stabilize specific frequencies.
Looking for a conductor of vacuum information connecting the physical body to the space-time continuum, we could look to the crystal-like systems within the body. In fact most structures within the human organism can be described as crystalline.
Liquid crystal is a kind of crystal that exhibits fluid dynamics while maintaining molecules in an organized pattern, much like marching soldiers retain their regimented structure even while turning a corner.
The phospholipid molecules of the cell membrane behave in a similar fashion; their fluid crystalline organization allows the membrane to dynamically alter its shape while maintaining its integrity, making it able to both insulate and vibrate in resonance with electrical impulses, much like a crystalline semi-conductor chip.
The phospholipid molecules of the cell membrane is arranged in crysyalline organization. The DNA molecule itself also displays the same crystalline organization, as does the skeletal bones of the body.
Both of these are also piezoelectric and will respond electrically upon a mechanical impulse from its environment. In fact each organ, gland, nerve system, cell and protein structure shows a level of organization with some degree of crystalline function, and together they form a network of oscillating, resonating structures that form an overall organized and coherent resonance pattern, thus in terms of physiology and physics, the human being can better be understood as vibrational biocrystals; open systems in continuous resonance with the frequencies of hyperspace.
There exists no definite border between electromagnetic fields maintained by the body’s metabolism and those that exists in the environment. As such we may think of the human body as merely a denser crystallization of space itself.
The human body consists of 75% water and our brain about 90%, yet the importance of this fact is often underestimated. In fact, infants born with mostly water in their brain (hydrocephaly) responds consciously to stimuli, and overall they functions perfectly, yet only a very small portion of their brain is composed of neurons.
In other words, we are fully conscious and aware even with very little grey matter in the brain – yet if we remove the water, life will collapse.
Consequently, water may act as the medium through which the vacuum hyperspace extends into complex physical form – through the resonant element of water the fractal of biological growth and evolution is made possible.
The Biological Resolution
Contrary to common belief, the biological cell is a highly energetic object; its phospholipid membrane and inner structure of microtubules oscillate at extreme intensities measured to 1014 Hz. In the fractal-holographic model each cell can actually be compared with a very tiny black hole entity.
In Haramein’s and Raucher’s “scaling law” we may even see that the energy output of microtubules within biological cells, in terms of frequency vs. radius, are in a linear, harmonic match with other black hole systems in the universe (i.e. galactic nuclei, quasars, stars, mini-black hole atoms etc.), suggesting that cells themselves are a natural scale resolution of the universe, a biological resolution, situated right in the middle of the micro- and the macro-comos, inbetween atoms and stars on the cosmic chart. Not only does this finding implicate an abundance of biological life in the cosmos, but it puts the human being in the center of his own anthropic universe.
The “scaling law” demonstrates a linear relationship between the frequency and geometric radius of black-hole objects in the universe, across the boundary between micro-and macrocosm. (BB=Planck distance, A=atom, S=the sun, G=known galactic cores, U=universe)
In this view the human body is composed of trillions of mini black hole cells in crystalline organization, all harmonized around the pulsating coherent field of the human heart.
This entire systems forms, in symphony, an event-horizon absorbing information from the macrocomsic to the microcosmic world, thus feeding the unified vacuum field with its data of experience. Each event-horizon represents a different point of perspective, a unique geometric position in the cosmic fractal, providing its own particular bit of information to the whole.
Altogether, this “extension of space” is a finely tuned, self-organizing system of incredible sensitivity and complexity, capable of registering the most minute impulse from its environment.
As we have seen, through the medium of water the biological body literally crystallize from the vacuum hyperfield, and this dense crystallization of energy seems to be merely the visible aspect of multiple layers of resonant crystalline energetic structure, the totality of which extends in an unbroken continuum from the level of gross matter to the causal realm of complete emptiness – the state of equilibrium.
Tuning The Biocrystal
This hypersensitive holographic biocrystalline system continously tunes with our own conscious (and unconscious) feed-back loop of psycho-emotional states; the interpretations we make of the field affects our universe, and in turn the universe affects us – a natural balance of creation and co-creation.
As we consciously enter a state of internal balance, the various energetic layers of the biocrystal will ocillate into higher degrees of organization and coherency.
Within every core there is equilibrium, which means universal unity, thus the more centered we are the more obvious becomes our connectivity to all things.
We can imagine that the act of introspection equals an implosive movement, a negentropic force, and thus a movement towards higher coherency, order and flow, which may be why meditative and yogic practices are so beneficial to psychological and physical health.
The use of vibrational healing modalities like IKYA, essences, accupunture and crystals for vibrational tuning is also an ancient knowledge, which only now is reemerging in our modern world. The medical science concerning the energetic, vibrational composition of the human being is still in its early infancy, and in front of us lies a vast universe of discovery…
All this considered, we may come to new view of Man, a view of inherent universal balance, coherency, co-creation and connection. The geometric proportions of hyperspace is a blueprint of Creation, directing the formation of universes, quasars, galaxies, stars, planets, cells and atoms.
It extends itself simultaneously through all these scalar dimensions and eventually observes its own mystery through the eyes of a self-aware entity. The human form is nothing less than a holographic projection of the harmonic geometry of hyperspace – a natural crystallization of Totality itself.
Related: Corporate giant Nestle beats out community for control of local water supply
|Physicist Contracted By The CIA Reveals Secrets Of Extrasensory Perception (ESP) & CIA Document Claims To Have Studied Humans With Superhuman Abilities
January 23 2017 | From: OmniThought / NaturalNews
Russell Targ is a physicist and author, a pioneer in the development of the laser and laser applications, and a cofounder of the Stanford Research Institute (SRI) investigation of psychic abilities in the 1970s and 1980s.
SRI is a research and development think tank in Menlo Park, California. Called remote viewing, his work in the psychic area has been published in Nature, The Proceedings of the Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE), and the Proceedings of the American Association the Advancement of Science (AAAS).
Related: Is Creating “Superhumans” the Next Arms Race?
Targ has a bachelor’s degree in physics from Queens College and did his graduate work in physics at Columbia University. He has received two National Aeronautics and Space Administration awards for inventions and contributions to lasers and laser communications.
In 1983 and 1984 he accepted invitations to present remote-viewing demonstrations and to address the USSR Academy of Science on this research.
He is author or co-author of nine books dealing with the scientific investigation of psychic abilities and Buddhist approaches to the transformation of consciousness, including Mind Reach: Scientists Look at Psychic Ability (with E. Harold Puthoff, 1977, 2005); Miracles of Mind: Exploring Nonlocal Consciousness and Spiritual Healing (with Jane Katra, 1998); and Limitless Mind: A Guide to Remote Viewing and Transformation of Consciousness (2004).
He also wrote an autobiography, Do You See What I See: Memoirs of a Blind Biker, in 2008. His current book is The Reality of ESP: A Physicist’s Proof of Psychic Abilities.
As a senior staff scientist at Lockheed Missiles and Space Company, Targ developed airborne laser systems for the detection of windshear and air turbulence. Having retired in 1997, he now writes books on psychic research and teaches remote viewing worldwide.
Below is a planned talk by RusseLl for TED that was cancelled by TED. Not surprisingly, some of the most interesting TED talks have been cancelled, author Graham Hancock’s “The War on Consciousness” was banned, and so was scientist Rupert Sheldrake’s, titled “The Science Delusion.”
When it comes to topics within the realms of parapsychology, like ESP, they often fiercely oppose the belief systems of many, despite the fact that publications in peer-reviewed scientific literature have examined this topic for more than a century, with some fascinating results.
Obviously there is something to this, otherwise the CIA and other agencies around the world would not devote decades of research to studying this topic in depth.
For more information on/from Russell Targ, please check out his website here. Enjoy! Interesting stuff to say the least.
CIA Document Claims To Have Studied Humans With Superhuman Abilities
More than a few young boys and girls grow up dreaming of being a superhero someday, with superhuman strength.
But of course, that’s just the thing of fictional movies and Saturday morning cartoons, right?
Related: Declassified files reveal CIA carried out secret psychic experiments on Uri Geller and got him to to PREDICT an agent’s drawings from the next room – and the results will bend your mind
Not so fast.
A report posted on the Anonymous website states that for two decades scientists have been studying subjects in China who appear to have superhuman powers, with the results of said studies having been published in a number of books and journals.
The report said that it is believed that these “gifted” individuals may have figured out how to tap into a quantum reality that is not observable to the human eye. To understand that correctly, the report goes on, it is necessary to be aware of a relationship between our consciousness and our physical realities.
Related: The Empire Files: Part 1 - 100 Years of US Troops as Lab Rats
Both are very real, and they share a complicated relationship. Indeed, the creator of the quantum theory, Max Planck – a German theoretical physicist whose work on the theory won him a Nobel Prize in Physics in 1918 – said that we should regard consciousness as “fundamental,” and matter as “derivative from consciousness.”
CIA Documents Reveal Chinese Have Studied and Documented Quantum Powers
A second physicist, Eugene Wigner, further stated that “it was not possible to formulate the laws of quantum mechanics in a fully consistent way without reference to consciousness.”
A document that allegedly contains information about events in China is called “Chronology of Recent Interest in Exceptional Functions of The Human Body in the People’s Republic of China.” It discusses the work the Chinese government has done in the field of parapsychology – remote viewing, telepathy and psychokinesis.
Related: Smart Dust – The Future of Involuntary Treatment of the Public
Recently, the document became available via a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request. In it are some surprising details of individuals who are purported to possess superhuman capabilities – abilities that have been studied several times by scientists the world over. The Anonymous report says that the document is on the CIA’s website, but can only be accessed by the “Internet Archives.”
The report contains a link to the CIA’s site where the Chinese document can supposedly be read, but there is nothing on the page except references to the actual document, said to be five pages long.
Moving Objects With the Mind Only
Nevertheless, the Anonymous report claims:
In 1979 , a major Chinese science journal, Ziran Zachi, published a report on “non-visual pattern recognition” where a number of accounts of exceptional human body function were confirmed.
The following year, the journal, along with the Chinese Human Body Science Association, held a parapsychology conference in Shanghai with participants from more than 20 research institutes and universities from around the globe.
In 1981, China created more than 100 special places to study children with exceptional capabilities, with over 100 formally trained scholars.
In 1982, the Chinese Academy of Sciences sponsored a public meeting in Beijing for the sole purpose of discussing humans who possessed parapsychological abilities, and more than 400 scholars attended.
In April 1982, the report says, the Party’s National Committee of Science at Beijing Teacher’s College staged a trial to examine the capabilities of certain students. Most of the results of those analyses came back negative, with the exception of Zhang Baosheng. The following year, Zhang was examined by 19 researchers led by a scholar named Prof. Lin Shuhang, of the Beijing Teacher’s College physics department. Again, there were positive results regarding his superhuman powers.
According to the CIA report, as stated by Anonymous, Zhang was able to move objects into and out of a sealed container using just his mind. Read the complete report here.
Related: US Army Will Have More Robots Than Human Soldiers By 2025
|How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?
January 15 2017 | From: AustralianNationalReview / DiscloseTV
We are all searching for our true calling in life – something that would make us really happy and satisfied.
Researchers have also agreed to this way of life. They have proven that finding your true calling can help you live seven years more than you normally would.
But finding one’s true calling can be really abstract. Andrew Merle from Medium.com explains in an article that to find your true calling, you essentially have to identify three important things: Strength, Interest, and Benefits of others.
It is very important for people to find what they are good at to truly find their calling. Researchers have claimed that doing something you are better at also increases your satisfaction and productivity.
You can find out your strengths by taking online surveys that analyse your personality to deduce the stronger points of your personality, or what you would be good at.
While most of us might think that it is very easy to figure out our interests, it isn’t that easy. Often we have no idea what our interests really are.
We might have to develop interests over time. Try to jot down things that you like doing or would like to do and do them more often. This way you will eventually recognise your special interests over time, if you don’t already know.
To truly find your calling you shouldn’t just stop after recognising your strengths and interests. You have to look beyond them to find how your work can benefit others, in any given way possible.
Medium’s Andrew Merle writes;
“For me personally, I found that I was reading every book I could get my hands on related to happiness, health, productivity, and success.
I would underline key passages and then, after finishing the book, would transcribe my key takeaways into a one-pager.
I was initially doing this for my own use, but then realized that others could also benefit from my research and writing about these key insights for living well.
I have now been writing about these topics for almost two years, and find it very meaningful to leverage my top talents (focus, analytical nature) and interests (reading and writing about personal improvement) to help other people lead happier, healthier, more productive lives.”
With all this in mind, start your journey to find your true calling, and do what you were truly made to do.
The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?
2016 was a year of terrible news stories that have spread discontent and unhappiness to all corners of the world.
People have been stunned by the revelations about the lead-poisoned water in Flint, Michigan and the full extent of the large pharmaceutical company’s profiteering from the illness of ordinary people.
There has also been a continuation of governmental mendacity, in conjunction with their cronies in the media to continue to exploit the population in favour of their corporate overlords. At the same time, the financial services industries are heading for another world wide meltdown.
Despite all of this, there are still people across the world who refuse to open their eyes to the sinister occurrences going on all around them.
This has led some people to put forward a model referred to as the ‘five stages of awakening’. This model is loosely based around the famous ‘five stages of grief’ but works in reverse.
Five Stages of Awakening
The first stage essentially amounts to acceptance. People in this stage believe that the world is working just fine and they credulously accept the words of the politicians, large corporation leaders and the media as truthful.
The average person enters the second stage fairly easily when they realise that there are contradictions in the official narrative put forward by the media and what they can see happening in their day to day lives. This stage can be termed ‘scepticism’. It is estimated that around 50% of the population of the United States are currently at this stage.
The individual might then come to enter stage three after that they will realise that the people who hold power in society are actively working to profit from this misfortune of the general population.
Eventually, they may come to realise that things are even more sinister than that and that there are networks and means in place to perform an operation of depopulation across the planet.
Realising this has been seen as stage four.
The fifth stage of awakening occurs when one realises that the problems in the world can be attributed to a spiritual war of good vs evil and that demons are actively waging war against the people of Earth to lead to the complete destruction of humankind.
Recently, sources within the Catholic Church have become increasingly concerned about the extent of demonic activity on Earth. According to Patheos.com, Mexican authorities have been so concerned about this that they have carried out a quiet national exorcism in the cathedral of San Luis Potosi.
Now, the National Catholic Registry are calling for the same procedure to be carried out in the most powerful country on Earth, the United States before it is too late.
|Have You Been Seeing 11:11 Everywhere? What Is The Significance Of 11:11?
January 13 2017 | From: CollectiveEvolution / In5D
11:11 make a wish! I’m sure you remember this saying, and maybe you still say it today. It is the only time of the day (using the 12 hour clock) that all the numbers on the clock are the same.
Where does this saying come from? Should you even bother to make a wish? What makes this time so important and what is the significance of 11:11?
Related: The Zen of 11:11
It seems everyone today is talking about seeing 11:11 everywhere. In fact, in the popular movie I Origins, the concept comes up yet again. A highly scientific guy begins seeing 11:11 in many places and is guided to follow the numbers until he eventually meets a highly spiritual girl and there personalities collide. It’s a fascinating film about reincarnation and it truly makes the view think. But back to 11:11!
Why are so many of us seeing this right now. Is it a biological thing where our bodies get in the habit of looking at a clock during this time? If so, what about when we randomly keep seeing it even on clocks that are out of sync with other clocks?
For me personally, as I started to awaken, I began to see this number all the time. After a while I started to notice that there was some sort of spiritual connotation that went a long with the numbers 11:11.
I sometimes go through phases in my life where for a month I see this number on the clock twice a day, and sometimes there are periods where I hardly see it at all. What does it all mean? Am I more enlightened during the times when I see it? Is my soul or the universe trying to express something important?
Theories Behind 11:11
There are many different theories out there to express exactly what this apparent phenomenon of seeing the numbers 1111 is all about. The most common theory is that when you see these numbers you should simply make a wish, and it is believed that it will come true.
Some people claim that when this number is seen it means that there is some kind of window opening up in your life and you should ask for the guidance of your ‘angels’ to find out what it is. Other theories state that there is something significant happening in the moment that you are in and you should pay attention to what is going on in your surroundings.
One of my favorite ideas that I read was that when you see 11:11 you should simply stop, and recognize the significance of the moment.
In my opinion and what resonates with me, is that when you see ‘11:11’ whether on a clock, a license plate, your bank statement or wherever you happen to see it, is like a friendly little sign from your soul, source, higher-self, or the entire Universe, whatever you choose to call it, God, if you will, that everything is in alignment and you are exactly where you need to be, right here, right now.
According to numerology the number 11 possesses the qualities of patience, honesty, spirituality, sensitivity, intuition and is idealistic.
I have read on a website that seeing 11:11 can be viewed as a glitch in the matrix, it is a very real way for the spirit world to communicate with us.
I don’t know if we will ever find out exactly what it means, I think you can decide for yourself what it means to you. I know I always get a smile on my face when I see it, it definitely makes me feel good and I love to share with others, ‘Hey look! It’s 11:11!’
What is the Meaning of 11 11?
There is a global 11 11 phenomenon that is perplexing many individuals in regard to numerical synchronicities and in particular, the number and the meaning behind 11:11. From teenagers to senior citizens, these synchronistic numbers seem to appear on a daily basis. What does 1111 mean?
For example, you might be putting gas in your car and when you’re done, you’ll notice that you put exactly 11.11 gallons in your car. Or you might be at the checkout line in a store and the cashier gives you $11.11 in change.
As you’re going home, you might notice a license plate with the numbers 1111 on it.
This happens most often when looking at the clock. We’ve all seemingly had this experience: You just happen to look at the clock and it’s 11:11 am or pm. It’s not like you are constantly waiting for this magical number to appear, it just does.
From an esoteric standpoint, 11:11 appears to be something that is genetically coded within our “junk” DNA as a cue to spiritually awaken.
Related: 11:11 And Other Repetitive, Synchronistic Numbers
What does 11:11 mean? 16 Meanings for 11:11
11:11 is subjective to the interpreter and to the interpretation. In other words, YOUR interpretation is the only interpretation that matters! Here are the many interpretations of 11:11.
11:11 Awareness: The first thing you should pay attention to when you see a synchronistic number is what you’re either doing or thinking at that particular moment. You should also be cognizant of your surroundings, such as the song that you’re currently listening to or even something as simple as the rays of sunshine coming in through your window.
The actual word synchronicity was coined by psychologist Carl Jung, who described it as events that have “meaningful coincidences” if they occur with no apparent causal relationship, yet seem to be meaningfully related
Related: 11:11 And Synchronicity – What Does It Really Mean?
11:11 Gateway or Portal: 11:11 is the doorway between two worlds – between the 3rd dimensional and the 5th dimensional worlds.
Angelic Humans: According to George Barnard, 11:11 is “the calling card for beings that are half angels and half humans”.
Angels and Spirit Guides: Your guardian angel or spirit guide is trying to connect with you.
Balance: Your life is either gaining or becoming more in balance when you see 11:11. This might also be an affirmation that your life is in complete balance as well.
Binary DNA Code: The brain is like a computer, which relies on binary codes (1’s and 0’s). In this premise, 11:11 is the binary code that awakens your dormant (junk) DNA.
Digital Time Code: This theory encapsulates several theories within the same premise. 11:11 unlocks your DNA and opens the subconscious mind through physically seeing these digital numbers and re-remembering why your brain was coded to remember the importance of 11:11.
DNA Activation: The number 11 represents twin strands of DNA, so for some people, this is a sign of a DNA activation or upgrade.
Edgar Cayce: As I mentioned in a previous article, Edgar Cayce was quoted as saying, “The first lesson for six months should be One-One-One- One; Oneness of God, oneness of man’s relation, oneness of force, oneness of time, oneness of purpose, Oneness in every effort-Oneness- Oneness!” Edgar may have meant, “The first lesson for six months should be 11:11.”
Fibonacci Sequence: The first two numbers of the Fibonacci Sequence are 1,1. The Fibonacci Sequence is basically tied into Sacred Geometry and the Golden Ratio of Creation, so this number would represent an end to physical reality as we know it.
Global Consciousness: When you see 11:11, you feel connected with the Universe and everyone else who is currently experiencing this phenomenon. You completely understand what “we are all one” means.
Make a Wish: Many teens are playing the 11:11pm game without really even knowing the significance behind 11:11. If they notice that it’s 11:11pm, they make a wish. Is it possible that these children are indigos and 11:11 represents an awakening code for them?
Numerology: The number 11 is a Master Number and represents impractical idealism, visionary, refinement of ideals, intuition, revelation, artistic and inventive genius, avant-garde, androgynous, film, fame, refinement fulfilled when working with a practical partner.
Spiritual Purpose: 11:11 presents you an opportunity to reflect on your spiritual purpose for being here.
Synchronicity: Your life has become total balance and the lesson you need to learn will appear before you. “When the pupil is ready, the master appears”.
Wake Up Call: 11:11 signifies your spiritual awakening, as this number seems to be predominantly noticed by those who have begun their spiritual journeys. It may also be seen as a code to unlock your subconscious mind.
Also see: 11:11 Synchronicity - Repetitive Numbers and Their Meaning
Also see: 11:11 Glitch In Time Anomaly
Most likely, you are reading this article because you have also experienced the 11:11 phenomena. If you haven’t experienced 11:11, then chances are, you will in the near future. What is it really about? “Time “ will tell.
Related: Number Sequences From Our Spirit Guides
|The Trees Will Teach You Telepathy + Now You Can Hear Chemistry
January 11 2017 | From: WooWooMedia / NaturalNews
Have you ever wondered what “telepathy” really means? Have you ever experienced it? Have you ever wanted to experience it? Well you can, and you should.
Telepathy is commonly known as ”mind to mind” communication, without the sounds of linguistics or speaking, it is an instant form of transference of thoughts and senses. Some think it is merely ”language-less”…..it is not. Telepathy alone may be, but Empathic Telepathy is a language full of silent communion and it is this form that is natural to us.
Related: German Forest Ranger Finds That Trees Have Social Networks, Too
Some of us know that thought-forms can be transferred from person to person, and even some technologies have been developed which can do this. And there are spiritual beings and entities who can be telepathic with us. They can transfer either thoughts or feelings, or both. This is a mixed cornucopia of input.
But what I am talking about is Empathic Telepathy which is natural and organic to living beings, a way of being that is fulfilling, and we can Be this way with all Living Beings.
Nature has a language that communicates itself through its sounds, scents and colors, textures and more... including its history and panoramic complexities of sentience we are at a loss to detect much less describe, and whose composition is communicated often so profoundly beautifully, countless poems throughout history have been written in humble attempts to write in words what all has been received.
Many readers of such poems sense the beauty of them but it is mostly the writers response to their communion with Nature which is being conveyed through the poems and often apologetically for an egregiously inept ability to capture in writing all that was received.
The reader cannot experience what has been telepathically conveyed to the writer, only what the writer has sensed and is trying to convey. This is second hand but it is still rich.
Empathic Telepathy is more than transference of thought, this is a sad left brained (sans-sentience) explanation. It is communion, communion of the highest order. It is a ”language” of a multi complexity of feelings within and around the communicator which includes the entire spectrum of experience of what is being communicated.
A higher consciousness being, especially those of the Natural Kingdoms have many senses, and many of these can be expressed.
You not only get the thoughts around the communication, you get all the sentience that occurred at the moment of the experience being expressed, as well as the current feelings of the one communicating.
Often what has been conveyed includes history. It is a sentient rich communion between those who are expressing, of feelings, thoughts, ideas, scents, and sounds all simultaneously, ambient with the communicators unique sensations, surpassing space and time, in an instant.
You may have noticed I am using the term communicator and not just ”person” as it is certainly not limited to people. Telepathy is achieved most successfully with not only people, but with animals, and the Green Kingdoms, and Mineral and Etheric Kingdoms.
Related: Animal Communication + The Latest Study On Human-Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell
This involves listening rather than merely hearing.
Listening and hearing are two different things. Hearing is the detection of audible sound being spoken whose words are open to infinite interpretation. Such communications when received with a tempered mind is hearing only. You have often heard people say “I hear you” and yet you find yourself feeling a void, waiting for appropriate response and left unfulfilled.
Listening involves sentient rich receptivity and is deliciously complex and filling.
Empathic Telepathy is not just ”mind to mind” communication but consciousness to consciousness. This involves a greater use of the brain, a multi sensory complexity within the body with which we are naturally endowed.
The loss of telepathy and empathy comes from all institutionalized forms of ”education” and ”training”. These are processes that temper ones mind much like a steel blade is made. It is hammered and pounded, and heated, and hammered and pounded, over and over, on and on... until it becomes a blade.
It has been tempered and molded by the black-smith. And so the steely mind has been indoctrinated and inculcated into being left brain dominant being likened more to a computing processor.
This is a form of mind control. These are well funded and organized institutions whose goal is to make you learn what they want you to learn, most if not all of it lies, for at the very least it is incomplete.
It is not education, is it fractionalized and desensitization.
Even those who consider themselves smart will hear a stream of words from a speaker and often formulate a response before one has even finished speaking. This is computing. It has a projectile nature of being a one way transaction. It is box like and of the intellect alone.
It is the way of the black-word smithy to form minds into computized instruments. Information bits are chosen and pieced together and spun into deliberate creations with artistic license.
It is the way of the Empathic Telepath to commune openly and fully the precise truth.
Empathic Telepathy listens will full brain and body capacity and is able to receive infinitely much more information, wisdom and knowledge, sentient rich, in a nano second. Unlike the tempered steely mind which needs to acquire information and experience in a linear time/space continuum.
For Empathic Telepaths, communicating with such steely mind word smiths is entirely frustrating and fruitless. One is left with a bitter aftertaste, mixed with a complexity of discordance, a feeling of some kind of void, or being given ”spin” or manipulation.
With Empathic Telepathy there is a sweet taste left, one is left satisfied, respected and well received, filled with much more than itself, no matter the truth.
How Can We Become Empathic Telepaths? Where is the Teacher?
Thought-forms can be conveyed by people and technologies now, it is a one way transaction projected unto another, often without our knowing, and these kinds of projectile transferences are usually of the regressive kind. I would find a more benevolent source.
To regain our natural abilities we need to first and foremost desire to be receptive as this desire is itself receptivity and one begins to open and soften the tempered mind, make it malleable again. It is a deliberate act of will and discipline.
Then we need to find a source of true telepaths, and the most benign and gregarious ones will be found in Nature. Trees especially are willing to be our sources of communion again and our friends. To find out the truth of that statement you will need to experience it for yourself.
No tree will lead you astray nor lie to you, nor commune to you anything that has any ”spin” or ”distortion” within it. They are as incapable of this as an infant is capable of lying.
Nature in all its forms are our relatives in truth and in essence, in physicality and in origin.
All of Nature is us, people, trees, grasses, mountains, water, plants etc, we are all of the same essence….and so they are our relatives in another form yet deeply informed of us.
Go to Nature to commune. Don’t just go to speak, but go to listen.
This may take some practice for those who are not used to being receivers, but it can be done when you become soft of mind and receptive. They will find you. You will need to spend more time with Nature especially trees which are everywhere and many are willing to communicate with you, though not all. You will find only Truth.
You can nurture an opening of your mind which acts like a portal of connection with them and they will use this portal to commune with you. Sometimes this connection can happen quickly, surprisingly so, and some will need some time.
A type of trust is needed to develop, not with the tree or whatever your source, but with your own mind... you must trust in your mind to become soft and vibrant with receptivity. For everyone it will be different.
But I can see a world of Empathic Telepaths coming into being, coming ”online” so to speak, and this is only the beginning of regaining our connection to Source, to our Divinity, our true Natures and to feel at home both in our own skins and on this planet we were born on.
We must commune with our relatives and love them, live with them. This is harmony. When all forms of communication and communion are open, flowing in all directions and natural feelings and senses permeate our beingness, this is where we sense our Family and Love.
Now You Can Hear Chemistry
Health Ranger translates molecules into music in stunning video demonstration that will blow your mind.
What you are about to witness is something I first performed live in Dallas at The Truth About Cancer symposium in 2016, in front of an audience of tens of thousands of people (live + online streaming).
It was so astonishing to the audience - truly jaw-dropping - that people couldn’t stop talking to me about it for days. They wanted to hear more about this extraordinary harmonic code found in the Table of Elements and the laws of physics and chemistry.
In the video below, I demonstrate what I now call “Elemonics” - the science of translating chemistry and molecules into audible music by sequencing elements using the inverse of their atomic mass units (i.e. frequencies) as documented in the Table of Elements.
In essence, I have discovered a way to map the elements to a standard 88-key keyboard using their documented atomic masses. Hydrogen is mapped to 3,520 Hz (high A7 key on the keyboard) as the only arbitrary choice in this mapping, and the rest of the elements are mapped in relation to Hydrogen.
Since Carbon has a mass of 12, for example, it gets mapped to 3,520 / 12 which equals 293.3 Hz. That corresponds to the D4 key on an 88-key keyboard.
Read more at: NaturalNews
How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time
January 6 2017 | From: Omnithought
It seems that the connection between thought, emotions, space and time is far greater than understood before.
Here is a short introduction to the idea that thoughts can manipulate physical reality, and emotions can render the concept of time:
Part 1: Awareness to Atoms
A serious problem facing the world today is actually a very simple one, and it can be solved easily. The problem is that people are unaware of their own atoms…
People do not have the awareness or an understanding of the atoms that make their own body; how these atoms are created, how they operate and how they draw energy that enables the body to exist. When people are unaware of their own atoms, then they are unaware of how the planet operates…
The prevailing assumption that most people hold is that we all have a body, and the body exists out of its own ‘energy’, out of its own ‘accord’.
Many people seem to believe that the only relation, or ‘exchanges’ between the human body and the exterior world (the surrounding area) is by exchanges of such as water, air and light. Apart of these forms of exchange, people assume that the body exists separately of nature.
However, many studies reveal that this is not so. In effect, the human body seems to draw energies that are beyond what we tend to think. These energies operate on a level that is finer than the atom, and they give the body its initial energy.
The human body draws ‘oceans of energies’ from the universe, in order to maintain the functionality of its atoms, molecules and cells. The body draws ‘oceans’ of information from the planet itself, in a way that still puzzles our sciences.
If you could imagine for a moment yourself laying on an ocean… just imagine that you are there resting on the ocean, and then the whole ocean is pulled up into your body in order to give you the energy that enables you to make simple things as taking a breath.
This is how people draw in a cosmic energy that gives them energy.
Just to take a breath requires a worldwide energy; and this energy is provided free of charge to every single human being on this planet – but people are unaware of it.
The human body is a temple that contains the highest form of cosmic wisdom, and so if we learn to be aware of it, then we can find the solutions to all the problems we face. To do so we need to ask this: Where are the atoms of my body coming from? And where are they going to in the next minute?
Apparently, the human body is not so-called ‘stable, solid’ thing, but rather a complex and interchanging mechanism, where atoms are constantly forming the body, and at the next moment they are discharged off the body; they simply leave the body. It is like breathing in and breathing out, discharging air.
When atoms are discharged, new atoms are coming to replace them in forming the organs of the body. It is believed that in the span of a year the person has a totally new body consisting of completely new atoms that were not there a year before.
When atoms go away, new atoms are willingly coming to form the same single body with the same organs. This allows the so-called soul to have a manifestation of a physical existence, the physical experience of ‘living’.
To learn how atoms operate, we must ask ourselves, where do atoms coming from and where are they going to? That question alone will promote social responsibility because people will acknowledge the connection they have with the surroundings, seeing the environment not as separated of them, but as part of them – consisting of atoms that are transformed to become their own body.
People will them want to make sure the environment is well kept because that environment sooner or later creates their own body. You have been created by nature and in turn creating it.
Part 2: In the Core of Atoms are Thoughts
The terms atom, molecules and body-cells are not new. While these terms go way back, still no one knows today what are they. Science is probably not developed enough to understand what is in the core of atoms and what is it that makes atoms. We do know, however, that the mere act of observation alters the result that we measure.
For example, the simple act of researching and observing a quantum field in the laboratory alters their behavior. And this human intervention with reality makes it very difficult for us to understand what is out there, because we know that that which is out there is that which we alter and affect ourselves. See: WhatThBleep
The atom is believed to be a form of energy. But once again, what is energy? It seems that no scientist can give you a definition of energy. Ask a scientist, “what is the energy that makes electricity? What is energy?”, and they will tell you, “We don’t know.” We cannot measure energy; we cannot see energy.
Energy is that which is ‘unknown’. Yet, it is this unknown that formulates not just the physical body but also the energy to maintain that physical body. Is it physical at all? We don’t know… Some scientists suggest that more than 99% of the atom is not solid matter. Deepak Chopra’s arguments are most fascinating, suggesting that energy is a potential, a form of potentiality.
Another interpretation of atom was given to me through a meditation session I have taken. During that meditation I became aware of a ‘presence’ which could simply be my own subconscious, however it felt much ‘wiser’ than myself, and had a sense of being independent of myself. I like to use the terms ‘spiritual guides’ or ‘Angels’ to describe these feelings.
One such Angel provided me with a fascinating outlook on atoms. He said that atoms are simply a form of thoughts… Atoms are a manifestation of what people think… The Angel said that we first need to understand the context of thoughts.
When we use the word ‘thought’, we mean an event on the level of human beings. There are other forms of beings, which do not succumb to the law of our nature. We live on planet Earth and we are bound to the laws of nature as well as to the audio/visual/emotional expressions that we use.
We are under the words that we use to express reality and to understand it. We make sense of reality through our logic, which uses words (see Susan K. Langer on this topic). This is a dogmatic view; a dogmatic perspective on life, and within this dogmatic perspective my Angel said that ‘thoughts’ live.
A thought for you and me, for human beings, can be one thing, whereas to other forms of being it could be something totally different. Thought can behave in few ways. One way is specific to human beings. Other ways are specific to other beings.
And so the Angel said that thoughts formulate what we otherwise know as ‘atom’. Atoms and thought are the same, and this is why we seem to alter reality and change atoms when we observe them. We use our attention – our thoughts – to look at atoms, which are also thoughts…
We use atoms to observe atom, and this is where the alterations of atoms in nature start. This may indeed be seen not as alteration but as a creation. When we put attention and observe reality we perhaps do not alter or change it – but rather create it. We create the atoms of which we observe. As thoughts create atoms, we could say that our body consists of our own thoughts – manifested in an illusion of physicality and solidity…
Thoughts are understood as electrical discharges coming mainly from the brain, whereas in reality they exist everywhere, coming and going from all corners of the Universe. And yet, since we believe that thoughts are localized in the brain, we perceive them as such – localized in the brain.
This is but a small perspective of the overall picture. As we assume thoughts ‘belong’ to the brain (or the mind) we then fail to see that they also make the human body itself; that indeed they are the atoms that make the substance of the body. If thoughts are indeed atoms, then we could say that we ‘think’ with the whole body, or that the body itself is a thinking being.
It is in a thought process which includes the brain, the mind, the body and the whole universe, and yet we are aware of only a small portion of this – the part which operates in the brain.
Part 3: The creation of time and space
Thoughts, which create atoms, operate within the paradigms of time and space. Time and space are yet another form of comprehension; a form in which we imagine things and follow a specific pattern. Yet, in other worlds which do not consist of our paradigms, time and space do not exist at all. Einstein discussed time as a form created by the human mind, and not by nature.
With no time and space, here is also there, and then is also now… Everything exists in the same place and at the same time.
Neale Donald Walsch [author of The Celestine Propecy] suggests that there is no up and no down, no here and no there – but rather all exist together, side by side. Yet, we do not perceive it as such. Rather, we perceive time and space as a linear continuum.
As we perceive atoms as operating within the linear continuums of time and space, we then shift our awareness. We put our attention into the illusory aspect of timespace, and this perception produces the impression that atoms are a solid thing or that atoms constitute solid elements.
And yet, as my Angel told me (read Part 2 to learn who is my ‘Angel’), time is not a given fact but rather a learned perspective. We are born into this world which holds the belief in the existence of time and its linearity. This belief is taught to children to the extent that they do not recognize any more the reality beyond this conditioning.
While time, and indeed space, have a useful function in our life on this planet, they are, indeed, a phantom created by our long historical conditioning. So, what is time? Well, my Angel told me that time is no more and no less the length of emotion… Time is created by the length of people’s emotions. If you have a specific emotion, it creates a specific time experience. If you have a different emotion, it creates a different time experience.
We all know that when we go to a party and enjoy ourselves, we then say, “Oh, it feels as if time passed so quickly.” In different situations where we do not enjoy, we say, “Time moves so slowly.” Time, indeed, is the length of emotion…
Emotions create time, and thoughts create atoms. Yet, in most experiences in our daily lives, the two elements, thoughts and emotions, do not correspond. They operate as two separate occurrences within people. They flow as two different streams. Thought, which create atoms and which produces the body, does not correspond to emotions, which produce time.
This is why many people do not experience happiness, because the body, which is your thought-product, does not correspond to your time, which is your emotion-product. For that same reason, people grow up.
People age, and aging they do not appreciate it, because they are unaware of the process. They do not realize the process; they do not make a coherent existence of thought-body and emotion-time. These two are operating separately, unknowingly to the person.
Being unaware, many people believe that there is such a thing called ‘time’, and it is measured by a tick of the clock. People believe that time is something external to them; something which is right there on my shelf when I look at the clock, and it creates time…
Some people will agree that the clock does not create time but will argue that the clock measures time. So what creates time then? Many will say that the movement of the sun creates time; when the earth moves around the sun it produces a ‘yesterday’; therefore, now is ‘today’. In truth, my Angel argued, the movement of planet Earth around the sun does not creates time.
The only connection between the movement of the planets and time is that ancient man begun to measure his experience of day and night through the use of the shadow that is cast on the earth once you stick a pole in the ground.
Ancient man used the rotation of the earth and the amount of light coming from the sun, which produces shadow, to measure day and night, but not to ‘create’ time.
Yet, many people today believe that time is a substance, a solid thing, which ‘exists’. That belief prevails since people are unaware of their emotions, which create time. People are unaware of their thoughts, which create their body within time.
Part 4: Information From the Creators
Albert Einstein talked about the illusion of time, saying that time is a psychic activity created by the human mind. Emmanuel Kant talked about time and space. He gave a fascinating explanation of time.
For him, time is a tool by which human beings limit the large reality. In the so-called large reality things can happen in a way that is inconceivable to our mind, such as the same person exiting in two places at the same time.
When humans limit this reality, they produce time concept, which enables them to understand how something can be in one place and at another place. With the logic of time people assume that a thing simply moved in time from one place to another.
While in reality all things exists at one place and at all times, to the human mind a thing seemed to move from one place to the other in time. Human beings devised this amazing mechanism called ‘time’ which limits, or splits reality, and render it accessible to the brain.
In order to create a correlation between our thoughts (which are our bodies), and our emotions (which are our time), we must become aware of ourselves. We must become aware of how we think and how we feel. The external world is the projection of humans’ own mind, as Carl Jung suggested and Seth (channelled by Jane Roberts) discussed.
Indeed, the external world is a beautiful creation and the projection of our own selves, and therefore it is a gift as it always reminds us what we are creating. It is a mirror. When we look outside, we look at mirrors reflecting ourselves, reflecting our own thoughts. While we can explore these projections, we also should focus on the creators, ourselves.
In order to stop the calamities and sufferings on this planet, we need to explore how we think and how we enable those creations, unwillingly. Rene Descartes said that to learn and become wiser, you don’t need to leave your room. You can stay inside your own house and just observe yourself.
Now we don’t need to go to that extreme; nature is a beautiful place… the world is a beautiful creation given to us in order to enjoy our own creation. However, it was given to us in order to experience our own creation. Many people look at the outside world and they are unaware that it is their own making.
So they are walking through life like zombies, inside their own dream. They don’t realize that they are walking within their own creation.
So why is it that most people are unaware of their own powers? Unaware of their thoughts? Unaware of their emotions, and unaware of this source of energy, these oceans of energies that they draw every single moment that allow the body to manifest and to live? Because most people do not follow the simple act of stopping for just one minute a day – stopping and trying to look inside.
When I say ‘inside’, I do not necessarily mean to sit, close your eyes, and look inside you. While that is a good technique it does not have to be the only technique.
You can actually look at a flower with your eyes open and just observe the essence that is reflected from you and into the flower and the objects around you.
There are many ways to do so. It becomes so simple once people realize that all it takes is simply to stop. When we stop for a moment in our modern hectic lifestyle, we are enabling our mind to do something amazing. Instead of generating constant thinking, we are enabling the brain to listen, to absorb. This is crucial.
While the act of generating constant thinking is very important indeed to organize your day, yet it can also limit you. When the mind is busy writing the script of your day, in producing thoughts, it is unable at the same time to listen; to receive information. To receive a script, and words of wisdom, coming to you from so many sources that most people do not even know exist.
Part 5: Evolution.
The brain was not designed to be a processor of information and a receptor of information at the same time (on the conscious level). While the brain receives information at all times, this goes to the so-called subconscious level, which Carl Jung describes.
Human beings constantly receive information but if we do not stop, we do not allow this information to be processed and we do not allow ourselves to become aware of it.
The act of stopping gives your brain an opportunity to hear; to listen. This concept is one of the greatest contributions of Judaism to the world’s wisdom. In Judaism they say that silence is worth so much that the act of listening is more important than the act of talking. As some people say, God gave us two ears and one mouth only… so listen twice as much as you speak…
And why is it so important to listen? After all there is too much chattering around me in my world, with too much information constantly bombarding me. I want to listen less because there is already too much…
Well, when I say ‘listening’, I mean listening to the voice inside you; listening to the messages that are coming from within; the wisdom that is constantly spoken to you from your own inner, higher self. I call it ‘the authorial-Self’ - watch ‘interview with authorial-Self’ below.
Interview with Authorial-Self
An interview with the authorial-Self (subconscious) through automatic speech. The authorial-Self describes how he inspires Gil Dekel into writing visionary poems.
This interview conducted through automatic-speech experiment, and edited as a film.
There is a source of knowledge, a source of wisdom, which resides not within you; it resides much further and deeper beyond you… but to reach it you need to go inside. You need to walk the bridge from your external self through your internal self and from there into your authorial-Self.
Many people are afraid to talk about this or to admit that they feel things or that they have inner ‘hearings’. People are scared because they would be deemed crazy.
But it doesn’t have to be necessarily inner-voices. You might feel a ‘knowing’, a feeling of an understanding or a form of wisdom. Yet, to contact that form of wisdom you must allow your brain one minute a day of comprehension; give it the authority to listen. When it listens, it listens to what’s inside.
And when it listens to what’s inside, it gives permission to your authorial-Self to provide you with this wisdom.
Now this wisdom, as I said, does not reside within your body; it does not reside within the atoms of the brain, but rather in a much deeper place. As one poet told me once, “I have become a deeper woman.” I would like to borrow this statement to describe the deeper self, which is the place where all answers reside.
It is the vast ocean from which you draw your energy, the force of life that runs through you at all times. This force contains not just energy but also information, knowledge. (Read about Reiki to learn more about this source).
If we to absorb this knowledge we could then learn who we are. People will then know where they are coming from, and where they draw their life force. People will learn where life is going to after it leaves their own body, and after it has been discharged completely from their own emotions and from their own thoughts.
Then we would know what our purpose on this planet is; what we have been before we came to this planet; where are we going next. And, why this life, this form of being a human, is so necessary to our spiritual evolution.
How To Effectively Manage Social Anxiety
January 5 2017 | From: AustralianNationalReview
The holiday season is a time we wait for all year round. We get out of our houses, meet our friends, families, and loved ones, and try to have a great time.
However, many of us are not very confident, and often suffer from social anxiety that is associated with the tons of gatherings and parties that are common during this time of the year..
Related: How To “Hack” Your Biology To Improve Creativity And Thinking Skills
Kim Felmingham, a reputed clinical psychologist tells Huff Post Australia;
“We have clear empirical evidence and it is very well recognised that this time of year is particularly difficult for people with psychological issues. For people with social anxiety, there are more social occasions so that is going to really escalate their symptoms.
As much as your anxiety is getting escalated, if you avoid all social interaction - which is one of the most common coping strategies for this disorder - that avoidance can strongly reinforce a sense of isolation and loneliness”.
Felmingham feels that this kind of behaviour will eventually let your anxiety win over you. The disorder is commonly known as SAD or Social Anxiety Disorder. The condition can be debilitating and long term if it isn’t diagnosed properly.
However, Huff Post reports that there are various ways to reduce the effect of those SAD symptoms.
Before a Social Event
Felmingham feels that if you are suffering from social anxiety, you should have a plan in your mind. She says:
“Think about what you can and want to go to - and don’t throw yourself straight into the deep end. Rather than having a blanket avoidance or saying yes to everything, establish a graded list of social events. Some may be far more anxiety-provoking then others.”
These strategies help you understand what ‘pre-event processing’ is. She continues;
“When you’re approaching an event, you’re already anticipating what’s going to happen before you get there. You might have images of how bad it is going to be - they are always negative…
If you can, start to work with and challenge those thoughts or images. Ask yourself, ‘Am I thinking of the worst case scenario, here?’
If you don’t do this, your thoughts are winning and that is only going to escalate your anxiety before you enter that situation. That may be going with a friend, or going and staying for a certain amount of time - that is better than not going at all.”
During The Event
Once you are at the event, your anxiety meter will rise above normal.
Here is what Felmingham thinks you should do:
"It is important at this stage to do some breathing and work on bringing your anxiety down… Remind yourself that not everyone is noticing you or judging you.”
Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers
She feels that the secret to tackling this rise in anxiety lies in countering your ‘self-focused attention’. She added:
“People tend to have this attention that is focused entirely on themselves and how others are viewing them. What you want to do is try to direct your attention towards conversation or what is happening around you…
No one is the life of the party all of the time. ‘Normal’ at a Christmas party is probably a quick chat with someone for a few minutes before they move on…
Rather than interpreting this as ‘I don’t have anything meaningful to say’, try to re-frame that as ‘This is a normal form of party interaction’.”
Felmingham feels that a lot of people depend on alcohol to get over their anxiety. This is a defence mechanism.
She also adds that people with anxiety should not credit their behaviour to the consumption of alcohol. Rather, they should credit themselves whenever they are feeling comfortable at social gatherings.
After the Event
If you are suffering from SAD, try and analyse the different behaviour patterns that make you anxious at social settings.
“Post-event processing is where we tend to focus on the negative parts. Think about whether there were any positive conversations that challenged that. It’s about trying to see the shades of grey.
Be compassionate towards yourself and recognise that this is a tough time of year. Don’t be ashamed to seek help if you need it.”
Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude
January 4 2017 | From: UnboundedSpirit
We expend much of our time and energy judging others. It seems that by judging others we feel a sense of superiority over them which makes us temporarily feel better about ourselves - it boosts our ego.
But this feeling is only short-lasting, whereas our judgmental attitude has tremendous negative consequences that we tend to overlook: it separates us people from one another, which in turn creates social conflict and suffering.
Related: Mana: The Power In Knowing Who You Are
If we want to feel united with our fellow human beings again, we need to break our habit of judging them, so that we can start seeing them for who they are, without misconceptions.
How to Stop Being Judgmental: 3 Heart-Opening Tips
Below you will find 3 important, heart-opening tips on how to stop being judgmental that will help you to develop a more compassionate attitude towards people and live more at peace with them.
1. Understand Where They Come From
The basic reason why we judge people is because we don’t truly understand them. And because we don’t understand them, we are quick to call them names.
For example, if a person is acting in a hateful way, we call him or her “evil.” The truth is, however, that there is no person alive who is absolutely good or evil, and by calling them so, we build a wall between us and them that doesn’t allow us to get to truly know who they are.
A person who is behaving in a hateful way in reality is nothing but a person with a harsh past - a person who has been through difficulties and undergone traumatic experiences, and who tries to deal with life this way.
By putting yourself in people’s shoes and understanding their story - that is, their background and the conditions they currently live in - you’ll start to develop a non-judgmental attitude towards them that will help you to see them under a new light - you will see them clearly, as they are, without prejudices that distort their true self.
2. Accept Them With Their Flaws
It is an undeniable fact that each and every human being has flaws and makes mistakes in life. No one is or can be perfect and therefore we should not expect people to be as such.
Many times we are judgemental of others because they are not what we expect them to be like or because they don’t fit into the idealized image that we’ve created of them. The reality is that every person on Earth is a unique individual and we need to accept people as they are, without imposing our ideas of how they should be.
We need to embrace others with the totality of our being, and only once we do so, can true compassion arise from within us.
Of course, that doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t criticize the ideas and behavior of people, give them our advice, or help them in any way we can to improve their quality of life. But we need to realize that everyone is facing problems and challenges on their life’s journey, and that to judge them for not living perfectly well is nothing but immature and unkind.
3. Love Them Without Conditions
What do we gain by judging others and being harsh on them? Nothing. Judging doesn’t help anyone in any way. It only helps us build walls around our hearts that prevent us from connecting and building healthy relationships with people.
It’s about time we break those walls and destroy the illusion of separation. It’s about time we embrace one another by showing unconditional love.
By judging others, we become separated from them, and only love can help us open our hearts and feel united again.
Love is the ultimate understanding and the only way to heal ourselves and create a more beautiful world.
Related: Key Influence Of Belief
Developing a Non-Judgmental Attitude
Soon after the above article was posted, I received an interesting message from a reader, Paula, who expressed some of her concerns on the issue.
I don’t usually share my email conversations here, but this time I consider it important to do so, since I find that Paula’s experience is common to many people, and I thought it might be helpful to share my ideas with those of you who have similar concerns.
I base my whole outlook on not being judgmental, but in the end the people I love still judge me. In fact, I have made it an art to not judge people, so instead I just suffer because I realize that the people who judge me don’t really know me and don’t need to because they can think whatever they want.
I somehow feel extra betrayed though, because I convinced myself that fair play is not judging. I know they are the ones losing because their own misery lies in their own perspective of the world… but when everyone does it, and I’m the only one that doesn’t I am alone.
Is it possible that today the non-judgmental people are the snobs? Because that is the way it feels. Does that make sense to you?
I love your blogs,
First, one thing has to be made absolutely clear: being non-judgmental is not something that you do - it’s something that you are.
Therefore trying to be non-judgmental will not make you any less judgmental than you are. In fact, the more you try to be non-judgmental, the more judgmental you’ll become, since your mind will be more focused on judgment. Try not to think of an elephant. What are you thinking of? I bet it’s an elephant!
Having a non-judgmental attitude is a result of the understanding that no one is perfect and everyone makes mistakes in life. It’s the realization that everyone has been through difficult times and is possibly moving towards a brighter tomorrow.
It is the acceptance of the fact that every single person is a unique individual, and the comprehension that their individuality should be respected. A non-judgmental attitude gives others space to be who they are, and supports them in their efforts to turn into the best version of themselves.
Of course, the reality is that most people are quick to judge each other, and no matter how less we judge others, it’s most likely that we’ll be judged by them… a lot. Does that mean that judging others would make life easier for you, just because you’re being judged by them? Not at all.
In fact, doing so could create a hell out of your life. In essence, to judge means to have certain expectations from people - to want them to be different than who they are - and the reality is that no one is going to fulfill your expectations. Hence emotional anguish and social conflict is inevitably experienced by those who are focused on judging people.
You say that you feel betrayed and suffer because of others judging you. But what does that mean? That you judge yourself according to the opinions others have of you.
To be non-judgmental means first and foremost to stop judging your very self. How could you stop judging others if you can’t stop judging yourself? It’s impossible, for the way we see others is a reflection of how we see ourselves.
Lastly, yes, you’re right in saying that people who claim to be non-judgmental are usually snobs – they are the ones who try to boost their egos by claiming that they are non-judgmental. Instead of trying to boost their egos by judging others - like most do - they do so by pretending to be saint-like.
But this also comes from a judgmental mentality. If you are non-judgmental, what is the need of shouting to the world that you are so?
If you feel judgmental, there’s no point in trying to show that you’re not. Simply accept the fact that you are, and try to look into why that is so. Why the constant need to judge others? What is the reason behind your judgmental attitude and how does it make your life any better?
Once you start sincerely asking those questions, you’ll change how you look at yourself and others, and this will be a good first step to developing a non-judgmental attitude.
Love and light,
Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal
January 1 2017 | From: QZ
There’s no class in high school on how to not be a shitty boyfriend or girlfriend. Sure, they teach us the biology of sex, the legality of marriage, and maybe we read a few obscure love stories from the 19th century on how not to be.
But when it comes down to actually handling the nitty-gritty of relationships, we’re given no pointers… or worse, we’re given advice columns in women’s magazines.
Related: The Difference with Men and Women
Yes, it’s trial-and-error from the get-go. And if you’re like most people, it’s been mostly error.
But part of the problem is that many unhealthy relationship habits are baked into our culture. We worship romantic love - you know, that dizzying and irrational romantic love that somehow finds breaking china plates on the wall in a fit of tears somewhat endearing - and scoff at practicality or unconventional sexualities.
People are raised to objectify each other and to objectify their relationships. Thus, our partners are often seen as assets rather than someone to share mutual emotional support.
A lot of the self-help literature out there isn’t helpful either (no, men and women are not from different planets, you over-generalizing prick). And for most of us, mom and dad surely weren’t the best examples either.
Fortunately, there’s been a lot of psychological research into healthy and happy relationships the past few decades and there are some general principles that keep popping up consistently that most people are unaware of or don’t follow.
In fact, some of these principles actually go against what is traditionally considered “romantic” or normal in a relationship.
Below are six of the most common tendencies in relationships that many couples think are healthy and normal, but are actually toxic and destroying everything you hold dear. Get the tissues ready.
1. The Relationship Scorecard
What it is: The “keeping score” phenomenon is when someone you’re dating continues to blame you for past mistakes you made in the relationship.
If both people in the relationship do this it devolves into what I call “the relationship scorecard,” where it becomes a battle to see who has screwed up the most over the months or years, and therefore who owes the other one more.
You were an asshole at Cynthia’s 28th birthday party back in 2010 and it has proceeded to ruin your life ever since. Why? Because there’s not a week that goes by that you’re not reminded of it. But that’s OK, because that time you caught her sending flirtatious text messages to her co-worker immediately removes her right to get jealous, so it’s kind of even, right?
Why it’s toxic: The relationship scorecard develops over time because one or both people in a relationship use past wrongdoings in order to try and justify current righteousness. This is a double-whammy of suckage. Not only are you deflecting the current issue itself, but you’re ginning up guilt and bitterness from the past to manipulate your partner into feeling wrong in the present.
If this goes on long enough, both partners eventually spend most of their energy trying to prove that they’re less culpable than the other, rather than solving the current problem. People spend all of their time trying to be less wrong for each other instead of being more right for each other.
What you should do instead: Deal with issues individually unless they are legitimately connected. If someone habitually cheats, then that’s obviously a recurring problem. But the fact that she embarrassed you in 2010 and now she got sad and ignored you today in 2013 have nothing to do with each other, so don’t bring it up.
You must recognize that by choosing to be with your significant other, you are choosing to be with all of their prior actions and behaviors. If you don’t accept those, then ultimately, you are not accepting them. If something bothered you that much a year ago, you should have dealt with it a year ago.
2. Dropping “Hints” and Other Passive-Aggression
What it is: Instead of stating a desire or thought overtly, your partner tries to nudge you in the right direction of figuring it out yourself. Instead of saying what’s actually upsetting you, you find small and petty ways to piss your partner off so you’ll then feel justified in complaining to them.
Why it’s toxic: Because it shows that you two are not comfortable communicating openly and clearly with one another.
A person has no reason to be passive-aggressive if they feel safe expressing any anger or insecurity within the relationship. A person will never feel a need to drop “hints” if they feel like they won’t be judged or criticized for it.
What you should do instead: State your feelings and desires openly. And make it clear that the other person is not necessarily responsible or obligated to them but that you’d love to have their support. If they love you, they’ll almost always be able to give it.
3. Holding the Relationship Hostage
What it is: When one person has a simple criticism or complaint and blackmails the other person by threatening the commitment of the relationship as a whole.
For instance, if someone feels like you’ve been cold to them, instead of saying;
“I feel like you’re being cold sometimes,” they will say, “I can’t date someone who is cold to me all of the time.”
Why it’s toxic: It’s emotional blackmail and it creates tons of unnecessary drama. Every minor hiccup in the flow of the relationship results in a perceived commitment crisis. It’s crucial for both people in a relationship to know that negative thoughts and feelings can be communicated safely to one another without it threatening the relationship itself.
Otherwise people will suppress their true thoughts and feelings which leads to an environment of distrust and manipulation.
What you should do instead: It’s fine to get upset at your partner or to not like something about them. That’s called being a normal human being. But understand that committing to a person and always liking a person are not the same thing. One can be committed to someone and not like everything about them.
One can be eternally devoted to someone yet actually be annoyed or angered by their partner at times. On the contrary, two partners who are capable of communicating feedback and criticism towards one another, only without judgment or blackmail, will strengthen their commitment to one another in the long-run.
4. Blaming Your Partner for Your Own Emotions
What it is: Let’s say you’re having a crappy day and your partner isn’t exactly being super sympathetic or supportive at the moment. They’ve been on the phone all day with some people from work. They got distracted when you hugged them. You want to lay around at home together and just watch a movie tonight, but they have plans to go out and see their friends.
So you lash out at them for being so insensitive and callous toward you. You’ve been having a shitty day and they have done nothing about it. Sure, you never asked, but they should just know to make you feel better. They should have gotten off the phone and ditched their plans based on your lousy emotional state.
Why it’s toxic: Blaming our partners for our emotions is a subtle form of selfishness, and a classic example of the poor maintenance of personal boundaries. When you set a precedent that your partner is responsible for how you feel at all times (and vice-versa), you will develop codependent tendencies.
Suddenly, they’re not allowed to plan activities without checking with you first. All activities at home - even the mundane ones like reading books or watching TV - must be negotiated and compromised.
When someone begins to get upset, all personal desires go out the window because it is now your responsibility to make one another feel better.
The biggest problem of developing these codependent tendencies is that they breed resentment. Sure, if my girlfriend gets mad at me once because she’s had a shitty day and is frustrated and needs attention, that’s understandable. But if it becomes an expectation that my life revolves around her emotional well-being at all times, then I’m soon going to become very bitter and even manipulative towards her feelings and desires.
What you should do instead: Take responsibility for your own emotions and expect your partner to be responsible for theirs. There’s a subtle yet important difference between being supportive of your partner and being obligated to your partner. Any sacrifices should be made as an autonomous choice and not seen as an expectation.
As soon as both people in a relationship become culpable for each other’s moods and downswings, it gives them both incentives to hide their true feelings and manipulate one another.
5. Displays of “Loving” Jealousy
What it is: Getting pissed off when your partner talks, touches, calls, texts, hangs out, or sneezes in the general vicinity of another person and then you proceed to take that anger out on your partner and attempt to control their behavior.
This often leads to insane behaviors such as hacking into your partner’s email account, looking through their text messages while they’re in the shower or even following them around town and showing up unannounced when they’re not expecting you.
Why it’s toxic: It surprises me that some people describe this as some sort of display of affection. They figure that if their partner wasn’t jealous, then that would somehow mean that they weren’t loved by them.
This is absolutely clownshit crazy to me. It’s controlling and manipulative. It creates unnecessary drama and fighting. It transmits a message of a lack of trust in the other person.
And to be honest, it’s demeaning. If my girlfriend cannot trust me to be around other attractive women by myself, then it implies that she believes that I’m either a) a liar, or b) incapable of controlling my impulses. In either case, that’s a woman I do not want to be dating.
What you should do instead: Trust your partner. It’s a radical idea, I know. Some jealousy is natural. But excessive jealousy and controlling behaviors towards your partner are signs of your own feelings of unworthiness and you should learn to deal with them and not force them onto those close to you. Because otherwise you are only going to eventually push that person away.
6. Buying the Solutions to Relationship Problems
What it is: Any time a major conflict or issue comes up in the relationship, instead of solving it, one covers it up with the excitement and good feelings that come with buying something nice or going on a trip somewhere.
My parents were experts at this one. And it got them real far: a big fat divorce and 15 years of hardly speaking to each other since.
They have both since independently told me that this was the primary problem in their marriage: continuously covering up their real issues with superficial pleasures.
Why it’s toxic: Not only does it brush the real problem under the rug (where it will always re-emerge and even worse the next time), but it sets an unhealthy precedent within the relationship. This is not a gender-specific problem, but I will use the traditional gendered situation as an example.
Let’s imagine that whenever a woman gets angry at her boyfriend/husband, the man “solves” the issue by buying the woman something nice, or taking her to a nice restaurant or something.
Not only does this give the woman unconscious incentive to find more reasons to be upset with the man, but it also gives the man absolutely no incentive to actually be accountable for the problems in the relationship. So what do you end up with?
A checked-out husband who feels like an ATM, and an incessantly bitter woman who feels unheard.
What you should do instead: Actually, you know, deal with the problem. Trust was broken? Talk about what it will take to rebuild it. Someone feels ignored or unappreciated? Talk about ways to restore those feelings of appreciation. Communicate!
There’s nothing wrong with doing nice things for a significant other after a fight to show solidarity and to reaffirm commitment. But one should never use gifts or fancy things toreplace dealing with the underlying emotional issues.
Gifts and trips are called luxuries for a reason, you only get to appreciate them when everything else is already good. If you use them to cover up your problems, then you will find yourself with a much bigger problem down the line.
Related: Healthy relationship habits most people think are toxic
2016: A Revolutionary Year & Why 2017 May Be The Most Astonishing Year Of Our Lives
December 31 2016 | From: NaturalNews
As we approach the end of 2016, we have all shared extraordinary successes, breakthroughs and revolutionary realizations that have reshaped human history.
2016 was a year when the corrupt establishment realized they could be defeated by passionate people calling out for real change.
From the BREXIT vote in the UK to the rejection of the deep corruption of Hillary Clinton and the DNC, people everywhere voted to overthrow the corrupt establishment and choose something radically different for human society.
All of us have been instrumental in seeing these changes take place.
We helped defeat the evil Clinton machine while exposing the “fake news” lies of CNN, the Washington Post, NYT, MSNBC and all the other propagandists who pretend to be engaged in journalism.
In response, the Empire is determined to strike back. Fakebook has now appointed a cabal of actual whores at SNOPES to censor independent journalism by labeling it “fake news.”
India’s financial minister has all but outlawed large denominations of cash currency, thrusting the entire nation into financial chaos as part of a plan to exercise police state control over citizens’ financial transactions.
Germany is launching an actual Ministry of Truth to silence dissent, and the Obama subversion machine has announced a wholly fabricated scheme to “punish” Russia for its so-called “election interference”... but it’s actually a thinly veiled attempt to start World War III before Trump gets inaugurated on January 20.
Everywhere you turn, the globalist establishment is operating in panic mode to control financial markets, manipulate public opinion, override common sense and silence the truth in all its forms.
This Can Only Mean We Are Close to Achieving Their Defeat
We now stand on the verge of a global revolution in freedom and transparency that could make the entire globalist system of subterfuge, collusion and conspiracy all but obsolete. And you have a front row seat to all the action!
Great heroes of humanity like Edward Snowden, Julian Assange and Sharyl Attkisson have helped make this happen. Champions of journalistic freedom like Glenn Greenwald at The Intercept have accelerated this trend, and I hope you agree that we here at the Natural News network have made meaningful contributions in the same direction.
Truly remarkable movies have also gained recognition this year while waking people up by the millions to the shocking matrix in which they’ve been living. If I were to name the three most important films that gained traction in 2016, they would be:
The Big Short
Snowden (by Oliver Stone)
Boom Bust Boom
As more and more truth keeps coming out about really big issues - the massive global scandal of central banks and the Federal Reserve; the great harm caused to millions of children by vaccines; the massive “treatment” scam of the corrupt cancer industry; the total political corruption of the DNC and the Clinton mafia machine; the fake news propaganda of the “mainstream” media; the George Soros agenda to initiate a race war in America; the Barack Obama “sleeper cell” KGB subversion agenda to dismantle America; the total quack science hoax of man-made global warming; the Common Core agenda to teach our children false history - the appetite for even more truth just keeps accelerating.
People have been fed lie after lie for so long that they’re now starving for truthful, honest information on every topic imaginable. The collective job of the 'alternative media' for 2017 is to replace the imploding left-wing “fakestream” media.
Some Plans to Help Expand Human Knowledge and Consciousness
In 2017, NaturalNews is launching a live daily news video broadcast and they are also releasing a documentary film along with launching dozens of new websites targeted to specific news themes (such as Enviro.news, which focuses on environmental news).
Their goal is to bring expanded awareness, critical thinking and intelligent analysis of world events. The entire left-wing media is an enemy of truth, and it’s joined by right-leaning organizations (such as Monsanto) which are also steeped in deep-rooted evil.
The globalists are on the verge of criminalizing cash. The police state surveillance of private citizens has never been more intense. The global banking cartels are right now plotting a major market crash and debt collapse in order to blame Donald Trump for the ensuing financial turmoil.
2017 may be the year when the banks freeze all our accounts and transactions. Independent journalism websites may be targeted for extreme censorship. Many patriots may face unprecedented escalations of death threats and attempted acts of violence against us.
Yet none of these are sufficient reasons to stop marching forward for truth, transparency and the creation of a more free society for everyone.
We must face tremendous evil head on… and then defeat it. Otherwise, we will never know truth, freedom and real contentment in our lives.
Recognize You Are Participating in a Spiritual Battle of Good vs. Evil
The time for humanity to fully awaken is now upon us. Yes, it means facing some disturbing realizations about the true nature of the deep evil that infests our society.
From the pizza parlors in the US capital (that don’t actually serve pizza, if you know what I mean), to the Satanic worship across Hollywood and the pop culture elite, 2017 is most likely the year in which evil gets exposed and then destroyed across every sector of our society.
It is time that we recognized the true nature of the epic battle between good and evil playing out before us… and embraced our roles in fighting on the side of truth to defeat deception. These are divinely inspired goals for our time, and they can empower us to keep moving forward, even when we are bombarded by lies, smears and the politics of personal destruction.
Never surrender to the obedient masses. Never give in to the evil that infests our sick culture. Never look at a living human infant and tell yourself it’s okay to chop that baby into pieces to be harvested for “science.”
Draw the line with strong ethical and moral boundaries. Reject seduction, conformity and self-destruction. Invest in your knowledge, your health and your awareness, and you will be richly rewarded in 2017.
Trust in Your Expanded Consciousness and Critical Thinking… Do NOT Worship any Human
Finally, do not ever surrender your dignity to any “guru” or “leader” or any cult of personality. Believe in yourself and your God… do not be deceived into worshiping any human being or the ground upon which they walk. Reject cultism in all its forms, including political cultism, religious cultism and guru worship.
Do not ever fall for the false belief that you must be directed by someone else in order to find your higher truth. False prophets abound. Many seem incredibly convincing. Most are complete frauds.
Be wary of false prophets. Seek truth in Mother Nature, God and the divine. Only in those realms will you be presented with genuine truth, untainted by the selfish whims and thirst for power found among too many humans.
For the last eight years, many Americans have worshiped pure evil in the White House. Catholics have been deceived by their Pope. Healing arts practitioners have been suckered into following many false prophets. Techno-cultists have been suckered into believing that technology is their God. All of these have been convincing but false illusions.
We need to dispel the illusions that still infect the consciousness of the masses so that our global society can break free from the false programming by which you’ve been indoctrinated.
There is much work to be done, and achieving it will require partnership among all truth tellers.
That’s why when you find the truth on any important topic, the most important thing you can do is share it with others.
The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone
December 30 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
In our culture, most people don’t seem to spend any time alone, in silence, doing nothing but enjoying their own presence.
They are continuously doing something or being with someone, distracting themselves in all sorts of ways, just so they won’t experience a moment of aloneness.
Afraid of Ourselves
Why do people always feel the need to be distracted from themselves? Mainly because of the fact that they have become disconnected from who they are.
Since we were children, many of us had to go through difficulties in life, some of which caused us immense suffering and were emotionally traumatic. Later on, in order to avoid experiencing any further suffering, many of us tried our best to repress our emotions that are associated with those traumatic experiences.
But no matter how much we repressed them, they are still hidden deep inside our psyche, calling us to pay attention to them all the time, but we choose to not even stop for a moment and focus on them. We are so afraid to come in contact with our emotional world that we try to avoid it in any way possible.
In essence, we are trying to escape from ourselves. Not surprisingly, whenever we happen to find ourselves alone and unoccupied, we quickly start to feel uncomfortable. To avoid that discomfort, we rush to do something that will distract us from ourselves.
This is the main reason why so many people watch TV for hours without end or mindlessly surf on the internet. Or why so many people overwork. Or why so many want to be constantly in the presence of others. This also explains why before going to bed at night, many of us consume sleeping pills, so as to avoid confronting the repressed, darker part of our psyche.
We are so scared of our very selves that we are constantly somewhere between keeping our minds occupied and keeping our minds shut.
The Healing Benefits of Spending Time Alone
By avoiding to face our inner world, we’ll never be able to live in harmony with ourselves. We’ll always be insecure, stressed, depressed. That’s why, no matter how painful coming in contact with our deeper selves might be, we should gather courage in our hearts to take a look within, and then our life will be totally transformed, in an incredibly positive way.
These are some ways spending time alone will make your life better:
You’ll feel unburdened from toxic, repressed emotions.
You’ll be more in tune with your emotional world.
You’ll better understand yourself.
You’ll make friends with your past.
You’ll be more mindful of the present moment.
You’ll be able to make more conscious choices.
You’ll overcome feelings of loneliness.
You’ll be less stressed and more calm.
You’ll feel less afraid and more strong.
You’ll be more honest with yourself and others.
You’ll find more peace with yourself and the world.
Learning to Be Alone
To reap all these healing benefits, you need to make some space for yourself. Every day, make it a habit to spend some time on your own (I’d recommend at least 30 minutes).
Find a silent room in your house to stay, sit on a chair or lie on a bed, turn off any electronic devices, and be sure to let the people close to you know that in this period of time you don’t want to be disturbed.
While all alone, in silence, start paying attention to your sensations, feelings, and thoughts. If you’ve not done such a thing for a long time, chances are that you will soon start feeling uneasy - your body might start shaking, disturbing emotions might be felt and unwanted memories might pop up.
If and when this happens, don’t rush to escape from what’s happening, no matter how scary it might seem. Stay there, mindful of anything that you’re experiencing, physically, emotionally, and mentally.
As I mentioned already, what most people are afraid to encounter is their past traumatic experiences. But when you are all alone, doing nothing but being attentive, hidden memories are bound to jump into your awareness, and it’s very likely that they will awaken a lot of repressed emotions, which might make you burst into tears, feel sadness, and bring myriads of thoughts that will agitate your mind.
When, however, all these memories are brought into the light of consciousness, a healing process starts taking place. The divided mind begins to come together.
The darker side of your psyche merges with the brighter one. And then, through that process, you start experiencing inner harmony. You feel physically relaxed, emotionally cleansed and mentally refreshed. You become revitalized, reborn into a healthier state of being.
By choosing to spend time alone on a regular basis, you’ll learn to live at peace with yourself.
You will stop distracting your mind with superficial things that are wasting your time and energy, and you will not want to shut yourself from life - on the contrary, you’ll be able to experience each and every moment to the fullest, squeezing the juice out of life, without feeling chained to the burdensome fears of your past.
You will stop trying to hide your deepest parts of your psyche from yourself and those around you by pretending to be someone you are not - you will feel free to express your authenticity, finding that there’s nothing left to hide.
|Mainstream Media Confirm Dalai Lama Is A CIA Asset
December 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
That the Tibetan Dalai Lama is a CIA asset was just a conspiracy theory, has now been confirmed as fact by the Los Angeles Times and the agency itself.
This brings to question how much of what the media consider as theory now would end up later on as fact?
Related: How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When It’s The CIA That’s Running The Show / The Philippines Fight The Cabal
How much of what the media consider as “fake news” right now would end up later on as the accurate account of an event?
In short, what gives them the authority to determine what is factual and truthful when their own journalistic standards and ethics include telling their readers mere half-truths for a while, i.e. when it is in the best interest of other institutions they are still working with in the interim?
The Los Angeles Times reports:
“For much of the 1960s, the CIA provided the Tibetan exile movement with $1.7 million a year for operations against China, including an annual subsidy of $180,000 for the Dalai Lama, according to newly released U.S. intelligence documents.
The money for the Tibetans and the Dalai Lama was part of the CIA’s worldwide effort during the height of the Cold War to undermine Communist governments, particularly in the Soviet Union and China. In fact, the U.S. government committee that approved the Tibetan operations also authorized the disastrous Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba.
The documents, published last month by the State Department, illustrate the historical background of the situation in Tibet today, in which China continues to accuse the Dalai Lama of being an agent of foreign forces seeking to separate Tibet from China."
The CIA’s program encompassed support of Tibetan guerrillas in Nepal, a covert military training site in Colorado, “Tibet Houses” established to promote Tibetan causes in New York and Geneva, education for Tibetan operatives at Cornell University and supplies for reconnaissance teams."
- LA Times
Is the mainstream confirmation of the Dalai Lama as a CIA asset now can be considered the whole truth, or is there something more to the story?
“To “dispel” the Dalai Lama supporters’ doubts, the representatives of the Tibetan leader claimed in an interview with The New York Times on October 2, 1998 that “the subsidy earmarked for the Dalai Lama was spent on setting up offices in Geneva and New York and on international lobbying.”
However, the devil is in the detail.
Verkhoturov emphasizes that the denial was intended for those unfamiliar with the documents and facts. The documents say that in 1963 the CIA allocated considerable funds for the Dalai Lama’s entourage in Dharamsala, India, where his residence was located. There were no offices at Geneva and New York at the time.
Furthermore, soon the role of the CIA in the 1959 Tibetan Uprising and the formation of the government in exile also surfaced.
The US government viewed Tibet as a potential bulwark against China since 1949, when Chinese Communist leader Mao Zedong declared the creation of the People’s Republic of China (PRC).
A picture released by Chinese official news agency in August 1965 with a caption saying: “New buildings are going up at the foot of the Potala Palace (in the background, the former home of the Dalai Lama) in Lhasa. © AFP 2016/ JU SHUI-CHU / XIHNUA
“According to Memorandum for the 303 Committee (1968), the so-called CIA Tibetan program was partially initiated in 1956 “with the cognizance of the Committee, is based on US Government commitments made to the Dalai Lama in 1951 and 1956.”
“The program consists of political action, propaganda, paramilitary and intelligence operations, appropriately coordinated with and supported by [less than 1 line of source text not declassified],” the document read.
The declassified memorandum stated that in September 1958 the 303 Committee approved the “CIA covert support to Tibetan resistance” - just a year before the all-out uprising in the region erupted.
According to the publicist, the Dalai Lama’s exile opened the door to the CIA’s covert program aimed at recruiting and training the Tibetan leader’s followers and supporters in reconnaissance operations, sabotage, guerilla tactics, data encoding and radio operator skills. According to some estimates, about 170-240 Tibetans had undergone this special training.
The Memorandum for the Special Group (1964) reveals that the CIA planned to create a spy network in Tibet, including “approximately 20 singleton resident agents… two road watch teams in Tibet to report possible Chinese Communist build-ups, and six border watch communications teams.”
Verkhoturov believes that this spy activity could have targeted China’s nuclear program and the country’s first nuclear tests on October 16, 1964.
However, China’s Cultural Revolution - a sociopolitical movement that took place in the People’s Republic of China from 1966 until 1976 - dealt a heavy blow to the Tibetan spy network and eventually brought an end to the espionage activity in the region.
As a result, the budget of the CIA’s Tibetan program decreased to $1,165,000 in 1968.
According to Jonathan Mirsky, a historian of China, the CIA program finally ended with President Richard Nixon’s visit to China in 1972.
Still, in the early 1970s the CIA continued to allocate funds directly to the Dalai Lama, however, the amount of these subsidies remains shrouded in secrecy.
“In 1999, I asked the Dalai Lama if the CIA operation had been harmful for Tibet,” Mirsky wrote in 2013, ‘Yes, that is true,’ he replied. The intervention was harmful, he suggested, because it was primarily aimed at serving American interests rather than helping the Tibetans in any lasting way. ‘Once the American policy toward China changed, they stopped their help,’ he told me, ‘Otherwise our struggle could have gone on’.”
Indeed, there’s more to the story and so, we need to continue exposing the false idols right at their own home turf.
Beyond the Dalai Lama’s engagement with the CIA, his conviction to his own teachings has come to question when he was caught wearing a Rolex while he preached about the great scourge of materialism in this world.
“What Kind Of Man Wears Rolex?
When you think of Political figures who wear a gold Rolex you might think of U.S. Presidents, Dwight Eisenhower, Lyndon Johnson or Bill Clinton, or even former U.S. Vice President Dick Cheney. When people think about Civil Rights Leaders who have worn yellow gold Rolex watches, they might think about Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., or Jesse Jackson.
One man who might surprise people with wearing a Yellow Gold Rolex President, is no other than His Holiness, The Dali Lama of Tibet."
“As mentioned, The Dalai Lama typically goes out of his way to make certain his watches never appear to be fancy or ostentatious.
His holiness does so, by typically putting them on inexpensive stretchable Speidel Twist-O-Flex watch bands. In this recent photo, we see the Dalai Lama with Prince Charles, and the Dalai Lama is wearing a yellow gold Rolex Day-Date with a cobalt blue dial."
From another site glorifying his love for watches…
“The Second War was still going on, and the Allies wanted to make a road over Tibet from Assam, in India, to China.
So two American military representatives came with a letter from President Roosevelt and a box containing a gold watch. A Patek Philippe. I was very excited. It was a very beautiful, very smart model. I still have it and it still works.”
The watch is most likely a Patek Phillipe Perpetual Calendar Ref. 1526 from around 1942. No doubt it has been opened and dismantled more than once in it’s lifetime.
Besides this cherished first watch, His Holiness has also been photographed in public wearing a Rolex Day-Date and this two tone Rolex Datejust with a jubilee bracelet. I can only speculate what his collection might be worth should it ever go up on auction.
What about the holiness of his preachings on vegetarianism and non-violence?
Well, the CIA didn’t just finance his rebellion against China, the agency also trained and supplied arms to those who were willing to fight for him, according to Newsweek:
“In the midst of this cold-war playground was Gyalo Thondup, who helped choose the first batch of trainees from Kalimpong. But the big brother kept his younger sibling - the Dalai Lama was then in his early 20s - in the dark about the spook business.
“I didn’t inform His Holiness about my contacts with the CIA and Indian intelligence,” says Gyalo Thondup. “This was very dirty business.”Under a full moon in October 1957, the first two-man team of CIA-trained Tibetans took off from an old World War II grass airstrip in East Pakistan, near Dhaka. They rode in a B-17 “sanitized” of all markings.
The parachutists were Athar Norbu and another Tibetan named Lhotse - “Tom” and “Lou” to their handlers. They were equipped with everything from dried beef to radios, from signal mirrors to folding-stock submachine guns.
They landed smack on target, 60 miles from Lhasa, and quickly hooked up with the local resistance leader, Gompo Tashi Andrugtsang, an influential trader whose legendary Khampas had been battling the Chinese for years.
The ragtag resistance waged a desperate struggle. In early 1958 many guerrillas were surrounded by 1,000 Chinese soldiers with artillery.
“All our leaders were wounded, including Gompo Tashi,” says one survivor. “We kept hoping the CIA would drop us some weapons, but they never came.
… Help was on the way. In 1958 more than 30 Tibetans began training secretly at Camp Hale, not far from Leadville, Colorado. Here about 300 Tibetans in all - assigned names like “Jack,” “Rocky” and “Martin” - were schooled in the black arts of covert warfare, from spy photography and sabotage to Morse code and mine-laying.
“We had great expectations when we went to America; we thought perhaps they would even give us an atom bomb to take back with us,” said one trainee, Tenzin Tsultrim.
Enjoying the benefits of conniving with a certain entity while feigning ignorance of what crimes that same entity has committed is the height of one’s hypocrisy.
It’s not only that one practices what one preaches, but the same must clean his own house first before he ventures out into the world, and begin finding faults against another.
“This week it was reported that a five-year old Tibetan girl had been allegedly raped by two Tibetan adult males in the settlement of Mundgod, South India. As shocking as the alleged crime was the revelation that the Mundgod camp officer and settlement officer had encouraged the father of the child not to pursue criminal charges against the men.
Why? Out of fear of shaming HH the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan people. Sadly, I and others living in the Tibetan community in exile were not surprised to learn this."
- HuffPost web cached article, “Not in the Name of the Dalai Lama: Tibetan Reaction to Child Rape Reveals a Deeper Malaise”
Kalu Rinpoche says that he was molested by elder monks…”sexually abused by elder monks,” and when he was 18 his tutor in the monastery threatened him at knifepoint.
“It’s all about money, power, controlling. And then I became a drug addict because of all this misunderstanding and I went crazy.”
A gang of older monks who would visit his room each week... This was hard-core sex, he says, including penetration.
“Most of the time, they just came alone,” he says. “They just banged the door harder, and I had to open. I knew what was going to happen, and after that you become more used to it.”
It wasn’t until Kalu returned to the monastery after his three-year retreat that he realized how wrong this practice was. By then the cycle had begun again on a younger generation of victims, he says. Kalu’s claims of sexual abuse mirror those of Lodoe Senge, an ex-monk and 23 year old tulku who now lives in Queens, New York.
“When I saw the video,” Senge says of Kalu’s confessions, “I thought, ‘Shit, this guy has the balls to talk about it when I didn’t even have the courage to tell my girlfriend.’” Senge was abused, he says, as a 5-year-old by his own tutor, a man in his late twenties, at a monastery in India.
False idolatry and false institutions are two great scourges on this planet. Both have created a strong, opaque barrier between the mind and the Truth it is seeking.
The only way to know the Whole Truth and free humanity at last is to launch a great rebellion against them both.
Be prepared for what the mainstream media are doing right now, which is to publish some chosen truths to regain the people’s trust, as they start filtering the social media networks for “fake news”.
Let’s not fall for this shenanigan, not anymore.
Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories
This Astonishing Girl Can Read Blindfolded After Activating Her Third Eye
December 27 2016 | From: Omnithought
Nine year old Yogamaatha, from India, astonished onlookers in the United States recently, as she applied three blindfolds over her eyes and proceeded to read sentences from the piece of paper in front of her. How did she do this?
Yogamaatha claims that she attended a course at Gurukul, in India, where she was initiated by a Guru and now possesses the unique ability to see with her third-eye.
Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?
She states that this mystical power is a “learned ability”, opposing those who believe that gifts like these, are only for the chosen few. Not only can she read blindfolded, this nine-year old states that she can also ride a bicycle through traffic and dodge cars.
In this short video, Yogamaatha’s curious abilities bring her all of the way to Capital Hill, where her eyes are covered and she is tested.
She then makes her way to a Vedic Temple in Southern California and the results were astonishing, proving to onlookers that not only that she could read entire sentences, she also was able to play games, and even beat another child without blindfolds, at tic-tac-toe!
Girl Demonstrates Cool SuperPower (Third Eye)
Related: The Pineal Gland: How To Take Care Of Yours
Yogamaatha, is not the only child who has facilitating the teachings of the Guru’s in India. 12-year-old Ma Nithya Maheshwarananda from Dallas, USA says she opened her third eye just over a year ago while attending a three-week program.
In this program the Master, by use of initiation and meditation, cultivates the inner dimension of yourself, by activating the pineal gland and nourishing the extrasensory abilities.
Related: 4-year-old Russian girl stuns crowd by speaking fluently in 7 languages
|How To “Hack” Your Biology To Improve Creativity And Thinking Skills
December 14 2016 | From: OmniThought
One of the secrets to “hack” your biology to improve creativity and thinking skills is to learn how to relax your body and mind using breathing techniques.
A great breathing technique that creates coherence between the heart, brain, body and mind involves breathing through the heart.
Related: Meditation Literally Rebuilds Your Brain
Breathing through the heart has been scientifically proven to improve energy flow, creativity, performance and thinking skills.
When doing this breathing exercise, focus your attention and awareness to the center of your heart and imagine breathing through your heart. You can also imagine breathing through your heart chakra. Slow, smooth, rhythmic and deep breaths are the best breaths for harmonizing the energy of your body and mind.
Every time I do this heart-centered breathing exercise, I notice a significant improvement in my thinking skills and creativity. Furthermore, I am able to handle stress and anxiety better, which in turn improves my performance under pressure.
Below is a great video that shows you how to use breathing techniques to improve your creativity, performance and thinking skills. Here is an excerpt about the video from YouTube:
Alan is the founder and CEO of Complete Coherence Ltd. He is recognised as an international expert on leadership and human performance. He has researched and published widely on both subjects for over 18 years.
He is currently an Honorary Senior Lecturer in Neuroscience and Psychological Medicine at Imperial College, London as well as an Affiliate Professor of Leadership at the European School of Management, London. He originally qualified as a physician, has a first class degree in psychology and a PhD in immunology.
Whatever you decide to do (sports, hobbies, being healthy, driving, cooking, talking, etc!) you can hack your life and increase your rate of success! All you have to do is understand the concept of the Triune brain, control your breathing (Coherent Breathing), a 30/50% grip strength, and make your tools an extension of your body.
Take all this with a perfect body weight transfer (mostly for sports), empty your mind and let your vision do the work.
How to Hack Your Biology and be in the Zone Every Single Day
Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers
December 10 2016 | From: Inc / Various
Sure to both stir your soul and calm your nervous system.
Everyone knows they need to manage their stress. When things get difficult at work, school, or in your personal life, you can use as many tips, tricks, and techniques as you can get to calm your nerves.
Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music
So here's a science-backed one: make a playlist of the 10 songs found to be the most relaxing on earth.
Sound therapies have long been popular as a way of relaxing and restoring one's health. For centuries, indigenous cultures have used music to enhance well-being and improve health conditions.
Now, neuroscientists out of the UK have specified which tunes give you the most bang for your musical buck.
The study was conducted on participants who attempted to solve difficult puzzles as quickly as possible while connected to sensors. The puzzles induced a certain level of stress, and participants listened to different songs while researchers measured brain activity as well as physiological states that included heart rate, blood pressure, and rate of breathing.
According to Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson of Mindlab International, which conducted the research, the top song produced a greater state of relaxation than any other music tested to date.
In fact, listening to that one song - "Weightless" - resulted in a striking 65 percent reduction in participants' overall anxiety, and a 35 percent reduction in their usual physiological resting rates.
That is remarkable.
Equally remarkable is the fact the song was actually constructed to do so. The group that created "Weightless", Marconi Union, did so in collaboration with sound therapists. Its carefully arranged harmonies, rhythms, and bass lines help slow a listener's heart rate, reduce blood pressure and lower levels of the stress hormone cortisol.
When it comes to lowering anxiety, the stakes couldn't be higher. Stress either exacerbates or increases the risk of health issues like heart disease, obesity, depression, gastrointestinal problems, asthma, and more.
More troubling still, a recent paper out of Harvard and Stanford found health issues from job stress alone cause more deaths than diabetes, Alzheimer's, or influenza.
In this age of constant bombardment, the science is clear: if you want your mind and body to last, you've got to prioritize giving them a rest. Music is an easy way to take some of the pressure off of all the pings, dings, apps, tags, texts, emails, appointments, meetings, and deadlines that can easily spike your stress level and leave you feeling drained and anxious.
Of the top track, Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson said, "'Weightless' was so effective, many women became drowsy and I would advise against driving while listening to the song because it could be dangerous."
So don't drive while listening to these, but do take advantage of them:
10. "We Can Fly," by Rue du Soleil (Café Del Mar)
09. "Canzonetta Sull'aria," by Mozart
08. "Someone Like You," by Adele
07. "Pure Shores," by All Saints
06. "Please Don't Go," by Barcelona
05. "Strawberry Swing," by Coldplay
04. "Watermark," by Enya
03. "Mellomaniac (Chill Out Mix)," by DJ Shah
02. "Electra," by Airstream
01. "Weightless," by Marconi Union
Just beware of this: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz
I made a public playlist of all of them on Spotify that runs about 50 minutes (it's also downloadable).
“Where words fail, music speaks." -- Hans Christian Andersen
Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll
The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers
Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed
The Most Relaxing Ambient Sound Sites On The Internet
New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico
Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’
December 3 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution
Science has recently shed light on the fact that what we used to perceive as ‘human’ aura is actually real. All of our bodies emit an electromagnetic field, and this fact plays a very important role far beyond what is commonly known when it comes to understanding our biology, and the interconnectedness we share with all life.
For example, did you know that the heart emits the largest electromagnetic field of all the body’s major organs?
Related: Scientific Research Shows Your Heart Has An Aura And Intelligence
These fields and the information encoded into them can change based on how we are feeling, what we thinking, and different emotions we take on. The heart even sends signals to the brain through a system of neutrons that have both short-term and long-term memory, and these signals can affect our emotional experiences.
The emotional information that’s modulated and coded into these fields changes their nature, and these fields can impact those around us. As Rollin McCraty, Ph.D, and director of research at The HeartMath institute tell us, “we are fundamentally and deeply connected with each other and the planet itself.”
“Research findings have shown that as we practice heart coherence and radiate love and compassion, our heart generates a coherent electromagnetic wave into the local field environment that facilitates social coherence, whether in the home, workplace, classroom or sitting around a table.
As more individuals radiate heart coherence, it builds an energetic field that makes it easier for others to connect with their heart.
So, theoretically it is possible that enough people building individual and social coherence could actually contribute to an unfolding global coherence."
The quote above comes from Dr. Deborah Rozman, the President of Quantum Intech. We are living in exciting times when it comes to science, and although not emphasized and studied in the mainstream as much as we’d like, science is acknowledging that we are all part of a giant web of connections that, not only encompasses life on this planet, but our entire solar system and what lies beyond it.
Related: The True Cause of Heart Disease: A Conversation with Dr. Aseem Malhotra
So, what exactly is heart coherence? Well, it implies order, structure, and as Dr. Rozman puts it:
An alignment within and amongst systems – whether quantum particle, organisms, human beings, social groups, planets or galaxies.
This harmonious order signifies a coherent system whose optimal functioning is directly related to the ease and flow in its processes.”
Basically, feelings of love, gratitude, appreciation and other ‘positive’ emotions not only have an effect on our nervous system, but they have an affect on those around us, far beyond what we might have previously thought.
It’s similar to the studies that have been conducted regarding mass meditation and prayer. As far as their effects on physical systems, numerous publications have yielded statistically significant results. For a selected list of downloadable peer-reviewed journal articles reporting studies of this type of phenomena, mostly published in the 21st century, you can click here.
Another point that illustrates the importance of coherence is the fact that several organizations around the world have conducted synchronized meditations, prayers, intention experiments, and more. A number of studies have shown that collective meditations, prayer or focused intention directed toward a certain positive outcome can have measurable effects.
Related: Confessions of a Cardiologist - Treat the Inflammation not the Cholesterol
For example, one study was done during the Israel-Lebanon war in the 1980s. Two Harvard University professors organized groups of experienced meditators in Jerusalem, Yugoslavia, and the United states with the specific purpose of focusing attention on the area of conflict at various intervals over a 27-month period.
During the course of the study, the levels of violence in Lebanon decreased between 40 and 80 percent each time a meditating group was in place. The average number of people killed during the war each day dropped from 12 to three, and war-related injuries fell by 70 percent. (1)
Another great example is a study that was conducted in 1993 in Washington, D.C., which showed a 25 percent drop in crime rates when 2,500 meditators meditated during a specific periods of time with that intention.
“Every individual’s energy affects the collective field environment. The means each person’s emotions and intentions generate an energy that affects the field. A first step in diffusing societal stress in the global field is for each of us to take personal responsibility for our own energies.
We can do this by increasing our personal coherence and raising our vibratory rate, which helps us become more conscious of the thoughts, feelings, and attitudes that we are feeding the field each day.
We have a choice in every moment to take to heart the significance of intentionally managing our energies. This is the free will or local freedom that can create global cohesion."
– Dr. Rozman
The Global Coherence Initiative (GCI)
The GCI in an international cooperative effort to help activate the heart of humanity and facilitate a shift in global consciousness. It’s primary focuses are to invite people to participate by actively adding more heart-coherent love, care, and compassion into the planetary field.
The second is scientific research on how we are all energetically connected with each other and the planet, and how we can utilize this interconnectivity, which is very real, to raise our personal vibration to assist in creating a better world.
The hypotheses of the researchers and scientists behind this process are as follows:
The Earth’s magnetic fields are a carrier of biologically relevant information that connects all living systems
Every person affects this global information field. Large numbers of people creating heart-coherent states of love, appreciation, care, and compassion can generate a more coherent field environment that benefits others and helps off-set the current planetary discord and incoherence
There is a feedback loop between human beings and Earth’s energetic/magnetic systems
Earth has several sources of magnetic fields that affect us all. Two of them are the geomagnetic field that emanates from the core of the Earth, and the fields that exist between Earth and the ionosphere. These fields surround the entire planet and act as protective shields blocking out the harmful effects of solar radiation, cosmic rays, sand, and other forms of space weather. Without these fields, ice as we know it could not exist on Earth. They are part of the dynamic ecosystem of our planet
Think about the current state of our planet. We are definitely not in coherence, with all of the violence, war, hate, and greed that still plague our planet, we have a lot of work to do.
We do not yet know how these thoughts, emotions, and feelings are affecting the entire planet, and what type of information these experiences are encoding into once electromagnetic fields, and how it is interacting with that of the Earth’s. Things are changing, however. There is definitely a shift within people who are desiring a better experience here on planet Earth.
Related: New study finds wheat and carbs biggest risk for heart disease, red meat and saturated fat has no direct effect
These energetic fields are known to scientists, but there are still many unknowns. Solar activity and the rhythms taking place on Earth’s magnetic fields have an impact on health and behaviour. This is firmly established in scientific literature. (source)(source)
Scientific literature also firmly establishes that several physiological rhythms and global collective behaviours are not only synchronized with solar and geomagnetic activity, but that disruptions in these fields can create adverse effects on human health and behaviour. (source)(source)(source)
“When the Earth’s magnetic field environment is distributed it can cause sleep problems, mental confusion, usual lack of energy or a feeling of being on edge or overwhelmed for no apparent reason.
At other times, when the Earth’s fields are stable and certain measures of solar activity are increased, people report increased positive feelings and more creativity and inspiration.
This is likely due to a coupling between the human brain, cardiovascular and nervous system with resonating geomagnetic frequencies."
The Earth and ionosphere generate frequencies that range from 0.01 hertz to 300 hertz, some of which are in the exact same frequency range as the one happening in our brain, cardiovascular system, and autonomic nervous system.
This fact is one way to explain how fluctuations in the Earth’s and Sun’s magnetic fields can influence us. Changes in these fields have also been shown to affect our brain waves, heart rhythms, memory, athletics performance, and overall health.
Related: New Scientific Analysis Confirms Saturated Fats Have No Link to Heart Disease
Changes in the Earth’s fields from extreme solar activity have been linked to some of humanity’s greatest creations of art, as well as some of its most tragic events. (source)
We know how these fields affect us, but what about how we affect these fields? That’s the real question here. GCI scientists believe that because brain wave and heart rhythm frequencies overlap the Earth’s field resonance, we are not just receivers of biologically relevant information, but also feed information into the global field, thus creating a feedback loop with the Earth’s magnetic fields.
“Research is indicating that human emotions and consciousness encode information into the geomagnetic field and this encoded information is distributed globally. The Earth’s magnetic fields act as carrier waves for this information which influences all living systems and the collective consciousness."
This research, which is still in its infancy, has great ramifications. It will further push along the fact that our attitudes, emotions, and intentions actually matter, a lot, and that these factors within the realm of non-material science can affect all life on Earth.
Coherent, cooperative intention could impact global events and improve the quality of life on Earth. Practicing love, gratitude, appreciation, and bettering ourselves as individuals is one out of many action steps towards changing our planet for the better.
So What Can You Do?
So, next time you are upset, angry, or frustrated, try observing yourself and how you react. It’s great practice to try and lose your buttons so they cannot be pushed, and work on your personal development.
You have to do whatever you can to feel good, which could include exercise, eating healthy, minimizing electronics time, spending time with friends, animals, and more.
You could practice being less judgemental, and work on your intentions by figuring out if they are coming from a ‘good’ place. You could be more grateful, you could help others, and you can treat others how they want to be treated.
There are a number of tools you could use, like meditation, for example, to assist you with these action steps. Bottom line, if you are at peace with yourself, and have control over your emotions, you are helping the planet and others around you. If you are constantly angry, harming others or have negative intentions, you could be doing the exact opposite.
To further your research on this topic, an excellent place to start is the at the Institute of HeartMath. The Institute of HeartMath is an internationally recognized nonprofit research and education organization dedicated to helping people reduce stress, self-regulate emotions, and build energy and resilience for healthy, happy lives.
What Science Is Telling Us About The Heart’s Intuitive Intelligence
Heart Intelligence: Connecting With The Intuitive Guidance Of The Heart
Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding
December 2 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / TrueActivist
Firmly embedded into our culture now, pharmaceutical companies create so-called cures and treatments for every human condition, and modern psychiatry has become an institution that works to create lifelong dependencies on medications to help people adapt to the stress of modern life and to conform to the rigid corporate/consumer culture that has come to be known as life.
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) has become an industry in and of itself, and it is huge.
Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist
“Attention deficit hyperactive disorder is big business. That’s the conclusion of a new report, published by the market research firm IBISWorld, which showed that ADHD medication sales have grown 8 percent each year since 2010 and will grow another 13 percent this year  to $12.9 billion.
Furthermore, it projects this growth will continue over the next five years at an annualized rate of 6 percent, and take in $17.5 billion in the year 2020 - making it one of the top psychopharmaceutical categories on the market.
The pharmaceutical industry profits by changing people’s perceptions of what health is, then training them to believe that pills offer the most practical and convenient solution.
This applies as much to statin drugs, painkillers and diabetic treatments as it does to psychiatric and psychotropic medications. The result is a nation of medication dependent people who have no idea to heal themselves naturally, and an ever-increasing corporate profit stream for pharmaceutical companies.
Related: 4 Facts About ADHD That Teachers & Doctors Never Tell Parents
There is a ton of money being made selling ADHD medications to people of all walks of life, but much of the growth in this industry is in prescribing these drugs to children, sometimes even to toddlers.
The truth about ADHD is that to many prestigious physicians it is nothing more than a fictitious ‘disorder,’ something that describes a varying set of symptoms, contrived by the American Medical Association.
“…after 50 years of practicing medicine and seeing thousands of patients demonstrating symptoms of ADHD, I have reached the conclusion there is no such thing as ADHD.
- Dr Richard Saul
Over diagnosis is now commonplace even though some are beginning to acknowledge that the medications often prescribed for ADHD are chemically identical to speed, or methamphetamine, a Class I illegal street drug.
In the case of Adderall, Dr. Carl Hart has explained that this is in fact the case, and the explosion in recreational use of these drugs has many agreeing that ADHD medications are the real ‘gateway drug’ to addiction, not cannabis, as popular drug war propaganda would have us believe.
But what if there were a way to improve the behavior, mood, and concentration levels of people with symptoms similar to those described as ADHD? What if this treatment was free and led to many improvements in the patient’s life, including increased happiness, confidence and spiritual wellness?
Related: Before His Death, Father Of ADHD Admitted It Was A Fictitious Disease
What if all it took was an improved diet, exercise and training in mental focus to overcome these symptoms?
Meditation is scientifically proven to bring about many health benefits for practically anyone, and is proving to be very effective for children who have been labelled with ADHD.
The following video records the stories of several children who had been struggling with the common symptoms of ADHD and instead of taking prescription speed were given three months training in Transcendental Meditation (TM), with outstanding results.
“It’s working its improving their lives, it’s improving their sense of self, it’s empowering them… I really do see it making a big difference, and I think their futures are going to be so much brighter because of it.
- Linda Handy, Ph.D.
ADHD Kids Before and After
“Researchers are finding TM may do more than just relax the children, it may actually decrease disabling aspects of ADHD."
In this video from the David Lynch Foundation, transcendental meditation is used experimentally in Kingsbury Day School in Washington, DC, a school for children with language-based learning disabilities.
Twice a day the regular school program stops and the children meditate, using the TM method for just ten minutes, with incredible results, and without the use of pharmaceutical ADHD medications.
ADHD: Medication or Meditation?
Results like these beg the question: do we have time to teach our children well, or are we so wrapped in our day-to-day lives that we’d rather medicate them into conforming so as to conveniently bring them in line with the standards and expectations of today’s stressful corporate-consumer culture? Meditation works and does wonders for children.
Related: Harvard Research Finds Link Between Fluoridated Water, ADHD & Mental Disorders
Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding
Since the program started, not a single student has been suspended.
As a conventional method of punishment, most students are sent to detention, subjected to undesirable after-school activities, or even suspended when they do something wrong.
Related: June 25 2014 - A Neuroscientist Explains What Happens To Your Brain When You Meditate
That’s how a Baltimore elementary school, Robert W. Coleman, used to do things before they discovered a new, healthier way to approach “discipline.”
Partnering with the Holistic Life Foundation, the school now employs the Mindful Moment program to instead teach kids to wind down, reflect, and breathe in tough situations. When students are misbehaving, they send them to the Mindful Moment room for “individual assistance with emotional self-regulation.”
The room is equipped with staff that has the necessary training to help students with anxiety, stress, headaches, and more issues that can cause them to act up or feel the need to stop by the room on their own time.
For students that are referred there by teachers, the specialists spend 5 minutes in targeted discussion with them and then 15 minutes doing appropriate mindful exercises to help them; this can range from breathing exercises to simple yoga.
In this troubled neighborhood, the mindful moments help them to not only decompress but to also overcome the trauma they might have faced that’s causing them to act out. Ali Smith, one of the masterminds behind the program, said;
“They see people get murdered, they see violence, they see all types of things and it is all kind of building up inside them never actually had a way to kind of be aware of it and release it, so we are kind of giving them the tools to be aware of it and let it go.”
What’s amazing about the program is that it’s not only helping the students at school but in their home life as well. Many of the children are bringing back what they’re learning by telling their own stressed-out parents to breathe as a way to alleviate their tension.
Since the Mindful Moment room’s inception last year, not a single student has been suspended, proving that the program really works to motivate students to pause before making a bad decision.
Rather than stewing in their own anger or stress in detention, the students are gently pushed to deal with the underlying cause of their behavior and instead turn it into something positive.
Related: Meditation Literally Rebuilds Your Brain
In addition to the special room for students in need of assistance, the school also plays a Mindful Moment audio file over the loudspeaker every morning and afternoon to start their day off right and send them off calmly. The 15-minute exercise in breathing, meditation, and focus helps the children to recalibrate.
Studies show that meditation can relieve pain, enhance creativity, relieve stress and boost immune systems. Regular practice can increase left frontal activity in the brain, which is associated with positive mood, and decrease activity in the amygdala, the area related to stress and anxiety.
This practice at the Baltimore elementary school, and other schools employing the program, is groundbreaking and proving to be very effective.
More schools should consider an alternative approach similar to this to promote positivity rather than strict punishment, especially in areas that are high in crime.
The Masses Are Awakening
November 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall
The truth about how the masses are so easily manipulated was reversed by the election of anti-establishment candidate Donald Trump as President of America.
The Deep State, while unwilling to leave the outcome of the election to the will of the people, made a major miscalculation in the common sense of the majority of people.
Related: Reclaiming The Earth: Steps Towards A Collective Awakening - Max Igan
They were convinced that with the help of the MSM, Wall Street and Big Business their totalitarian regime could continue in the illusion of democracy. But contrary to their expectations Trump won with a landslide difference,see attached chart, too much to be manipulated into a victory by Killary.
More than half of all Americans woke up thanks to the efforts of the internet in exposing the truth, thanks to internet blogs like Final Wake Up Call, Trump’s tireless input, Julian Assange’s fearless email-publicity,
Snowdon’s spy exposures, and many other contributors, that cancelled out the MSM historic blatantly false publicity. The eyes of many people were opened to discover that most of the public supplied info is wrought and manipulated and completely false.
Trump Has Better Coverage than Verizon
Ordinary people are discovering the lies, treason, corruption, etc. and that all terrorist attacks are false flags initiated by their own governments, in serving the manipulation of the masses’ emotions, creating fear, for the sole purpose of advancing their new world order agenda 2030.
If the ruling elites have to murder a few thousand innocent citizens with a dirty bomb, a chemical weapon or have to execute a scripted nuclear terrorism accident that is fine with them.
Anything to stay in power is justified in their minds, no matter how destructive and cruel.
Fear is their weapon of choice to command people’s obedience. They try to control everyone’s mind by staging violence, staging wars, staging terrorism and so on.
With Trump on the way to the White House, the party is just getting started and vigilance must be greater than ever, because everything Trump does is going to reflect on the rest of the world. If you think the election has been chaotic and confusing, wait until after the President-elect is inaugurated on the 20th of January next year.
The Deep State’s Power Structure
The main source of the Deep State’s power is their control of the process of creating and distributing money, i.e. their ownership of most of the world’s central banks. They have used this money-power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at top levels of power in order to enforce their control.
They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool at their disposal to rig society and markets where necessary.
Trump as president will have the enormous, daunting task of rebuilding the national economy, which has been systematically wrecked by Bush Jr. and the Obama Admin. The global rejection of the US-Dollar will become a vulnerability very soon.
Sweeping monetary change is expected in the coming months. Difficult times may lie ahead. Many issues have to be resolved. The monetary system is rigged, and should be abolished in its present form, to return the money creation into the hands of the people. It is time for change.
Here is a short plan, two simple points to materialise just that;
Honest money; Re-establish a gold-backed currency. Abolish all Central Banks.
Smaller government – Cut taxes by 50%. Balance the budget.
These two simple points will instantly eliminate the Elite’s power, which would be a major achievement. Real money and a balanced budget will force big cutbacks.
Related: NEIL KEENAN UPDATE | Recommendations & Background For President-Elect Donald J. Trump
The useless wars will end. The misallocation of precious, scarce resources will be greatly reduced. People will once again borrow, lend, spend, and invest real money, carefully. As a result real wealth will soar.
The people behind Donald Trump are the human-friendly Gnostic bloodline - in shrill contrast to the present Elite’s Deep State that is run by the satanic Archon bloodline illuminati.
The Gnostics recruit geniuses of all ages who are not part of the ruling Archon bloodline families. These archon families who are now in a state of absolute terror, literally fighting for their survival are fleeing to Antarctic bases, presumably trying to pull off something horrific.
Corrupt, Arrogant Establishment
In the end, Hillary Clinton became the face of a corrupt, arrogant and out-of-touch Establishment, while Donald Trump emerged as an almost perfectly imperfect substitute for populist fury that had been brewing beneath the surface.
American voters chose him in part because they felt they needed a blunt instrument to smash the Establishment that has ruled and misruled America for at least the past one hundred years.
It is an Establishment that has not only stolen almost all the new wealth that the country has produced in the past century but it has furthermore sent the U.S. military into wars of choice in pursuit of personal agendas as if the lives of working-class soldiers are of no value.
Ultimately, the Establishment’s own foolishness has caused its demise. Unable to master the economic crisis they have created, they purposely crushed the Greek Spring simply because they had the power to do so.
They pushed the majority of Europeans into austerity-induced hopelessness. They obligated millions of workers into temporary jobs, while their austerity-pressurising measures pushed a great part of the population into poverty.
The EU is a corporatised, militarised, entrenched bureaucracy that is fully operational and staffed by unelected officials who are in essence running the country. This shadow government harbours the hidden face of a government that has no respect for the freedom of its citizenry.
Across Europe, electoral battles with populist ideology are nearing; Germany, where the right-wing Alternative for Germany (AfD) party is gearing up for its first run at the federal parliament; France, where the far-right National Front leader Marine le Pen has a plausible shot at the presidency; Austria, where a candidate from a hard-right party could take the – less powerful – presidency; and not to forget the UKIP-party in Britain with their superb drive for change to exit the EU.
Italy will be next, as they have a referendum on their Prime Minister Matteo Renzi, where Beppe Grillo’s five-star movement will have an excellent crack on bringing about change.
Who or What is the Deep State?
The Deep State is comprised of the militarised police, which have joined forces with state and law enforcement agencies in order to establish themselves as a standing army.
It is the combination of spy agencies that have created a surveillance state and turned all of us into suspects.
It’s the courthouses and prisons that have allowed corporate profits to take precedence over due process and justice. It’s the military empire with its private contractors and defence industry that is bankrupting the nation.
In every aspect it is a government that is no longer friendly to freedom and is working overtime to render the citizenry powerless in the face of the government’s power grabs, corruption and abusive tactics.
The government bureaucracy will continue to churn out laws, statutes, codes and regulations that reinforce its powers and value systems and those of the police state and its corporate allies, rendering the rest of us petty criminals.
The average citizen unknowingly commits three felonies a day, thanks to this overabundance of vague laws that render otherwise innocent activity illegal.
As an example, small farmers who dare to make unpasteurized goat cheese and share it with members of their community will continue to have their farms raided.
The Deep State not only holds the populace in enslavement through the nation’s money, but also controls Wall Street that supplies the cash that keeps the political machine inactive, operating as a distracting marionette theatre. It’s just a puppet show, intended to divert our attention from the silent coup being carried out by the shadow government.
This is fascism in its most covert form, hiding behind public agencies and private companies to carry out its dirty deeds.
If there is anything the Deep State requires, it is an undisclosed, uninterrupted cash flow and the confidence that things will go on as they have in the past. It is even willing to tolerate a degree of gridlock: Partisan mud wrestling over cultural issues may be a useful distraction from its agenda.
The main source of the Archon bloodline’s power is their control of the creation and distribution of money, which is subsequently applied in their conquest strategy of Divide and Conquer. This is facilitated by their ownership of most of the world’s central banks.
They have used this money power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at the top levels of power in order to ensure their control.
They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool available, creating the impression that Hillary Clinton was winning a close race against Donald Trump.
The voting process, the economy, the media, the government, the courts – practically everything is rigged in favour of the Establishment status quo.
The Central Bankers’ fake money – along with a multitude of rules and regulations imposed on the people – has done its mischief.
And now, with the key-lending rate nearing and even dropping below zero for the past eight years, the economy has been misled, distorted, and depleted. Corporations alone have increased their debt load by 100% since the crisis began.
In a money system backed by gold – as was agreed upon in the Bretton Woods system that practically existed up until 1968, there is a limit on how much credit can be put into the system.
Most people date the demise of the gold-backed dollar to 1971, when President Nixon defaulted on America’s promise to convert foreign-held dollars into gold at a fixed rate of $35 an ounce.
But in actual fact, it was President Lynden Johnson who in 1968 removed the requirement for the Fed to back its notes with gold with the implementation of the passage of the Gold Reserve Requirement Elimination Act, thus facilitating the Fed to issue paper currency at will.
Previously each dollar had to be “backed” by gold.
Gold tied to the dollar is inherently tied to the real economy of production, services, resources, labour, and to profits and losses. Gold and silver have long served as hedges against market volatility, and as a protection against politicians indebting their citizens.
The Ratio of Credit to GDP
Under the gold-backed money system, the ratio of credit to GDP was fairly constant. Until the 1970s, it was about 1.5 to 1. More than anything else, this represented the abiding connection between the dollar, credit, and real economic output. People couldn’t lend what they didn’t have.
And they couldn’t have it if they didn’t earn it (GDP). But by taking away the gold, as they did from 1968 to 1971, the limitation was taken away.
Credit was allowed to run wild.
Now, the ratio of credit to GDP is about 3.2 to 1for every dollar of real GDP output. In other words, there are more than three dollars of debt against each dollar earned. That represents about $35 trillion of unfinished transactions – borrowing and buying – but never repaying – over the past 40 years, and that should not have been permitted to happen.
The traces of this exorbitant debt can be seen in the houses and apartments, shopping malls, corporate debt, golf courses, wars, bonuses, credit card bills, mortgages, and cruise liners – $35 trillion worth of things that would not have existed, had it not been for the Central Bankers’ fake money.
And now, the Central Banks cannot withdraw their fake money, or their cheap credit as the economy depends on it. And so does almost everyone in the economy. Their response to the next crisis would be more of the same.
So, a return to the gold standard; revalue precious metals in relation to all debt, and that would make the monetary reset as it should be; with the money creation in the hands of the people through the treasury department of people’s government; not any longer in privately owned central banks as is the case is today.
The Transition From a Fascist State to a Capitalist State
The Gold price will rise during the coming period of transition; the transition from a fascist state to a capitalist state will see numerous elite figures and established institutions put under legal scrutiny. Some will be jailed, while some institutions will be reformed or vanish.
The Gold price will respond to the legal strains on these former power centers.
Trump knows what a fair, sound currency means, since he is an intelligent man. He will eventually embrace the Gold Standard as a necessary stepping stone toward US-Economic Reconstruction, while the Gold price will ultimately find its true value.
DOW & Gold $125,000 - Hyperinflation is Coming - Clif High
Linguistic Internet data mining expert Clif High predicted that:
"Trump would win” the election and that Hillary Clinton would go “missing” after the election.
Sure enough, Hillary was missing the night of her defeat. What does that mean? High thinks;
"That there was a breakdown among a very delicate relationship among a lot of powerful parties that failed to deliver as promised.
The plan didn’t work. So, now there is no real plan “B.” There never could be under the circumstances. The world is in a situation where there can’t be a plan “B” for the Federal Reserve, for example. They (FED) have to go on a certain path, they’re doomed.
That is true of the criminal organisation called CGI (Clinton Global Initiative). Any criminal gang, no matter where it is in the social order, progresses along a certain path, runs into opposition and dies. It always happens, and it always will.”
We have a lot of respect for Clif and appreciate his work. However it is not completely dependable. On the other hand much of what his system has alluded to in the past has been far more reliable than many other 'seers' and so the insights that he offers are worth taking into consideration - given that no one person / system is able to see the entire picture.
For an engine that Clif himself describes as running on the collective psychic capability of humanity, when we are dealing with a massive awakening-in-progress, such a system is not going to be able to play the game to the full extent of it's capacity when it does not have all of the pieces...
And so do not panic.
Related: So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?
The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness
November 17 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / Sott
The mind, body and consciousness exist as a cybernetic loop in which the 3 systems are highly interlinked and dependent on each other.
Quantum theory of Mind body connection is a simple platform which helps a person to easily comprehend the inseparable connection between the mind and body.
Here are a few biochemical ways which can explain the interaction of mind body and consciousness with each other.
1. Mind Affecting Body
When we are at stress, Adrenaline is released at the end of neurons within a nano second in the sympathetic nervous system which further activates adrenaline gland to produce epinephrine and non epinephrine. This released hormones increase heart rate, blood pressure, gastric acidity and dampens immune system.
2. Body Affecting Mind
In a PTSD patient, who suffered from grievous physical injury develops uncontrollable stress.
The injury which the person gets build up inflammation and releases chemokines like Interleukin - 1 beta, interleukin - 6, Tumor necrosis factor and C - reactive protein to stimuilate hypathalamus to activate hypothalamo pituatory adrenal axis to activate release cortisols producing PTSD symptoms on one hand and increases adrenergic stimulation in the locus ceruleus nucleus of the brain there by impairing the synchronized activity of prefrontal cortex, amygdala and hippocampus leading to mental states ranging from stress to depression.
3. Body and Mind Affecting Consciousness.
Patients with hypoglycemia, hyponatremia and uraemia suffers from impaired consciousness, due to impaired biomoelular functioning of neurons in the brain.
For instance, if glucose goes down, neurons in the brain cannot generate ATP (Adenosine tri phosphate) from Krebs cycle for the functioning of voltage gated sodium and potassium channels in neurons that are vital for the functioning of consciousness.
This is a simple example to explain how bio molecular changes in the body can affect consciousness. When a person is suffering from psychosis, schizophrenia or extreme states of depression or stress, there is obviously a high unbalanced activity of cortical neurons due to exaggerated release of dopamine, decreased GABA release and other neurotransmitter imbalances.
4. So How Does the Consciousness Affect the Mind and Body?
To find out how, let us go to the quantum world residing in the human body. The human body is in real a cohesive existence of mind, body and consciousness. A tiny alternation in any one of the system can affect the other two systems regardless of time and space.
So what is quantum theory of mind body connection? It is simply 5 postulations made on various bio-molecular observation, evidence based research and metaphysical strategies.
To begin with, the quantum theory of mind-body connection put forth 5 simple laws that can help a pupil to discover and research to understand and comprehend the working of Mind body continuum.
The First Law
The mind body and consciousness are interlinked each other independent of time and space. This ideology forms the vital base of this theory. This fundamental law is the only bold and brave argument which is enough to explain the most puzzling questions about the mind body continuum that have passed throughout the centuries.
To enforce this idea, In 1933 researchers conducted a study in a US military base. They collected leucocytes from a donor and extracted the DNA. Thereafter, the donor was kept in a room at the military base and was subjected to emotional stimulation by showing him various video clips. These clips were capable of generating different emotions in the donor.
The result was amazing. It was noted that the donor’s extracted DNA exhibited the same electrical response as that of the donor himself and that too simultaneously without any time lag. In the follow-up to this experiment, the researchers dispatched the DNA sample approx. 350 miles away from the military base camp housing the donor.
The experiment was repeated. There was no change in the DNA’s response. The results were the same. It continued to be affected by the donor’s changing moods and feelings. It was then strongly established that the DNA has a wireless connect with its owner and his/her emotions.
This connection is independent of time and space. Living cells and human emotions communicate through a form of energy that exists everywhere and at all times. From this experiment it is evident that our emotions can influence thevery own living cells of our body independent of time and space.
The question lies in how this miracle happens? In my book “The Science of Emotions” I have put forth the new inevitable theory of quantum mechanics that is majestic enough to explain this mind body connection that works independent of time and space.
The Second Law
I call that theory of reality as “THE FAHADS MIND BODY QUANTUM EFFECT”. An effect that takes place independent of time and space.
When we integrate the quantum mechanics into the mind body system it can explain every single mind boggling problems in the mind body continuum. Quantum Entanglement is an excellent mechanics which can rejuvenate life in explaining the mind-body connection.
To illustrate, when the wave function of one atom A coalesces with the wave function of another atom B, both the atoms are in a state of entanglement. When we place atom A at one corner of the earth and atom B elsewhere and then bring about changes in atom A, atom B is affected.
It too exhibits the same changes and that too at the same time independent of time and place. This phenomenon is known as ‘quantum entanglement.’ In experiments conducted, laser beams were fired through a certain type of crystal thereby causing individual photons to split into pairs of entangled photons.
These split photons were then separated and placed miles away. It was seen that photon A takes an up-spin state. The entangled photon B though several miles away, took up a state relative to that of photon A (in this case a down-spin state).
Any change induced in photon A was reflected in photon B at the very moment it was induced in A.
This happened independent of time and space. Hence in quantum entanglement multiple particles are linked together such that the measurement of one particle’s quantum state determines the possible quantum state of the others.
Related: Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles
This unique and extraordinary phenomenon in the quantum mechanics is just the same that happens in the mind body continuum. So how does the quantum entanglement can explain the mind-body connection?
According to the The Fahads mind-body quantum effect, it states that: “When the wave function of atoms of the human mind is coalesced with the wave function of the atoms of the human body, any change brought about in the atoms of the human mind (in the form of thoughts or emotions) affects the atoms (carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen etc) of human body independent of time and space”.
The Third Law
After the reckless efforts to localize mind in brain, some neuroscients had to rewrite that mind can never be localized to a certain area of the complex brain.
So what is the nature of human mind and where is the mind in human body? The human mind is an electromagnetic energy field that exists throughout body that can never be localized in the brain. This field carries information that decides the nature and functioning of the living cells. How is the human mind controlling the living cells of our body? Before establishing how the mind control the living cells let us see this experiment.
In a study it was found that adrenaline produced in the body acts specifically on the receptors that it had to, while the adrenaline that was injected from outside (which was not produced in the body) acted randomly at all the receptors.
Which clearly proves that the adrenaline produced in the body carried ‘information’ that the exogenous adrenaline did not have.
Whereas the Vector Equilibrium represents the ultimate stillness of energy, the Torus shows us how energy moves in its most balanced dynamic flow process. The important thing to understand about the torus is that it represents a process, not just a particular form
This information is the matrix that decides the functioning of the cells. This matrix is a natural rhythm in the human body similar to the circardian rhythm and pacemaker cells of our body which maintains a natural harmony of physiological function of the cells in our body .
However this matrix is influenced by the electromagnetic field of mind that comprises of information in the forms of emotions or thoughts.
As a parable, It happens when the two ripples of waves meet each other which is produced in the same pond, by dropping two stones at short distance from each other. To recapitulate we can say that the information in the human mind influences the matrix that governs the functioning of living cells in the form of energy.
The Fourth Law
The question is “Is this possible?” Does this postulation really happen in the real biology of life? The information carried in the human mind is none other than our emotions and thoughts.
Our emotions exist in our body in the form of electromagnetic waves that can be detected and mapped with the modern technologies like emotograph. It has been found from a research that the positive emotions like love had high frequency and lower wave length while the negative emotions like fear had lower frequency and higher wavelength.
Due to their respective wave nature of emotions, Positive emotions like Love due to its high frequency it was able to act at multiple focal points on the DNAs antenna causing DNA to relax and express its codons to translate the respective proteins whereas the negative emotions like Fear was able to act at few focal points causing less expression of the DNAs codons.
In addition, quantum physics no longer consider the atoms are as a matter rather as a vibrating energy fields. 99.99999% of the atoms space is energy that keeps on vibrating non locally!
So when the wave form of emotions hit with the waves of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen atoms of the very DNA, it is actually tunneling protons and electrons with each others altering genes in the DNA in diverse probabilities and non locally.
The Fifth Law
From this same experiment, it is evident that depending on the information in the emotions, the activity and functioning of the DNA of the cell is influenced and regulated. From this ground breaking research it can be said that:
“Depending upon the information in the human mind the activity and functioning of the living cells changes accordingly”.
In other words if the information in the mind is positive, the living cells exhibit positive results and positive outcomes and if the information in the mind in negative, the living cells exhibit negative results and negative outcomes.
From this research I further extend the postulation as:
“If the information in the human mind is positive the functioning of the cells will be in a positive state and if the information in the human mind is negative the functioning of the living cells will be in a negative state”
This can be used as a scale to measure the probability of the physical manifestations of human mind in the body.
The positive biochemical process like anti aging, tissue regeneration and balanced metabolism can be compared with positive emotions and Autoimmune disorders, decreased functioning of immune cells and other metabolic disorders can be compared with negative emotions.
Today there are even evidences and comprehensive research on the epigenetic modulation of human emotions over the functioning of our DNA at biomolecular levels like neuropeptides and even electromagnetic waves aiding DNA methylation, histone acteylation and other process over DNA to drastically change its performance.
In sum, consciousness is a supreme field of the human body that can alter the mind and the body through invisible and detectable electromagnetic influence.
So by Summating the Quantum Theory on the Mind Body Connection:
1. The mind body and consciousness are interlinked each other independent of time and space.
2. When the wave function of atoms of the human mind is coalesced with the wave function of the atoms of the human body, any change brought about in the atoms of the human mind (in the form of thoughts or emotions) affects the atoms (carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen etc) of human body independent of time and space. This is known as The Fahads Mind Body Quantum Effect.
3. The information in the human mind influences the matrix that governs the functioning of living cells in the form of energy.
4. Depending upon the information in the human mind the activity and functioning of the living cells changes accordingly
5. If the information in the human mind is positive the functioning of the cells will be in a positive state and if the information in the human mind is negative the functioning of the living cells will be in a negative state.
Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness
British scientist Rupert Sheldrake has been speaking about the cutting edge of the new cell biology since 1981, when he published his groundbreaking book, A New Science of Life: The Hypothesis of Formative Causation.
Despite hostile, ad hominem attacks of his ideas that cell growth is directed by more than mere genetic coding, Sheldrake's critics have produced neither valid arguments nor evidence that counters his laboratory observations and theories.
Sheldrake proposes that "memory" is inherent in cells, and that life exhibits "evolutionary habits," a quality that Darwin also noted. "Cells come from other cells and inherit fields of organization" and that morphogenesis innately depends on organizing those fields, which he refers to as morphic fields.
For instance, since the genetic basis of cell reproduction is so similar, it is the morphogenetic field of a specific organism that causes the development of a specific shape - a pink flower with five petals as opposed to an Orca Killer Whale or a Colorado Spruce. The fundamental materialistic views still held by the majority of biologists resist the implications of such a hypothesis, despite experimental evidence.
But his credentials are impeccable: He is a former Research Fellow of the Royal Society, obtained degrees from both Cambridge and Harvard, and held research directorships and fellowships with prestigious organizations around the world, including California's Institute of Noetic Sciences. Additionally, he has published over eighty scientific papers, ten books, appears on television shows internationally, and writes for newspapers and magazines regularly.
An Interview with Rupert Sheldrake
SuperConsciousness had the great honor of speaking with Dr Sheldrake about his work as well as the challenges of addressing personal attacks by pseudo-skeptics.
SC: Please explain morphic resonance for our readers.
RUPERT SHELDRAKE: Morphic resonance is the way that things tune into each other. It works on the basis of similarity, the same principle as ordinary resonance.
For instance, if you push down the loud pedal of a piano and while holding it down you chant "ooh" into the piano strings, when you stop singing, the piano will go, "ooh," back. If you sing a specific pitch, let's say an "E," into the strings they will vibrate back that same "E." That's resonance.
Many modern technologies work on resonance; radio and television are both resonant technologies. For instance, radio works because we tune into the specific frequency of a particular radio station, say 99.8 on your FM receiver.
However, the room that you are currently standing in is filled with countless frequencies, including radio, television, and mobile phone transmissions. The reason we do not become overwhelmed is because we are not specifically tuned into their specific frequencies.
SC: You've extended the concept of morphic resonance into the biological science of plant and animal development.
SHELDRAKE: Yes. For example, a chrysanthemum plant, as it develops, it tunes in to past chrysanthemums, and a giraffe, as it develops, tunes in to past giraffes.
The DNA or the genetic material enables each living form to manufacture the correct proteins which are a part of their specific tuning system, just like each radio or television station transmits on their specific frequency.
For these electronics to be effective, they require both the correct electronic components as well as the specific tuning between them. This resonance is also true for the inheritance of form and the instincts in animals.
SC: If plants and animals develop in accordance with an invisible, interconnected, and underlying environmental system of information and frequency, that would mean that their growth is not exclusive to genetic information.
SHELDRAKE: Exactly. The conventional view tries to cram all the inherited information into the genes, but DNA is grossly overrated.
They simply don't do most of the things attributed to them. What we know they do for sure is to code for the structure of protein molecules.
SC: Is this a living field of information?
SHELDRAKE: It's a kind of collective memory. Every member of a species draws upon the collective memory of that species, and in turn contributes to it.
You could say it's like a collective consciousness, but actually it's more like the collective unconscious. We're always tuning into it and contributing to it, so it's a bit like the idea of the collective unconscious put forward by the psychologist C.G. Jung.
I'm suggesting that, for example, if somebody learns a new skill, say windsurfing, then the more people that learn it, the easier it becomes for everyone else because of morphic resonance.
However, if you train rats to learn a new trick in one place, like Los Angeles, then rats all over the world should be able to learn the trick more quickly because the first group of rats learned it.
That's what I'm saying morphic resonance does. It's the kind of interconnection between all similar organisms across space and time. It works from the past and connects like a kind of collective memory, and it interconnects all the members of a species.
SC: For the past thirty years, you have received quite of bit of resistance from the general scientific community. How significantly would the field of science change if your ideas about morphic resonance were to become fully accepted by the scientific as well as general audiences?
SHELDRAKE:First of all, at the scientific level, the main reason for the resistance is that most scientists are still locked into the materialist paradigm, the doctrine that the only reality is matter.
What my observations indicate is that there's more to nature than matter. There are also fields, resonant fields within the material systems, and that the so-called laws of nature are not fixed, they're more like habits.
Related: Why science needs metaphysics: It doesn't make sense without it
These ideas would require a tremendous shift in thinking within science. Perhaps those ideas would not affect most people that much because they probably don't spend much time thinking about the laws of nature. But it would be a big shift at the foundations of science and that's why it's so controversial.
SC: Once the shift in fundamental perception occurs, wouldn't it impact the morphic field of most people in addition to scientists?
SHELDRAKE: Oh yes. It would affect our entire culture and the way we think of nature. We would begin to think of nature as alive and organic rather than mechanical. Science's present view of nature is based on the perception that nature is a machine and acts mechanically, whereas I'm saying nature is an organism, alive, and possesses a kind of memory.
SC: Once science evolves to accept the evidence of the morphic field, will it become easier for science to integrate a more comprehensive understanding of biological matter as energy, and that fluctuations in energy affect the materiality of life?
SHELDRAKE: What we now understand in science is that activity in nature depends on energy, but energy can take any form. It's a bit like what the Hindus call Shakti; it's a kind of undifferentiated push that makes things happen. The same energy can power a computer, a TV, a hair dryer, or an electric toaster. It has no form of its own.
I suggest that the form the energy takes is determined, bound with, and organized by the fields. For instance, we know in modern physics that quantum fields organize quantum particles. We also know there are gravitational fields, electromagnetic fields, and in addition to those fields, there are also morphic fields — fields that organize the form and the behavior of animals and plants.
SC: So you are suggesting then that morphic fields are separate?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, it's a separate field. The gravitational field is separate from the electromagnetic field. It does different things, and quantum fields are different from gravitational fields and electromagnetic fields. We've already got quite a few fields in physics and one of the great challenges since the time of Einstein has been to find a unified field theory that would show how they're all related to each other.
However, physics is primarily concerned with electrons and stars and galaxies, and there's not a lot of attention put into the fields that govern living organisms, plants, ecosystems, etc.
SC: Is that because science perceives that it already understands biological processes?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, they think they do, but the point is they don't. Biologists think that they can reduce living processes to physics.
Physicists, on the other hand, do not claim that they understand the human mind, for example. Even within biology no one understands how minds work. And consciousness continues to be one of the greatest unsolved problems in science. It's not as if there is a perfectly good theory of consciousness that's not being accepted. There isn't a good theory at all within physics.
I'm pushing forward a view that the mind is a system of fields. The fields are in the brain but they extend beyond the brain, just like the field of a magnet is inside the magnet and extends around it. And the field of your cell phone is inside your cell phone, but it extends far beyond its circuits, invisibly. I suggest that the mind is totally detached from matter and time and space.
Morphic resonance fields
SC: And you see mind as a field as well?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, it's a field. Our minds extend into space and interconnect us with the environment around us. One important aspect of it is that we're interconnected with other members of social groups. Social groups also have morphic fields, for example a flock of birds, or a school of fish, or an ant colony. The individuals within the larger social groups and the larger social groups themselves have their own morphic fields, their own organizing patterns. The same is true of humans.
People form all sorts of social groups within modern society, such as a football team, for example. Each player in the team is working as part of a larger whole - the team - and the team works together to score goals.
The connections between members of social groups link them together through the morphic field. They're interconnected through this field and the field is an invisible interconnection that links them. It continues to do so even when they're far away.
The next time you are far away from somebody you know well, think about them and form the intention to telephone them. They may just pick up on that thought and start thinking about you.
Then all of a sudden the phone rings and it's that person. I call that telephone telepathy, and it is the most common kind of telepathy in the modern world. It's just another way in which we are all interconnected.
Rupert Sheldrake, 'The Science Delusion': Banned TED Talk
Rupert Sheldrake: the 'heretic' at odds with scientific dogma
How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important
November 10 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
Happiness is so close yet so far away. Trying to be happy is something like trying to sleep. The more you try to sleep, the more you remain awake.
In the same way, the more you try to be happy, the more unhappy you become .
Related: 10Habits Of The Happiest People In The World
The Futility of Seeking Happiness
Most people think that happiness is a faraway object - an object that they have to go out, search, find, catch, and hold on to so tightly that it won’t escape from their hands. To them, happiness is there, in the outside world, and they try to seek it in all sorts of ways. By acquiring material wealth. By filling their houses with possessions.
By having as much sex as they can. By asserting their authority over others. By making a name of themselves. And so on and so forth. The more they seek happiness, however, the more it seems that happiness runs away from them. Just like the horizon recedes as we chase it, happiness seems to move away from us when we make an effort to approach it
But why is that so? Why is it that people who constantly try to become happy rarely seem to experience happiness?
The answer lies in the fact that happiness cannot be found in external sources, but only discovered within ourselves. That’s why no matter how much money, sex, or power you have, you won’t be happy.
Happiness doesn’t lie in accomplishments, and so happiness can never be found in the future - it is a state of being that can only be experienced in this very moment. Seek it and it’s lost. Stop seeking it, and it’s found. In fact, it’s not correct to even say that it’s found - it has always been there, part of our nature, but by seeking it somewhere else, outside of ourselves, we’ve lost touch with it.
Taking a Deep Look Within
Feeling that we are not good enough as we are, we are trying to find a way to cover up our inner void by seeking happiness in the outside world. But regardless of how much effort we put, we still feel an inner emptiness and hunger. Money can fill our pockets but not our soul. Sex can bring us short-lasting physical gratification but not inner fulfillment.
Power can make us appear strong in the eyes of others but can’t hide our inner weakness from our own eyes. When we don’t accept ourselves the way we are, nothing in the world can make us feel good about ourselves.
External objects can temporarily boost our ego, but soon enough we are faced with our inner void again.
Take a deep look within and remind yourself of the moments when you felt truly, sincerely happy. I am talking about those moments when your heart was pulsating with joy, when you felt at peace with yourself and the world, when you felt that life has been turned into a beautiful celebration.
I bet they were moments when you let go your efforts to control your life and surrendered to the here and now. Moments of love, creativity, play, meditation. Moments when you felt complete just the way you are. Moments when you forgot about trying to be happy.
Seek Happiness So You’ll Stop Seeking It
Seeking happiness, one cannot find it, and purposefully not seeking it means giving up on it. So what can one do?
The answer lies in seeking it, even if that seems futile. And not just seeking, but seeking with the totality of your being. Seeking it until nothing else is in your mind. Sounds crazy, huh? Let me explain.
The more you seek happiness, the more you will come closer to realizing that it’s nowhere to be found. The more you seek happiness, the more you see the pointlessness of seeking it. The more effort your put into seeking happiness, the more fed up seeking it you will be. In other words, the purpose of seeking happiness is to eventually stop seeking it!
So I am not the person to suggest you to sit down, do nothing, and passively wait for happiness to appear in your life. No, happiness doesn’t work that way. At the same time, I can’t hide from you the truth that happiness can’t be sought or found.
But seeking does help, because it will at some point make you understand the whole stupidity of it. When that realization descends on you, you will get exactly what I mean.
And once you get it, you will be able to fully let go of all efforts and embrace life as it is, and in that moment, in that state of being, you’ll experience happiness in its purest form. Then, you’ll feel nothing is lacking, and everything will become clear.
Related: 50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness
6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important
Here are six stupid things that most people think are important and which shouldn’t impress you anymore.
1. The brands of your possessions. Most people have been fooled into believing that acquiring expensive stuff by well-known brands will make them look shiny, beautiful and successful, and thus base their self-esteem on material objects. Not surprisingly, they feel constantly stressed, always trying to acquire more and more and get the best that is out there. Being obsessed with buying more, they forget to pay attention to what truly matters in life, such as building intimate relationships with people, pursuing their passions, and sharing their gifts with the world.
2. The number of your “friends.” There are many who enjoy boasting about how many “friends” they have on social media and the amount of “likes” they receive from them. The reality, however, is that only few (if any at all) of them are actually their friends. If you’re one of those people, realize that to have just a few true, genuine friends — even if they can only be counted in the fingers of one hand - is far more important than having superficial relationships with thousands of people.
3. The money in your bank account. No matter how much money you’ve managed to acquire, it won’t be enough to fill your life with joy and freedom.
The majority of people desire to possess more and more money, thinking that this way they will feel good about themselves and live the dream, but even when they succeed in earning a lot of it, they sooner or later end up feeling disappointed and empty, realizing that money is not the key that opens the door to happiness. Instead of striving to succeed in collecting financial wealth, strive to succeed in things that give true fulfillment in life, such as love, creativity and play.
4. The number of hours you are busy every day. Many of us tend to think that we are important when we talk about how busy we are throughout our everyday life. We forget, however, that being busy day and in and day out without taking time to relax our mind and body can fill us with immense stress, which usually leads to physical and emotional exhaustion. Being involved doing things we love doing is fine, but not finding the time to rest and recharge our batteries can be very detrimental to our health and well-being.
5. The power you have over others. In the competitive society we’ve been brought up to, we have been conditioned to believe that proving our superiority over others is what will improve our self-confidence and provide us with a sense of personal success.
So we try in any possible way to surpass others and show how much more powerful than them we are. The result? We feel alienated in a world that we perceive as inimical to us. We also at some point come to realize that our power is only superficial, and can be taken away from us at any moment by another, which puts us under constant stress and fear.
6. The number of partners you’ve slept with. Living in a culture where we find it difficult to form intimate, love relationships with our fellow human beings, we are trying to substitute love with sex. But no matter how much sex we have, we still want more and more without end. We have become obsessed with sex, but sex can’t truly provide us with what we’re truly seeking for - a loving connection. From now on, stop searching for the next partner to sleep with, and search for that partner you can share your heart with.
Life is short, so make sure to spend it in a way that makes you truly fulfilled, without getting caught up chasing stupid things that only provide you with temporary, skin-deep gratification.
In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
November 7 2016 | From: RobertDavidSteele / KosmosJournal
We do not need a new paradigm but rather a return to the original indigenous paradigm that treated the Earth as a sacred Mother and understood that God was all of us, in harmony with one another and the cosmos, living by one principle (do no harm) and one practice (seventh generation thinking).
The Industrial Era has been both a blessing and a curse. It has radically altered the quality and diversity of life for a billion humans but it has also come at a great cost: the repression in extreme poverty of the other five billion; the eradication of thousands of species; and the destruction almost to a tipping point of the Earth.
Changes to the Earth that used to take ten thousand years now take three years or less. In combination, colonialism, militarism, and capitalism have squandered the wealth of the Earth, creating an elite 1% that profits from the misery, enslavement, and deception of the 99%.
A revolution is in the making, aided by the Internet. Pockets of cultural and ecological wisdom, both indigenous and modern, are now connected at the same time that the lies - such as the 935 lies that led us into the elective war on Iraq - more easily detected.
Still absent is a precipitant of revolution - our Tunisian fruit seller - and a groundswell of demand for the fundamentals of conscious evolution, the tools for information-sharing and sense-making as a collective, a new civilization, one without corruption and waste, both made possible by transformative politics, which is to say politics with integrity, based on evidence, and in the public interest.
How are we to achieve this mass elevation of humanity in the face of what some call the looming ‘sixth extinction?’ I offer three visual interventions for reflection.
With a humble apology to all of those fighting for climate change and other worthy causes, I will tell you what I told Tom Steyer: no amount of money or protest will lead to an honest hearing for any single issue as long as we continue to have a rigged system in which two parties control the public treasury and 70% percent of all eligible voters are disenfranchised. While I speak of the US in this instance, the same conditions apply in most countries, where virtual dictatorships and virtual fascism (control by banks) is the common standard.
Electoral Reform Act of 2016
I tried eight times over two years to connect with Bernie Sanders. Note that point twelve would have assured him the nomination and he, not Hillary Clinton, would be facing off against Donald Trump today, at the same time that Gary Johnson and Jill Stein would be viable nominees given the Instant Run-Off reform (point ten) as well as all the others.
The current effort to re-ignite a race war in the US, with leftist billionaires funding Black Lives Matter protests and fascist billionaires funding white paramilitary shooters killing cops and seeking to place the blame on blacks, will fail. To their credit, black leaders have identified the twin elements of this strategy.
The race war is intended to distract us from the fact that it is now clear to most that we are in a fight between the 1% who have destroyed the Earth and the hopes of humanity for their own selfish profit, and the 99% capable of creating infinite wealth.
Open Source Everything Engineering (OSEE)
I wrote the book itemizing over sixty opens, The Open Source Everything Manfesto: Transparency, Truth, and Trust, and subsequently developed, with Michel Bauwens and Marcin Jacubowksi, the below starting point for radically expanding public appreciation for what an open source everything mindset can accomplish.
Open Source Everything
Using this approach, I was able to document how one million Somalis could be moved from ghastly United Nations resettlement camps in Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda, back to an uncontested portion of Somalia (the northeast) with three things only in abundance: dirt, sunlight, and seawater.
For a one-time cost per person of $500 (i.e., $500 million total), I documented how we could provide them all with free energy, water, housing, food, and communications.
End All Waste
We can not only lift up the five billion poor, we can eradicate waste, now documented at 50% on average across agriculture, energy, housing, health, and security, among the one billion ‘rich.’ The below diagram shows how we do that, with a tip of the hat to co-creator Bojan Radej of Slovania.
The Waste Eradication Tri-Fecto
We do not lack for money on Earth. We lack for applied collective intelligence with integrity. We lack the precipitating event that will spark the revolution in which we all say “ENOUGH!” to predatory capitalism, unilateral militarism, and virtual colonialism.
What we have in abundance, what we have repressed for centuries, is the human imagination. Electoral Reform and Open Source Everything Engineering are the twin pillars of our liberation.
Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
Something miraculous is happening. The invisible is becoming visible. Human consciousness is taking a quantum leap into territory previously unknown as what began with just a few saints, sages, gurus, and a Savior is awakening in the hearts and minds of millions around the globe.
Human evolution is undergoing a profound shift; the proof can be seen with the naked eye. This shift is causing millennia-old beliefs and social structures to be scrutinized like never before - perhaps for the very first time.
Even world-renowned physicist Dr. Stephen Hawking has ditched his prior position in his book, The Grand Design: “belief in a creator was not incompatible with science” and now concludes that the Big Bang was as inevitable as gravity.
As science moves closer toward solving the Unifying Theory of Everything, will Dr. Hawking change his mind one more time?
What is presently emerging out of a weary world filled with very little practical value is a new and quantifiable reality being built by those already embodying a more expansive understanding of who we are and why we are here.
Most of us without a doubt have begun to ask questions - perhaps for the first time in our life. Whether you view current events as the end of the world or a new Golden Age is entirely dependent on whether you are bound by separation consciousness or have expanded beyond it into something new.
“There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.”
– Albert Einstein
What is currently crumbling around us is the fruit of humanity’s misguided labor, along with a planet stressed by an outdated and unsustainable human belief system. Most human suffering is self-created and derived out of inherent ignorance and limitation found in separation consciousness.
Separation consciousness is the belief that we are separate from one another, our environment, and even God. Separation consciousness is the veil itself.
Separation Not Real
Just as its definition implies, a veil obfuscates a sun hidden by clouds, yet the sun remains ever present. Until recently, only a small number of people have transcended separation consciousness for humanity’s next stage of evolution: unity consciousness.
Whether you/we destroy ourselves is dependent on our ability to make the evolutionary leap from separation to unity consciousness where human suffering ends.
This is both the warning and reward contained within a universal prophecy spanning many cultures in various forms. The prophecy lends itself to both the physical and metaphysical planes of our lives.
With media focus on humankind’s struggle to emerge out of our collective cocoon of separation, we may be left blind to the miracle that is taking place right under our noses. The biggest story of the millennium is the reality that millions are waking up to the realization that all life is irrevocably interconnected as the One - it always was. Most of humanity was still too unevolved to “get it” until now.
The Veil is Lifting
What unifies us and all of Creation is contained within the very air that we breathe. The all-pervasive answer to the riddle of the mystery of Life is hidden within the question, enigmatically lingering within reach. It is both the tangible and intangible aspects of our world as the scientific and unscientific.
Call it by any name you wish and you’ll find it there. The secret key that unlocks the end of human suffering is contained within you as your desire to know. Have you discovered it yet?
If you believe in a higher power or organizing force - and even if you don’t - when you awaken, you will be struck with the realization that the power that fuels and binds all of the Universe is not an outside intelligence.
What not even famous cosmologist, Dr. Stephen Hawking, biologist, and atheist Richard Dawkins or even Pope Francis have yet grasped (publicly) is that the creative power that unifies us is Creation itself. There is no separation.
'God' is Creation
Creation was not a singular event, but by self-definition, it will continue into perpetuity. What is so shocking is that this means that science and religion are not in opposition of one another, but are simply left- and right-brain interpretations of the One.
Our quest for knowledge of the One is the quest for reunion with and as the One. Joining hands in a way that has been all but forgotten, darkness turns to light. Fear becomes love. Competition changes to cooperation so that lack becomes abundance. Unworthiness becomes value that ends racism, genocide, and slavery. Our planet is restored to good health.
Personal peace and of Peace on Earth depend on a new, more evolved understanding of God. It’s our time to thrive!
Energy Follows Thought
November 4 2016 | From: Omnithought
We have all heard this phrase but I would like to go into a bit of depth as to what it means to raise it up a bit above a catch phrase or platitude.
It is a fundamental tenet of esoteric thought. Genesis tells us that "In the beginning the Earth was null and void and darkness was upon the deep". The first question that should bring to mind is "what is the deep?"
Comment: This article sounds a bit religious but the message is more a spiritual one, rather than of the 'God' of any given theology.
We’ll get to that in a moment. This nothingness then stirred and God said "Let there be Light", and divided light from the darkness. It was an act of pure spiritual will through the use of the divine mind. We haven’t actually divided the light from the darkness (its obvious source) only the idea has actually been created. A thought either created or accessed by the divine mind.
The mind created the idea before the will was able to manifest it, empowered by the desire to see it manifest. This is "the deep." The astral or desire plane is always associated with liquid and usually water.
It is interesting also that instead of just doing it we see that God crystallized this idea or thought form in a mantra or word of power; "Let there be light," and then created a physical plane change through his desire.
Thus the first manifested result of the omniscient being at the center of our system is organized sound, or vibration, and after that all that will ever be in the world is a product of vibration. The word Logos is used to describe this entity in manifestation and literally means "word".
Now why is any of this important? This first act of creation out of the mind of God is repeated in every other creative act on every level in every plane and it is used by you and I to create our world. We have talked about resonance and how we attract into our reality the things we think about most, but when we conceive of an idea and build a better mouse trap we are the creator in the microcosm.
Nothing is created without first being imagined. There has to be that moment when the creator says “wouldn’t it be cool if…” in this case the rest would be “there was light”. The image making faculty of consciousness is the mind. When we visualize and idea we are creating an image.
The energy and potential of the thought form is based on the ability of the consciousness that created, accessed, or simply organized it. We do this constantly but with little result because we are not very good a focusing our minds. The idea may just pass.
If the desire is strong enough then it is brought into physical “reality”. It is and always has been energy and has simply been organized at different levels until it has fully crystallized. The will of God creates through the love of God as do you and I.
The organizing force in this process of creation is mind. It may be the universal mind or the mind of an individual creator of some level of consciousness like that of a Logos or a human being. The process is the same. Creation is governed by the intelligence of the system.
The third ray of mind or intelligent activity gives birth to the four subsidiary rays of aspect. Only in manifestation are these aspects realized. The trinity itself stands in its potentiality even in the divine plane of Adi as the supposedly un-manifested self.
When we imagine or visualize something we are building in mental matter. Although it is interwoven with desire, another necessary aspect of the process, the mind is always the organizing force. If we are effective at visualizing what we want to “see” come about we will be more effective at bringing it about.
Visualization is an important aspect of meditation because of this. We are learning to create and through training we are taught to visualize in accordance with the things that the teacher see’s and knows as fact. The creative process and the ability to make changes are being used along proven lines and will be improved greatly.
We will eventually find our way but time can be gained through a guided and monitored approach to occult meditation. There are pitfalls that can be avoided on the way.
What we need to keep in mind is that there is a collective human consciousness that is creating all the time as well.
Groups and subgroups of subconscious and super-conscious entities creating in mental and astral matter and this is what decides the directions our in which societies move.
There is a unique way that each nationality approaches life because of its group identity. It is responsible for the beautiful colorations in cultural expression throughout the world and the thought provoking effect that is the result of some one individual swimming upstream.
It is fairly easy for us to create in line with the over-riding dream of our society and the planet herself, but to create something extraordinary requires much more personal power. These are the people we say are on a mission and will not be denied.
Their vision is so clear and the desire so strong that nothing will deter them from seeing is brought to a reality. This is why the training in business can produce, once a redirection of focus is triggered, a student of the spiritual sciences that will excel in these endeavors as well.
This is the reason for goal orientation and all of the attention that gets in business training. We want to be more effective in bringing about change on the physical plane and the only way to do that is to learn to focus our minds and visualize first.
The first creation is not done on the physical plane.
Everything we see in the physical world was first created on the mental plane. The energies were organized by the mind and brought to be through activity fired by desire. Think about the word “emotion” for a moment and how we express ourselves in this area of our lives.
We can be “moved” or “affected” by a person or a situation or even a song.
Emotions are what move us to move. If you want it bad enough you’ll go get it. It is not enough by itself but neither is the mind.
We have to be harmless in our intentions and balance and align all aspects of ourselves to our real purpose, and then we can create true beauty.
Gandhi once said “be the change you want to see in the world”.
Creation starts within.
The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells
October 30 2016 | From: Omnithought
Aoccdrnig to rscheearch at Cmabrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae.
The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe.
Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement
Spelling: We Spell Words to Pronounce a [Prison] Sentence or Term
The first thing you learn when you go to school is how to spell. Words are spelled to create a sentence of terms. Think of a jail sentence or a prison term.
The Wyrd sisters in Greek mythology were Fates or witches who controlled the fates of man. In our language we use curse words and cursive writing. We cuss and dis-cuss. Words have meaning and (are) mean things especially cross words.
They can be used to make a point. We use a “con” verse to converse in order to keep us off course in our dis-course as a phrase frays. We use catch words. A story is a spiel or a spell. It is all part of the gospel of the Godspell or God’s spell.
Books contain chapters. What is a chapter? A chapter is a secret society or religious order, like the Knights Templar.
A chapter contains many pages. What is a page? A page is an understudy and in service to the queen and king, as in pages and squires, a knight who is well versed in magic and is more or less a soldier or trained assassin.
To page someone is to summons them. Pages summon demons to enslave or imprison our souls. After all, a page does contain many sentences. A jail sentence is served in a prison ward.
And indeed a sentence is created by words that are spelled out by using letters. A letter is someone who allows something to happen or someone who does something for some one else, like a bloodletter.
We languish in our languid language. Languid means “weak and lacking spirit or void of animation, lifeless” and languish which means “to lose strength or animation; be or become dull, feeble or spiritless; lackadaisical, listless”.
How are we imprisoned by our language? Think about a book. The word book as a verb means to arrest or detain - “book ’em, Danno”.
In fact, the Latin word for book is “liber”, which is where we get our word “library” and also the word “liberty”. You can book a reservation which means you’re paying for the ownership of something in advance. You can book or place a bet on a game or race with your bookie.
Yes, there is a bet being placed on a race - and it is the human race and the game is the game of life. It is the main bet or the alpha bet. In a group of monkeys, the alpha monkey is the primary monkey or the one in control.
There’s a song called Spirits in the Material World from an album named Ghost in the Machine. The lyrics proclaim, “Our so-called leaders speak. With words they try to jail ya.
They subjugate the meek. Where do the answers lie when we live from day to day? We are spirits in a material world.” The song was performed by a group appropriately named, The Police. The song - and an entire album by Sting, the lead singer, entitled The Soul Cages - refers to how we are spirits imprisoned in an earthly body.
Aoccdrnig to rscheearch at Cmabrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae. The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe.
Words Mean Things
Most words have multiple meanings and synonyms not to mention many anagrams which the subconscious mind can recognize. Factor in its homophones such as “there”, “they’re”, and “their” and it can get quite confusing to keep track.
What effect does that have when words with almost opposite meanings are homophones.
Think about “know” and “no”. Knowledge is considered a very positive word yet it is linked phonetically with the most negative word in our language. So when you say “I know this to be true” are you partiallly negating its reality?
Consider the above statement in which the letters of the words have been rearranged, yet you still should be able to read it without problem.
This means your subconscious mind should also relate multiple meanings to words have many anagrams. So it shouldn’t be any problem to associate God as good, the devil as evil. Now consider the following word relationships: live, evil; god, dog; love, evol.
Pronouncing the words has a pronounced effect. The science of cymatics shows how all spoken sounds take on a vibratory geometry or shape like how you can blow smoke rings by forming your mouth into the shape of the ‘O’. The tibetan monks show how sound can be used to form geometric patterns in a plate of sand particles. So the spoken word can indeed create reality.
Also consider the mind’s ability to combine words and sounds. When someone sneezes you feel customarily obligated to say “Bless you”. But if you sound out the syllables does your subconscious mind also make the connection to the phrase “Be less, you”.
So the very act of blessing someone can also be subconsciously telling them to be less. This is spell casting.
How are we being programmed through our language to go to the sun or hell? Hello?!!!! Helios was the Greek name for the sun. The sun in English as well as other languages such as Latin, is called Sol. We are all said to be souls or to have a soul (Sol). We have a solar plexus and our feet have soles.
Sole is sun in Italian. You are called a person (pertaining to the sun). When a male child is born, he is called a son (sun). The word for sun is sonne in German.
Hu was one of the twelve gods in the Egyptian stellar cult which could explain why we are human. Colors and hues originate from the light of the sun. Politicians encourage soldiers or sol diers to go to war for God and country. Of course, when they die they will go to another dimension (die men sun).
Have you ever wondered why we use the word hello to greet each other? After all, the word can be reduced to hell, the fiery place of eternal punishment and the suffix -o which means “associated with”.
In Greek mythology, Helios, which means “sun”, was the God of the Sun. Is it just a coincidence that you have a soul and that our sun is called Sol?
If so, why do we call those who die in battle soldiers or sol diers? Is that why we say “good morning” when the sun rises - because it is good to see the sun because it gives us life, but we are mourning those who sacrificed their souls to make it possible. Why do we call our male offspring sons? You are called a person. Is it because you pertain to the sun?
Words are defined in a dictionary - dick-shun-nary. Two of the three syllables are negative sounds and theother is a derogative slang term. Synonyms and antonyms are listed in a thesaurus.
‘The’, from the greek ‘theos’, is the root of the-ology, the study of ‘god’ and ‘saurus’ means ‘lizard’. A thesaurus literally means ‘lizard god’. How many names for government entities start with a negative prefix. The word nation is nay-shun. The UN, Un-ited nations, NATO, NASI party, NASA, Norad, Unesco, NASCAR, NATAS, and I’m sure you can come up with others.
How to Ruin a Language with Rune Magic
Do some of the letters or building blocks of our language contain within them a blueprint for the control and possession of our spirits? English has Germanic origins and it is likely that the english letters have their roots in the Germanic runes which were used for magic and casting spells.
From Wikipedia on rune magic: “In 1990, Stephan Grundy, a.k.a. Kveldulf Gundarsson, described runic magic as the active principle as opposed to passive interpretations based on runic divination.
He held that runic magic is more active than the allegedly shamanic practice of seid practiced by the Seiðkona. Runic magic, he states, uses the runes to affect the world outside based on the archetypes they represent.
Most of Gundarsson’s runic magic entails being in possession of a physical entity that is engraved with any or all of the individual runes or “staves”, so as to practically work with their energies.
The individual runes are reddened with either blood, dyes, or paints. The act of possessing the stave in its final form serves the purpose of affecting the world of form with “the rune might” of that particular stave. After use, the staves are discarded or destroyed.
Gundarsson holds that each rune has a certain sound to it, to be chanted or sung; the sound has in common the phonetic value by which it is represented. This act of singing or chanting is supposed to have more or less the same effect of using the staves in their physical form.
Many of the letters of the English alphabet come directly from the Germanic Runes which were used for magic and spell casting and for causing ‘ruin’. Look at how many English letters you can identify from the Elder Futhark rune set.
Grammar or Grimoire? Goetia & Cymantics
The word “grammar” comes from grammars which were old Latin books on syntax and diction. The ancient magic books of Europe which contained instructions to summon demons were known as the Grimoires, French word for “grammar”.
A “grimoire” or spellbook is a derivative of the french word “grammaire”. The pronunciation and sound of words affects the matter around us. The science of cymatics is the study of sound vibration on matter and it has been demonstrated with sand on plates that vibration caan cause geometric patterns.
The ancient Goetia spellbooks were used for conjuring up demons and each demon had its own sigil and name.
“IT” & The Creature from the Subconscious “ID”
Stephen King captured the hearts of America with the release of his blockbuster smash hit book, “It”. The video features the menacing face of a clown while the book reveals the clown’s head as a skull with stars in the eye sockets.
The video jacket reads:
“Your every fear – all in the deadly enemy. It can be anything, a fanged monster that won’t stay on the movie screen, something ominous lurking in the basement or around the next corner. No matter what your biggest fear is, no one knows IT better than Stephen King…
The force takes the shape of a clown, but it isn’t clowning around. Instead, it terrorizes youngsters with their innermost fears, bringing them to untimely doom – until a group of wily neighborhood kids fight back. Thirty years later it resurfaces: meaner, angrier. And the friends who vividly remember the terrors of their youth reunite to make a desperate final stand against it.”
In an interview, King admits he was possessed during the writing of the book.
Let “It”Be & Make “It”So
Sigmund Freud, the father of psychology, invented a model of the psyche which contained three parts to the self: the ego (conscious mind), the superego (superconscious mind) and what he termed the “id” or the subconscious mind. This was the realm of our fears: scary monsters and demons.
This id was considered a sort of third person subsistent to the conscious and superconscious mind. Of course, we use the word “it” as a sort of third “person” as well in our use of speech. And, of course, subconsciously we have been programmed to accept the abbreviated “ID” as our identity.
We unknowingly give power to this creature and help create “it” every day with our thought and speech. We watch the horor movie “It” by Stephen King and associate all our deep dark subconscious fears with “IT”.
Likewise with the word “thing” (‘everything’. ‘anything’, and ‘nothing’ or no thing) and the use of ambiguous words such as ‘they’ (THEY live), ‘them’ (“If you can’t beat ’em join them”).
We chant the chorus to the song Let It Be over and over again. And it’s no coincidence that IT is the acronym that has been curently assigned to the Information Technology field, or computers, for IT very well may be an artificial intelligence or computer.
For a detailed analysis and many more examples of “IT” please reference my page on this phenomenon.
Extra! Extra! Click here to “read all about IT“.
We really need to learn to speak with a more conscious language in mind, ever aware of how we think our thoughts in our minds and how we word our sentences!!
Consider the English letter ‘S‘. First of all, it looks like a snake or serpent - one that has risen up and is ready to strike or if viewed from overhead it looks like one that is perhaps crawling along. In two-dimensional space, it looks like a sideways wave and in 3-D space it looks like a spiral, both paths that energy follows.
The letter ‘s’ is used in English to denote “possession”, which is Satan’s specialty, by placing it at the end of a word with an apostrophe. Plurality or the concept of multiplication or creation, is achieved by appending an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to a word.
These two facts, coupled with the sheer number of words in our language means the ‘S’ sound is one of the most, if not single most, frequently uttered sounds in our speech.
Although the vowels are used frequently, they have more than one sound associated with them, a long and short sound.
There are probably more esses used in our speech than any other sound. Virtually every sentence we speak contains one or more of these hissing sounds. It would not be accurate to say we sound like hissing snakes when we speak, but our incessant hissing probably reminds us of it at some level subconsciously.
Not only does the letter ‘S’ physically represent the snake or serpent, phonetically it even sounds like a snake!! It sounds exactly like the hissing sound a snake makes – sssssssss – when it “shakes” its tail. The word hiss even ends in a double-s.
And, of course, the words snake and serpent are both s-words as well as Satan, who the Bible says took the form of a snake. He was said to have told mankind a secret - that man would not die if he ate of the fruit.
Of course, when you want to tell someone a secret you say, “pssssssst, come here…” or if you want to keep a secret you say “Shhhhhhhhhhhhh!!“. The dollar sign, $, is the standard symbol for English currency.
Money is said to be the root of all evil. Not only does the ‘S’ look like a snake (Satan), and sound like a snake, which is known for shedding its skin, but nearly all words that begin with the letter ‘s’ have a negative connotation associated with them. That is why they can be considered s-words, or swords, because they can kill and injure like a sword.
These s-words are a seal or stamp associated with Satan, Satan’s Slang or s-lang. The word lang is defined in the dictionary as an abbreviation for the word “language”.
Satan, the snake or serpent also known as Set, slithers about striving to snatch, steal, or strip us of our souls or spirits and is obsessed with possessing or seizing them.
He, or she, is subtle, sly, sneaky, slick, slippery, scaly, secretive, scary, spins, spirals or screws into your soul and possesses you and seizes your spirit.
Speech is his peach and when we speak, Satan is at his peak as far as deception is concerned. The words “possesses”, “obsesses”, “seizes” contain a multiple s-sound and are words pertaining to control.
The word ess, which is defined as the pronunciation for the letter ‘s’, becomes the word esse when a silent ‘e’ is added. The word esse means “to be” which is where we get the word essence and the word essay which is sort of a written speech and comes from the Old French esai which means “to put to a test” which is what Satan did to Jesus in the wilder-ness.
The suffix “-ness” also means a state of being, like loneliness or business. It’s interesting that the Loch Ness in Scotland is said to contain a serpent creature named “Nessie” which nests there.
Yes, Satan certainly is a “Busy Ness” when it comes to the business world and show business. And he specializes in monkey business. One should keep this in mind before wishing for good-ness.
A partial list of s-words: sun, shine, soul, spirit, Satan, Samael, Set, sin, serpent, snake, salamander, hisses, siren, spell, steal, scales, shed, skin, slither, slimy, slip, slide, shake, strike, scare, sly, sneak, stealth, secret, subtle, slash, slice, slay, slit, shoot, strip, smack, smite, sword, spook, possesses, obsesses, spin, screw, smell, say, speak, salacious, spiral, pssssssst, sssssssshhhh
Shit! I, mean, Sheesh! It is not easy to think of positive s-words and double “ss” words are even worse. The swastika resembles two esses and the word ‘swastika’ has two of them in number.
The Nazis had the “SS” and the ‘ss’ logo which looked like lightening bolts.
The far reaching extent in which the spell our language has cast on us can be seen in the every day usage of cliche. Our languages are saturated with what we like to call killer words and phrases because that’s what they do. Englishmen use the word bloody all the time… bloody well right, they do!!! Some women are considered drop dead gorgeous… and when they are dressed to kill, they are to die for. She was a dead ringer for Marilyn Monroe.
If looks could kill they would because she will take your breath away.
Wouldn’t you just kill for a date with her? Sometimes she really gets under my skin and burns me up, but if anyone tries to hurt her, they would have to go“over my dead body because I will punch their lights out if they get near her. I’m serious as a heart attack. I’m dead serious.
She can be as mean as a snake at times, but she really knew how to kill ‘em with kindness. I was dead set for her. I could have just died right there. I mean, I felt like I had just died and gone to heaven.
Eat your heart out. She was a live wire, but at least I would go out in a blaze of glory.
I don’t want to beat a dead horse, but she really took me for a ride. Of course, I wore my heart on my sleeve the whole time, but I was scared to death I might lose her because you really have to keep your eyes peeled to find a good one. Not to be a killjoy, but I’m dead to the world around most women, dead as a doorknob.
Ok, that was overkill and painful to read, but it did make a point. Think about the terms we use when we wish good luck to others. “Break a leg, kid” or “Knock ‘em dead!” Or if someone borrows something from us we say, “Go ahead, knock yourself out.” Even time is not immune to our sadistic ways…”time to kill”, “just killing time”.
Why do Christians conclude their prayers by invoking the name of an Egyptian deity, Amen, who had the body of a man and a ram’s head when Satan is depicted as a horned god having a goat’s head?
Why does the American dollar bill (known as a buck) have an Egyptian pyramid on its reverse side accompanied by the Latin phrase “Anuuit Coeptis Novus Ordo Seclorum” which can be translated “Announcing the Birth of a New World Order”?
Why does the American military wear a chevron as an insignia patch when the word derives from the French word chevre, which means “goat”, and On, the Egyptian City of the Sun?
If the word God traces back to the Indo-European root “ghut-” or the German “gott”, why does the changing of the vowel from a short sound to a long sound render the word “goat”?
Why does Christmas, the birthday of the Son of God, coincide with the birthday of the Sun of God at the winter solstice, the three days when the sun is at its lowest point on the Southern Cross, appears to stand still for three days, and then rises or is born again?
Is this why Easter is celebrated during the Spring Equinox when the East Star, the Sun, has risen? Why is Santa an anagram for Satan? What exactly does Old Nick really mean? And what is a jingle bell?
Why do we have company and product names like Chevron, Capri Sun, Shiner Bock, Star Bucks, and Sears and Roebuck? What is a Sun Kist or a Star Kist? Why are sports contests called ball games and why do we idolize rock stars such as Kid Rock?
The genre of Horror films possesses other “creature features” with “It” in the title. There was “It Lives!”, “It Lives Again”, “It Came From the Sea”, “It Came From Outer Space”, and “It’s Alive!” which is the expression Doctor Frankenstein made famous when he brought his monster to life.
From the time we were young, we have been told over and over again that IT is a scary creature that this association has become deeply embedded within the recesses of our mind.
On the Adamms Family, Cousin Itt was a monster. Itt communicated via a high speed gibberish that only members of the Addams family seemed to understand.
Cousin Itt’s voice was provided by sound-effects engineer Tony Magro, who created Itt’s garbled responses by mouthing gibberish into a tape recorder, with a “ppffft and a thhhhhttt” added for good measure, and then accelerating the tape’s recording speed.
The eyes have it. What do the eyes have? What or who is it? The eyes are the windows to the soul. In Saturday Night Live, Dana Carvey played the Church Lady who asked, “Could IT be… Satan?”
That IT refers to Satan can seen in the phrase “when It rains, It pours.” Satan, the goat God, is also known as Pan, the Piper. The word gote, a variant spelling of goat, means a channel or pipe for water and comes from the Old English word geotan which means “to pour”! So when It reigns, It pours.
When children play hide and seek, someone always has to be “it”. All the other children run and hide from whoever’s “it”. “It” then goes roaming around trying to find and capture whoever’s not “it”. When someone is found they are tagged as the new “it” - “Tag, you’re it!!”
The Beatles’ Paul McCartney said the idea for the song “Let it Be” came to him in a dream. He chants the line over and over and we all sing along almost willing it into existence.
Every time the song is played on the radio, thousands and thousands are sending forth thought and sound vibrations into the air. We use the word “it” in our language over and over all the time. Could it be possible to manifest a creature from the id, or from the subconscious? Think of these songs: Bread’s “Make it with you”,
The Scorpions “Make it Real”:
“…Make it real, not fantasy
Did you ever have a secret yearning?
Don’t you know it could come true?
Now’s the time to set wheels turning
To open up your life for you
As you know there’s always good and evil
Make your choice, Don’t be blind
Open up your mind and don’t be trivial
There’s a whole new world to find
Make it real, not fantasy…”
The Michael Jackson song “Who is it?”
“…(Who is it?)
It is a friend of mine
(Who is it?)
Is it my brother?
(Who is it?)
Somebody hurt my soul
(Who is it?)
I can’t take this stuff no more…”
In this song, Michael explains who IT is:
“Can you feel it in the air
Ghosts be hiding everywhere
I’m gonna be
Exactly what you wanna see
It’s you who’s haunting me
You’re warning me
To be the stranger
In your life
Am I amusing you
Or just confusing you?
Am I the beast
And if you wanna to see
I’ll be grotesque
Before your eyes
Let them all materialize
Is that scary for you, baby
Am I scary for you, oh
Is it scary for you, baby
Is it scary for you?”
How about songs like Mariah Carey’s Make It Happen or Bread’s Make It with You? Star Trek’s Captain Picard says “Make it so.” Nike inundates us with the “Just Do It” slogan and the swoosh logo.
People do things “just for the hell of it”. Believe it. Keep it real. To hell with it!!! Keep it up. Let it ride. Pass it on. Get with it.
Are you with it? Go for it. Hop to it. Bring it on. Get it together. Play it again, Sam. There’s something to it. Check it out. Figure it out. I love it!! When someone dies, “I guess that was it”. Live it up. Let it go. Do you get it? i get it! How’s it going? It’s going good! How’s it hanging? Don’t let it end. Who can it be now? It’s a wonderful life (the ‘i deal’ life). Let’s make it last. You’ve got it made. Give it a try. Grin and bear it. It just so happens. Leave it alone. Give it a rest. How sweet it is. It’s what you make it. I can see it in your eyes. Get it together. What is it? Get over it. The devil made me do it. Whatever it takes. Now you see it, now you don’t. Cut it out. Whoomp, there it is.
I’m not going to stand for it. Take it away boys. It looks so real. Say it ain’t so. Give it up. It could happen to you. It can’t be true (it always lies). I can feel it in my bones. It’s a mystery. Give it everything you’ve got.
It’s all in your head. I can’t get it out of my head. It’s in the way that you use it. Get it, got it? Good. Could it be? Don’t even try it. Sit on it.
The Energizer bunny took the world by storm in one of the best advertising campaigns in history.
The slogan which was for batteries that create energy was “It keeps going and going…” and became a household phrase for many years. Alka Seltzer encourages us to “Try it, you’ll like it!” Compaq asks the question, “Has it changed your life yet?” And American Express admonishes us to “Don’t Leave Home without It.”
The company Sobe had this ad on their web site encouraging us to “get it up” and to “keep it up”.
The Lexicon of Love
we all “fall” inlove sometimes
blinded by love
from make up to break up
love is the drug
i got a crush on you
i just died in your arms tonight
crazy for you
dying to be with you
hurts so bad
i gave her my heart
addicted to love
take my breath away
i’m lost without your love
breaking up is hard to do
you put a spell on me, under her spell, spellbound
love hurts, love bites, love stinks, lovestruck baby
love is a battlefield
drunk in love
stole/captured my heart/soul
dazed and confused
cupid shoots an arrow through the heart
why do fools fall in love
how can you men a “broken heart”
unbreak my heart
heart skips a beat
over the moon
all’s fair in love and war
50% marriages end in divorce
To read more articles on similar and related topics, visit Omnithough.org
This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening
October 24 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution / SitsShow / TheUnboundedSpirit
An ‘aura’ field can be defined as a luminous glow or radiation that surrounds a person’s body, almost like a halo. Ancient depictions of religious and spiritual figures often feature this aura, but today, modern science is discovering that we are all, in fact, surrounded by this type of field, and it can actually affect the way we feel.
We know that energy cannot be seen with the naked human eye, which is why attempts to measure invisible phenomena scientifically are often greeted with harsh criticism, but thanks to the groundbreaking work of dedicated scientists from all over the world, the concept of non-material science is starting to become accepted in the mainstream.
This refers to the idea that the physical material reality we perceive with our senses isn’t the only reality that’s available for us to study in a modern day scientific manner.
“The day science begins to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence.”
– Nikola Tesla
Before getting into how our aura can affect us and those around us, I’d like to mention that human thoughts, intentions, feelings and emotions - ‘factors associated with consciousness’ - have been shown to have a direct effect on and correlation to our physical material world.
"The stream of knowledge is heading toward a non-mechanical reality; the universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine.
Mind no longer appears to be an accidental intruder into the realm of matter, we ought rather hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter. Get over it, and accept the inarguable conclusion. The universe is immaterial-mental and spiritual."
- Sir James Jeans (“The Mental Universe” ; Nature 436:29,2005)
To see a more in-depth explanation of how factors associated with consciousness are intertwined with our physical material reality you can read this article:
Physicists Examine Consciousness & Conclude The Universe Is ‘Spiritual, Immaterial & Mental
The Human Aura
Work by the brilliant scientists over at the Institute of HeartMath can perhaps best shed light on one aspect of human aura. A large portion of their research has investigated heart and brain interaction.
Researchers have examined how the heart and brain communicate with each other and how that affects our consciousness and the way in which we perceive our world. For example, when a person is feeling really positive emotions like gratitude, love, or appreciation, the heart beats out a certain message.
Because the heart beats out the largest electromagnetic field produced in the body, researchers are able to gather significant data from it. According to Rolin McCratey, Ph.D, and Director of Research at the Institute:
"Emotional information is actually included and modulated into these fields. By learning to shift our emotions, we are changing the information coded into the magnetic fields that are radiated by the heart, and that can impact those around us.
We are fundamentally and deeply connected with each other and the planet itself, and what we do individually really does count and matters."
Did you know that your heart emits electromagnetic fields which change according to your emotions, or that the human heart has a magnetic field that can be measured up to several feet away from the human body?
Did you know that positive emotions create physiological benefits in your body, or that you can boost your immune system by conjuring up positive emotions?
Did you know that negative emotions can create nervous system chaos, and that positive emotions do the complete opposite?
The bottom line is, feelings of love, gratitude, and compassion – any positive feelings whatsoever – have a larger impact than we could have ever imagined.
The Spiritual Heart - is in a way a little like a smart phone, invisibly connecting us to a large network of information. It is through an unseen energy that the heart emits that humans are profoundly connected to all living things. The energy of the heart literally links us to each other. Every person's heart contributes to a 'collective field environment.' This short video explains the importance of this connection and how we each add to this collective energy field. The energetic field of the heart even connects us with the earth itself.
It’s fascinating to consider how the heart’s magnetic field might be interacting with and affecting other people, and it leads me to wonder if perhaps the electromagnetic fields around our bodies are somehow connected to that of the Earth.
What type of effect, if any, might the information coded into our electromagnetic fields have on the information coded into the Earth’s field? It’s all very exciting, and there are so many questions still left to answer.
Below is a video of Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, a professor of physics at St. Petersburg State Technical University, who believes that our positive and negative thoughts each have a different impact on our surrounding environment.
A Russian scientist is trying to convince people they can change the world simply by using their own energy. He claims that thinking in a certain way can have a positive or negative effect on the surrounding environment. "We are developing the idea that our consciousness is part of the material world and that with our consciousness we can directly influence our world," said Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, a professor of physics at St. Petersburg State Technical University. To bridge our understanding of the unseen world of energy, scientific experiments are being carried out using a technique called bioelectrophotography. The assumption is that we are constantly emitting energy. Bioelectrophotography aims to capture these energy fields seen as a light around the body -- or what some people would call your aura.
He has developed a scientific device based on the ancient Chinese system of energy meridians which measures the bio-energy of living organisms, as well as the environment.
The device, called the GDV, uses a completely painless electrical current applied to the fingertips - taking less than one millisecond to work - to highlight potential health (physiological and psycho-emotional) abnormalities.
The body’s response is measured in the form of an “electron cloud” which is composed of light energy photons. The glow of this discharge is invisible to the human eye (humans can only see one percent of the entire electromagnetic spectrum) and is captured by an optical CCD camera system and then translated into a digital computer.
In the GDV software programs, the glow from the different sectors of the finger images is projected onto the shape of a human body in correspondence with the location of the different organs and systems. As a result, it produces energy field images that allow for intuitive analysis of the physiological level of human body functioning.
It has been approved and received registration as a routine medical diagnostic device by the Russian Ministry of Health upon recommendation of the Russian Academy of Sciences.
According to Eastern metaphysical theories of Ayurvedic Indian medicine, there are seven “Chakras,” or integrated energy centers, correlated with physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual well-being.
These energy Chakras are positioned or embedded into the spinal column at various locations beginning with the coccyx, rising all the way to the crown of the head.
Dr. Pradeep B. Deshpande, a Professor Emeritus at the Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Louisville, explains:
"Each Chakra is considered to resonate at a different frequency level. With new BioWell software, it is now possible to quantitatively estimate the energy of Chakras and graphically display their level of activation, and indicate whether this level of activation is above or below the level found from large numbers of subjects.
The results from a case study he conducted involving over 100 participants in attendance indicate that imbalanced Chakras are easily detectable:
"Each individual sector or portion of the fingertip is connected energetically with specific organs and organ systems such as the respiratory system. When the data of the 10 individual BIO-grams are collated and interpolated, an image of the entire full body energy field is created.
An example of the full body energy field from a healthy and unhealthy/emotionally unbalanced individual are shown above. The gaps and the reduced emissions and out-of-balance Chakras for the unhealthy individual are quite obvious."
Please keep in mind that clinical studies of more than 10,000 patient cases with various health challenges have also been well documented in Russia.
How to See a Human Aura in 5 Minutes
Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions
Manly P. Hall is a philosopher and mystic from the early 20th century. Some view him as a pillar of esoteric knowledge, while others think he was part of a dark cabal that has infiltrated Masonic lodges throughout the globe.
Hall did not work his way up the degrees as most Masons do. Instead, he was given an honorary 33rd degree after establishing himself as a learned scholar in many fields.
While it is all too easy to label someone "evil" purely for an association to a group that has overall been corrupted to a large extent, those who truly seek knowledge and wisdom beyond armchair judgments can see past a book's cover, for the wisdom within its pages.
Those who dismiss what Hall had to say are the ones who miss out on the knowledge he has to offer but if one can look past appearances, then a wealth of information can be claimed.
I think that knowledge is everywhere, even held within the hands of some of the most diabolical people on the planet. But in receiving these gems of wisdom, we need not consider ourselves evil or supporting those who act insidiously.
Knowledge is amoral. When used in the right hands it can be a powerful tool. but in the wrong hands (usually the ignorant), it can be a destructive weapon. But for the one who foolishly dismisses wisdom because of an appearance alone, they will suffer the pitfalls of their own prejudice.
But for the truly discerning, the ability to absorb data from any source is the key to personal growth and evolution. To the discerning mind, wisdom can be found everywhere, but it will remain hidden behind a veil if we never explore it.
As such, if you have prejudices about Manly P. Hall because of his association with Freemasonry, I ask you to set them aside and open your heart and mind to hear what he has to say.
And I will share that the concept of magnetic fields affecting the body is hardly new and has been well established for years. Our energetic body connects directly to the Earth-mother in many ways, earthing and geomagnetic fields are some of them. Both of these play an important role in restoring the health of mind, body, and soul.
Related: Telepathy will be Enabled by the Earth's Magnetic Field on a Global Scale
Related: NASA Confirms: People Are Capable Of Super Human Abilities Using These Ancient Techniques!
Magnetic Fields of the Human Body and Their Functions is the title of an interview with Manly P. Hall, a Freemason who was very knowledgeable in esoteric teachings.
I do not agree with everything that Manly teaches; however, in the interview, he shared a lot of very important information about energy fields and the human body, so if you want to learn some empowering information about energy fields and the human body, I highly encourage you to watch and listen to the interview.
Manly Palmer Hall (March 18, 1901 – August 29, 1990) was a Canadian-born author and mystic. He is perhaps most famous for his work The Secret Teachings of All Ages: An Encyclopedic Outline of Masonic, Hermetic, Qabbalistic and Rosicrucian Symbolical Philosophy, which is widely regarded as his magnum opus, and which he published at the age of 25 (or 27, 1928)
He has been widely recognized as a leading scholar in the fields of religion, mythology, mysticism, and the occult.
Carl Jung, when writing Psychology and Alchemy, borrowed material from Hall’s private collection.
In 1934, Hall founded the Philosophical Research Society (PRS) in Los Angeles, California, dedicating it to an idealistic approach to the solution of human problems.
The PRS claims to be non-sectarian and entirely free from educational, political, or ecclesiastical control, and the Society’s programs stress the need for the integration of philosophy, religion, and science into one system of instruction.
The PRS Library, a public facility devoted to source materials in obscure fields, has many rare and scarce items now impossible to obtain elsewhere.
In 1973 (47 years after writing The Secret Teachings of All Ages), Hall was recognized as a 33Âº Mason (the highest honor conferred by the Supreme Council of the Scottish Rite), at a ceremony held at PRS on December 8th, despite never being initiated into the physical craft.
In his over 70-year career, Hall delivered approximately 8,000 lectures in the United States and abroad, authored over 150 books and essays, and wrote countless magazine articles.
Manly Hall: Magnetic Fields of the Human Body and Their Functions
13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening
Here are 13 crystal clear signs that you’re experiencing a spiritual awakening:
1. You desire less stuff and more simplicity. You realize that the less you possess the more unburdened your psyche is, and instead of wanting to acquire material wealth, you are seeking to find your inner wealth.
2. You are drawn to mind-expanding books. You don’t read books anymore just in order to entertain yourself when you feel like having nothing better to do, and choose to read those books that help you to become the greatest version of yourself.
3. You spend more time alone in silence. You go for solitary walks in nature and meditate in silence so as to reconnect and make peace with yourself.
4. You eat healthier and take better care of your body. You start treating your body like it’s sacred, listening to its wisdom, and keeping it as healthy as you can.
5. You feel more connected to nature and all living beings. You recognize the interconnectedness and interdependence of all beings and feel a sense of oneness with everyone and everything.
6. You feel compassion about the suffering in the world. You become aware of how much pain there is all around you and do your best to alleviate it in any way you can.
7. You take responsibility in your hands. You realize that there’s no point in having a victim’s mentality and blaming others for what’s going wrong in your life, and you take conscious action to shape your destiny.
8. You are mindful of your actions. You’ve discovered the tremendous power of your actions and you make sure to act in ways that don’t negatively affect yourself and the world.
9. The past and the future lose control over your life. You understand that the past and future don’t truly exist, and the only moment that was, is, and will ever be is the present.
10. You have a deep yearning for meaning. You comprehend that living a normal life is empty of meaning and purpose, and you seek to create your own path in your life’s journey.
11. You are more creative. You feel an increased desire to creatively express yourself and turn your dreams into reality.
12. You expose your true self to the world. You’ve dropped your social masks of pretense and you are open to communicate your innermost thoughts and feelings with others without feeling guilty or ashamed.
13. You have a loss of interest in competition. You realize that competition brings conflict and suffering, and that the only way to live in harmony with others is by having a loving and compassionate attitude towards them.
October 2016: The Most Consequential Month Of The Millennium
October 3 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence
Never in the history of the world has so much anticipation and anxiety been focused on the outcomes of a single month.
According to astrologers and oracles, psychics and prophets, pundits and politicos, October of 2016 has been foreordained as a month of great events and awesome surprises.
Not only does the astrology stack up in such a way so as to indicate a month of HUGE happenings, so, too, have many powerful predictions been made by various oracles as compelling prophecies have been uttered by modern-day prophets.
Just why is October so Momentous?
First it happens to perfectly align with the Hebrew month of Tishri. Elul 29 falls on October 2nd which means the rest of the month until the 31st matches up with Tishri. This single point of fact means that the whole month of October has the potential to unfold in a manner that brings major revelations and unparalleled change.
The primary reason for this is that the end of the Biblical Shemitah Jubilee (also known as the Super Shemitah) takes place on Sunday, October 2. This sole calendrical event will set up the rest of the month for an anything goes, anytime, anywhere context.
However, most of the real action is guaranteed to occur right here in the good ole USA (as well as Europe and the Mideast). Because the destiny of the Modern State of Israel (MSI) is joined at the hip with that of the United States, outcomes for one will greatly affect the other. And those outcomes will come fast and furiously.
The upshot of this quite lopsided relationship (between the USA and Israel) is that one can easily take down the other, just as they have supported each other since the birth of the MSI in 1947. It is, however, the Super Shemitah that holds the key for the great unraveling that is about to take place.
For the utter predictability of the Shemitah years is a well established pattern and cannot be denied in view of the historical events of epic proportions which always occur.
For the newcomer, witness 9/11 in the Shemitah year of 2001; witness the stock market crash of 2008, witness the various market crashes of 2015 along with the bankruptcies of Greece and Puerto Rico. Going back to 1994 there was the great bond market crash and bankruptcy of Orange County. All of these were Shemitah years.
777.7 SHEMITAH Numerology Explained and Decoded
The critical point here is that 2016 represents the end of a major Shemitah cycle making it the Super Shemitah. Therefore, what takes place during the month of October (Tishri according to the Judaic tradition) will have great consequence for the entire world community of nations.
Whatever occurs will likely be triggered on Monday, October 3rd since October 2nd is a Sunday. We may not even see that trigger in the MSM, although something quite HUGE just happened on Friday.
HISTORIC IMF ANNOUNCEMENT: Reminbi Now Included in the SDR Basket of Currencies
Astrology for October is Quite Tumultuous and Validates the Shemitah
This October will see a number of transits and other astrological events that will create extraordinary tension and opportunity for change. Most real change comes at the barrel of a gun. Isn’t that true in life in general? Who ever gives up their comfort food unless a serious health condition forces them to?
Does the sugarholic (or alcoholic, or caffeine addict, or nicotine addict, or coke addict, or gambler, or Smartphone addict, or endorphin addict, etc.) ever just stop gratifying their addiction… unless it becomes truly life-threatening?! Sounds like a certain politician presently running for POTUS irrespective of her diagnosed Parkinson’s disease, Subcortical vascular dementia and Post concussive syndrome.
Well that’s exactly where things are for the Oligarchy of 1% that currently runs Planet Earth. For it is the pathological love of money (and psychopathic addiction to power) that has pushed them firmly into the seats of power and influence around the globe.
However, their grip on that virtually absolute power is now loosening.
And the astrology shows us how this is happening. Nevertheless, it’s even more important to understand that it is the ruled (the 99%) who ultimately permitted the tyrannical rulers to run their tyranny on them.
Oligarchs Gone Wild
With Uranus, Neptune and Pluto in houses controlled by the 1%, the 1% decided what if anything ever warranted protest or needed reform (Uranus). They were empowered to choose which ideals would guide us (Neptune). They also decided who should hold power, how it should be wielded and why (Pluto).
For much of the time, the oligarchs also decided what was logical and legal (Saturn), who would become wealthy, how wealthy they would become, who would share in that wealth and why (Jupiter).
For going on half a century, the oligarchs made virtually all the rules. They won every hand. They decided every case. By the end, they called every shot.
But that was us, drinking our own oligarchic koolaid. We followed the yellow brick road that we ourselves had paved to global oligarchy.
(Source: October 2016 – The Deep Astrological Context)
Only by understanding that it is the 99% who also walked down the very same “yellow brick road”, can the spell of the love of money be broken. There’s absolutely nothing inherently wrong with money itself; rather, it is the energetic charge associated with HOW it is earned, and HOW it is spent.
Each Month has its own Astrological Imprint
The following breakdown of the primary days in October may not be comprehensible to most. Nonetheless each one serves as a critical marker during a month - October - that is typically full of surprises. This month will be no different and will quite likely see some of the most kariotic surprises of all time.
The following short description of the primary astrological makers for October ought to be kept handy throughout the month. Each of these days has the potential for being a defining moment for the 3rd Millennium.
October unfolds with a series of collapses, astrologically tied to these dates:
October 5th - when Mars squares Jupiter.
October 7th - when Sun squares Pluto
October 15 - when Sun conjuncts Uranus
Then the big one on October 19 - when Mars conjuncts Pluto. This alignment happens every 2 years, but in light of the earlier October dates this is the one that will give a big kick to all the Pluto aspects in October.
The Gray Swans of 2016
There is no question about the many and diverse gray swans that now lurk in every location across the planetary civilization.
They were set up this way so that when the other shoe dropped every single resident of the planet would be affected by something, somewhere. In this way, each individual will be challenged to respond to the coming events in a proactive, courageous and life-affirming manner.
Related: Deutsche Bank Charged By Italy For Market Manipulation, Creating False Accounts
For instance, who can deny that a collapse of Deutsche Bank would affect every German … and every European. Talk about a massive gray swan flying over the Continent.
The Controlled Demolition of Deutsche Bank And Financial Collapse Of Europe
What follows is the current list of Gray Swans, as per the intelligence briefing platform Deep Connections
Grey Swans: The Clear and Present Danger List
1. European banking collapse with immediate global contagion (ground zero: Deutsche Bank). [Analysis…]
2. European banking collapse (ground zero: Italian banking sector).[Analysis…]
3. Economic collapse of Japan. [Analysis…]
4. Cyberterrorism/cyberwarfare/sabotage affecting US infrastructure (e.g. financial markets, power grid, internet). [Analysis…]
5. The collapse of the European Union due to a successful Brexit-like referendum in France or Italy. [Analysis…]
6. Escalation of a war between the US/NATO and Russia originating from the Syrian conflict or from the eastern European border countries (Balkans/Poland).[Analysis…]
7. Bursting of the global sovereign bond bubble and the interconnected fixed-income derivatives network.
8. Escalation of a war between the US and China originating from the South China Sea territorial water disputes.
9. A large and rapid Chinese currency devaluation.
10. A failure to physically deliver (force majeure) on the New York Comex precious metals market exchange (monetary metals: gold and/or silver).
11. Organized civil unrest that escalates to prolonged violence in multiple US cities which triggers martial law and a permanent re-calibration of the social consciousness vis-à-vis a collective, national awakening to a starkly different definition of America on all levels — from its 1776, constituent DNA to the US’ perceived status through the eyes of the rest the world.
(Source: Prevailing Gray Swans: The Clear and Present Danger List for the Week Ending September 23, 2016)
This list was taken from the following essay which recently appeared under the title: October 2, 2016 = Elul 29, 5776: HUGE Window of Opportunity and/or Collapse. This post provides much more vital understanding about this decisive month of October 2016.
The U.S. Presidential Election
Let’s face it, it doesn’t get any bigger than this one. November 8th is surely the biggest election in the history of the USA. Hence, what occurs (or does not occur) during the month of October will dictate the final outcome of this election cycle.
As for dramatic political surprises, here’s one that just happened:
Send for Nigel! Trump flies in Farage to help sharpen up his debating skills for his next clash with Hillary Clinton
We haven’t seen “October Surprises” like those that will be dropping out of the sky over the next 30 days. If ever there was a time to really hang onto your hat, this month is it.
Of course, the real $64,000 question is whether Obama will “wag the dog” for Hillary? There are many concerning developments in Syria that point directly to the Obama Administration deliberately inflaming a regional war as a distinct prelude to a World War III. These folks seem hellbent to do whatever is necessary to shoehorn Hillary Clinton into the Oval Office.
Why did the NWO ruling cabal really select Hillary Clinton - a politically defective, medically unfit, notoriously untrustworthy and dangerously misguided candidate?
As for Donald Trump’s response to her presidential aspirations, the following video portrays The Donald as such a no-nonsense speaker of the truth that his performance is entirely UNPRECEDENTED IN ELECTION HISTORY.
Should he continue to increase the number and intensity of these truth bombs over the course of October, Hillary will have acquired the worst case of political PTSD ever!
Video: Trump Demands That Obama Not Pardon Hillary! This Video Will Blow You Away! Best 15 min of Trump to Date!
Since this essay focuses on astrology, it is of paramount importance to understand that 2016 - until January 27, 2017 - is the Chinese Year of the Red Fire Monkey. Yes, Donald Trump is a quintessential Fire Monkey tearing apart the whole jungle as it should be.
Bernie Sanders had a similar energy on his side, but he wimped out. The key point is that everyone needs to awaken their inner “Red Fire Monkey” because that is exactly what it’s going to take.
The energies are conspiring to create a surprising reversal of fortune for the ruling elites, but the job must be performed by We the People.
However, there is only one way to pull off such a reversal. Every concerned soul must step up when they are called to do so. In the Year of the Red Fire Monkey there is simply no stopping those who truly align with the dharma of the indomitable Monkey.
In ancient Eastern lore, Lord Hanuman, perhaps the greatest Fire Monkey of all time, was known to be supremely powerful, unrivaled off the battlefield, and invincible in war.
October 2016 will be written about in future history books as the most consequential time frame of the era.
Whether the events are dramatic or the developments are paradigm-shattering, what does transpire in the next four plus weeks will radically alter society, profoundly change Western civilization and deeply transform the planetary order.
September 27 2016 | From: RobBryant
Modern theories tell us that there are ten spatial, or "space-like" dimensions to our reality. With this project I have developed a creative way to use a variation of what's known as the "point-line-plane-postulate" to visualise those ten dimensions.
This is a concept that most would have thought was impossible for the human mind to comprehend. How can we do this?
We start with a point. Like the point we know from geometry. It has no size, no dimension. It's just an imaginary idea that indicates a position in a system. A second point then can be used to indicate a second system, but it too is of an indeterminate size. To create the first dimension, all we need is a line passing through any two points...
Continue, you will be glad you did...
Unlawful Killing - The Murder Of Princess Diana And Why It Matters
September 23 2016 | From: Sott / Various
The mystery surrounding the deaths of Princess Diana and Dodi al-Fayed 22 years ago was revived by the claims of a British SAS sniper whose testimony was part of the trial of another SAS soldier who was convicted of illegal weapons possession.
The parents-in-law of the SAS sniper in question, known only as "Soldier N", claim that he boasted to his wife that the "SAS was behind Princess Diana's death".
Unsurprisingly, the media reaction to the story has been to dismiss it, citing, incorrectly, that the investigation into Diana and Dodi's deaths was conclusive, that it was an accident, and that there was "no evidence of conspiracy".
In fact, this alleged "new evidence" has done little more than provide the media with an opportunity to, once again, ridicule any idea that there was anything strange about the events in Paris that night.
The general consensus among the great British and world public seems to be that Diana and Dodi and their driver Henri Paul died as a result of a car crash caused by pursuing paparazzi.
It's rather perplexing that this should be the case because the jury in the official 3-month-long inquiry into their deaths returned a verdict of "unlawful killing" and the paparazzi were exonerated.
How does this happen? Well, how did it come to pass that 50% of American citizens believed that Saddam Hussein was involved in the 9/11 attacks, despite the fact that no one, not one person, ever made such a statement publicly?
Answer: The mainstream media's real job is not to report the news but to 'catapult the propaganda' that the 'elite' hope will become the new 'reality' or historical record.
Five years ago British film director Keith Allen made an attempt to release a documentary about the death of Diana and Dodi. Due to the content of the film however, Allen was legally prevented from making it widely available to the public.
Attempts to upload it to video hosting sites like Youtube and Vimeo have also been thwarted. The documentary provides fairly damning evidence that Diana and Dodi were murdered by the British 'elite', with the support and connivance of their French counterparts.
Just some of the details revealed in the documentary include:
All CC TV cameras at the entrance to the Alma tunnel in Paris (alma means 'soul' in Spanish) were mysteriously switched off at the time of the 'crash'.
The seat-belts in the back of the Mercedes in which Diana and Dodi were traveling may have been tampered with to make them inoperable.
The paparazzi were left far behind Diana and Dodi's Mercedes by the time they entered the Alma tunnel. However, four motorbikes and a white Fiat Uno car surrounded the Mercedes in the tunnel. One of these vehicles (or one of the drivers) emitted an intensely bright flash of light (similar to a strobe light). The Fiat Uno then hit the Mercedes from the side, causing it to crash violently into one of the central pillars of the tunnel.
French doctor Jean Marc Martino took immediate control of the crash scene and the victims. It took him 37 minutes, however, to extract the still conscious Diana from the back of the car, despite the fact that the back of the car was undamaged, so there should have been no significant delay in removing her.
81 minutes elapsed before the ambulance departed the scene of the crash for the nearest hospital.
It was 103 minutes (a further 22 minutes) before the ambulance arrived at the nearby hospital (a journey that should have taken no more than 5 minutes).
At the official inquest, experts agreed that Diana's life could have been saved if she had received normal and prompt medical attention.
The doctors Dr. Pepin and Professor LeComte who conducted tests on the blood samples of the driver Henri Paul appear to have used someone else's blood to determine that Paul was drunk, when he was not. Both of these doctors were legally required to attend the inquest, but refused to appear. The French Ministry of Justice protected them, citing reasons of "public order" for their refusal to attend and officially the reason was "protection of state secrets and the essential interests of the nation."
A government that withholds information in the interest of "national security" or to "protect state secrets" is essentially saying that they realise that if the information became publicly available, it could provoke mass public disturbances, or even revolution. In short, "protecting state secrets" and "national security" are euphemisms for protecting the 'elite' from the people, and what the people might do if they knew the truth.
In 2006, a team of scientists offered to conduct tests on the samples to determine who they belonged to. The French government declared, however, that the blood samples in question "no longer existed". There is also clear evidence that French police planted alcohol in Paul's apartment to support the claim that he was an alcoholic.
British intelligence had developed a plan to assassinate a Serbian politician by causing his car to crash in a tunnel by flashing a strobe light at the driver.
Many members of the British establishment, including the judiciary, police force and politicians, conspired to cover up the truth about the crash and the fact that Diana suspected she was going to be killed.
British MP Nicholas Soames appears to be a psychopathic misogynist (one among many in the British establishment) who hated Diana. Soames was British Defence Minister under Conservative Prime Minister John Major (1994-97). Soames threatened Diana that she should back off from her high-profile campaign to end the use of land mines in third world countries and warned her that "accidents can happen". Soames is the Chairman of Aegis Defence Services, a British private mercenary company with overseas offices in Afghanistan, Bahrain, Iraq, Kenya, Nepal and the United States. As evidenced by video footage released in 2005, Aegis mercenaries were involved in the indiscriminate shooting and murder of Iraqi civilians during 'Operation Iraqi Freedom'.
According to the book Women in Parliament published in 2005, Soames has been named as the 'most sexist' MP, with several female MPs stating that he has made vulgar comments to them. In other accusations of sexual harassment, it has been alleged that Soames makes repeated cupping gestures with his hands, suggestive of female breasts, when women are trying to speak in parliament, in order to distract them.
Nicholas Soames: a repellant excuse for a human being
If there is a flaw in Keith Allen's excellent documentary investigation into the murder of Diana and Dodi, it is the emphasis given to the role of the British monarchy in the murder. It is unlikely that the British royals had any significant role in the murder of Diana and Dodi because the British royals do not wield significant power in the UK, and have not done so for centuries.
Since the de facto end of absolutist monarchy in England at the turn of the 18th century, the role of British royalty has been one of serving the interests of the established lay authorities, a.k.a. 'the elite'.
Diana and Dodi were murdered to "protect the British monarchy" only insofar as the continued existence of the British monarchy is important to the civilian 'elite' because it lends legitimacy to their claim of 'natural' or 'divinely ordained' superiority over the inferior rabble.
It is, after all, the Queen that appoints governments and bestows knighthoods, peerages and other 'honors' on the chosen, and thereby confers 'regal legitimacy' on those so honored and appointed.
Of course, behind the scenes, it is 'her majesty's government' (i.e. the self-same civilian 'elite') that advises the sovereign on who gets what and when. Without this royal pomp and circumstance, the bestowing of titles by civilians on other civilians would look, for all the world, like a bunch of undeserving bureaucrats pumping themselves up far beyond their station. And the people may not be so eager to sanction it.
Diana's divorce from Charles, her impending marriage to Dodi al-Fayed (a Muslim) and the possibility that she might expose some of the less than regal goings-on inside Windsor Castle threatened the public image, reputation and very existence of the British Royal establishment, but the threat was felt most keenly among the high-level securocrats in Whitehall and assorted pedophile peers who jealously guard their immoderate privileges and lifestyles.
Dodi al-Fayed was a film-maker (he produced the multi-Oscar-winning Chariots of Fire). His father was a wealthy man. Had he and Diana been allowed to live, we can only imagine what kind of films or documentaries he may have turned his hand to with Diana as his wife and inspiration.
Given Diana's outspoken and compassionate nature, combined with her world-wide public appeal, what might she have said or done, and what might she have achieved had she been allowed to live?
With the world as her stage and having the ears of billions, might the last 16 years that have brought us the interminable 'war on terror', the invasions of other nations, the slaughter of so many innocents and the institution of a global police state, have been any different?
But it is certainly a sad indictment on the nature and structure of our modern society that an open and loving heart coupled with a natural and widespread popularity is perceived as such a threat by our entrenched 'leaders' that their minds invariably turn to murder and cover-ups to 'solve the problem'.
But that appears to be precisely what happened in the case of Diana, and she was certainly not the first victim. This particular story of the summary assassination of a popular hero is anything but new. Julius Caesar was one such hero, and there have been many others over the course of the last 2000 years.
Unfortunately, their lives all seem to tell the same story of unfulfilled potential for themselves, the millions they could have inspired, and human society in general.
Watch the 'Unlawful Killing' documentary for yourself below:
The Real Reason Why Princess Diana Was Assassinated: Ex MI5 Agent Testifies
The Ritualistic Assassination of Princess Diana - David Icke
|Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team
September 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes
The justice-seeking community are a funny bunch. We’ve all got our differences, including the various ‘beliefs’ we have, but ultimately we’re on the same team. You’d think we would be acting like it too, but unfortunately we’re not.
It’s clear that the divide and conquer strategy is in full swing, even among the truth and freedom movements. What’s the D&C strategy I can hear some of you ask?
Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics
It’s when the powers-that-think-they’re-the-overlords use informational tactics to divide the people so they fight one another, instead of collectively facing the real issues.
And god dammit they’ve been successful.
There’s covert powers who are in control? I would suggest we engage some simple logic with this one. To start, money rules the world. better put, they can digitally punch numbers into a computer and POOF, currency is created.
Now these banksters control the central banks and therefore control the governments. Enter the two-party tyranny system we call democrSo, who owns the money? The banksters of course. Their scam is so brilliant that they can create money out of thin air, oracy. Both sides work for the same financial interests, which are not just limited to the banking industry, but the energy, pharmaceutical and media corporations too, among many others.
Essentially, we are ruled via a highly integrated corporatocracy, regardless if you understand it, or believe it to be true.
This control-system is a sick beast. It’s out of alignment with natural law, which essentially means that it disrespects the golden rule. In layman’s terms, this universal law is to do no harm, respect each others shit, honor your contracts; that sort of thing.
Because the matrix of control aims to impose their centralized global dictatorship on all of us, including the disgraceful methods they’re choosing to achieve it, they’ve broken this divine contract. Therefore, their so-called ‘power’ is undermined by their own actions.
They essentially make themselves obsolete.
But we cannot keep our heads in the sand and do nothing; we still have to deal with this layer of truth in one way or another. After all, no great organizational change occurred by riding unicorns and staring at pretty fucking rainbows.
Simply, we have both a material and energetic responsibility to face this cancer of an order and replace it with something truly made out of justice and honor.
What then, should we replace it with? Well, this is one of the million dollar questions.
Some people are fundamentalist anarchists who want zero government. Now I might be off target, but at least hear me out and then disagree with me if you wish.
Personally I find that proposition unrealistic, especially until every person in every country is at some stage of enlightenment where they won’t try to monopolize, tyrannize, subjugate or apply an array of other tactics of suppression, coercion and control.
In other words my view is that we ned to utilize the current operational system, at least in the transitional phase, because groups of people still exist who will fuck others over given the chance. So it makes more sense for ‘the people’ to ethically take control of the governmental system and transform it into one that honors the golden rule, at least initially.
Now I might be wrong about this, and I’m perfectly okay with that. And that’s my point; we can disagree about exactly where we go from here, but we still need to mobilize a voluntary team otherwise we’re all likely to be royally fucked.
I also see the inherent value of a money-less society because money itself is an evidence-based tool of scarcity, and therefore enslavement. It also naturally breeds excessive competition, inequality and greed. This approach could be achieved via some form of abundance-based economy, but I do realize this futurist design is unrealistic, at least in the short term.
But once again, I don’t have all the answers. No one does. I would suggest that most of us don’t want to be ruled, and therefore we’re all anarchists in the pure sense of the word, and that’s the first principle we can unite on. But how we transition to a ruler-less world is yet to be determined.
After all, oligarchical and tyrannical systems have been the norm throughout our so-called civilized history, not the exception.
So, given we need to integrate to undermine the mechanisms of the control-system, where are we at?
Unfortunately, the alternative media is in tatters. We’ve recently had a couple of big names surrounded by big controversy, causing further division. Many people are violently arguing about the shape of our reality. The conspiracy rabbit hole and it’s multiple tunnels of truth and untruth have left many people poorly focused, as well as the truth-seekers significantly divided. The competing views on Trump has also resulted in more infighting.
In addition, many people think they have their shit sorted and are ‘enlightened’, but few appear to remember they’ve continuously changed their minds and behaviors since birth. Even if they have a good idea of what the fuck is going on, many fail to realize that this ride of ‘waking up’ is a journey, not a destination.
For example, there’s a couple of quotes which have been shared tens of millions of times, which say something like ‘be the change’ and ‘I’m wise so I change myself’, but they’ve been disgraced by all those who don’t bother to truly live by them.
The hypocrisy and inaction among the truth-seekers is painfully obvious.
Yet, we’re all hypocrites to one degree or another. We’re all going to evolve our beliefs in some way too. If we truly accept that we all have our weaknesses and contradictions, and that we’ve got philosophical and behavioral refinements that we’re yet to undertake, then it makes it very easy to accept one another as comrades.
And it’s absolutely necessary at this point too. The concerning reality is that the entire freedom movement is in danger of becoming a running joke, not just to the outsider curtain hangers, but internally as well.
That’s one of the reasons why we really need to start fresh. If we begin by accepting that none of us 100% know what has, is and should be, then we will create a level playing field where we all have an opportunity to volunteer as equals on the team of truth and freedom.
If so, we will actually have a strong shot at finally unifying, which is the only bloody way we’re going to get anything seriously done.
Of course we’re already moving in a general direction, and there’s many agreements already subtly made. For example, it’s fairly clear there are certain concepts and primary targets that have manifested as a pattern within the independent media and the progressive mindsets. What follows, therefore, is a simple merger strategy that’s based on a few core values, and a few core systemic areas.
So let’s see how this resonates. In terms of values, do you personally agree with the following?
1. We value love over hate.
2. We value truth over lies.
3. We value freedom over enslavement.
4. We value happiness over suffering.
5. We value honor over disrespect.
6. We value cooperation over competition.
7. We value family and community over money.
8. We value health over business.
9. We value peace over war.
10 We value justice over injustice.
Sound fair? I’m going to assume that’s a yes, because otherwise you need some serious self-healing. Sorry (not sorry) to be so blunt, but your-self and your fellow-man are not your enemy.
In addition, if we agree on these values, they must be applied in every area of discourse. Of course there are areas where competition for example has its place, such as sport, but there is still cooperation first and foremost otherwise the game wouldn’t even be played.
So if these values can stand the test of time, that also means they will naturally dissolve any so-called rules and laws that contradict them.
In terms of the systemic issues, let’s see if we can at least agree on the Four M’s as our primary targets for change, which are Money, Medicine, Media and Management:
1. Money should be a sovereign public utility, not hijacked by private stakeholders and converted into a transnational banking cartel.
2. Medicine (including food) should be as natural as possible, as well as be inexpensively available to all who need it, not monopolized by the multinational giants and perverted into the toxin-rich, addictive and unnatural substances we have today.
3. Media should be based on truth, authentic journalism and what’s best for the people, not propagandized to create minions of the failing system.
4. Management of our society should be designed by and for the people, not by and for the corporate and oligarchical structures.
Is that fair too? Does the whole lot sit well with you? Let’s bloody well hope so.
So in saying all this, and of the thousands of people who read it, what will actually change to unite the world’s justice-seeking communities?
To be straightforward and realistic, most likely fuck all. In truth, I actually could care less if it’s this proposal either; if a group would like to design a basic unification strategy that we can agree on, please do so. No matter how it happens, it just needs to happen, and that’s the most important thing.
However, we really do need to show some solidarity, so this has been created as an opportunity for the fragmented independent media to stand together on some core values and systemic focal points. We’re all in the position to share this information through our networks too, so if you more or less agree with this strategy for unification then there is nothing stopping you from doing so.
In addition, the recent issues arising from two key voices in the independent media has further shown that we shouldn’t be rallying around individuals, but instead be binding around some very simple and key agreements. If so, we could use them as a framework for publicly debating how they relate to the behavior of governments, corporations, oligarchs and the system itself.
By continuously saturating our agreements and discussions into the collective consciousness, more and more people – working both inside and outside of the system – will be emancipated from the delusions they’ve been programmed to have. After all, people are just people, and most of them deep down want the best for their fellow-man.
It would then continue as an education process for everybody who needs it, based on any agreements made. And as Max Igan suggests in the below interview, we could also organize a global day of protest to show unification around our quest for truth and freedom.
In any case, I primarily wrote this as an energetic injection because I know that somewhere lurking just beyond the veil, the many movements for truth and freedom have an innate capacity to put their differences to the side and come together as a peaceful force to radically transform our world into one of honor and justice.
Could this happen soon? Who knows; we’ve all been pleasantly surprised before.
For further information regarding where we’re at, and where we’re going, watch this new interview with the infamous Max Igan.
|New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It
September 17 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed
According to a well-known theory in quantum physics, a particle’s behavior changes depending on whether there is an observer or not. It basically suggests that reality is a kind of illusion and exists only when we are looking at it.
Numerous quantum experiments were conducted in the past and showed that this indeed might be the case.
Related: String Theory Co-Founder: Sub-Atomic Particles Are Evidence the Universe Was Created
Now, physicists at the Australian National University have found further evidence for the illusory nature of reality. They recreated the John Wheeler’s delayed-choice experiment and confirmed that reality doesn’t exist until it is measured, at least on the atomic scale.
Some particles, such as photons or electrons, can behave both as particles and as waves. Here comes a question of what exactly makes a photon or an electron act either as a particle or a wave. This is what Wheeler’s experiment asks: at what point does an object ‘decide’?
The results of the Australian scientists’ experiment, which were published in the journal Nature Physics, show that this choice is determined by the way the object is measured, which is in accordance with what quantum theory predicts.
“It proves that measurement is everything. At the quantum level, reality does not exist if you are not looking at it,” said lead researcher Dr. Andrew Truscott in a press release.
The original version of John Wheeler’s experiment proposed in 1978 involved light beams being bounced by mirrors. However, it was difficult to implement it and get any conclusive results due to the level of technological progress back then. Now, it became possible to successfully recreate the experiment by using helium atoms scattered by laser light.
Dr. Truscott’s team forced a hundred of helium atoms into a state of matter called Bose-Einstein condensate. After this, they ejected all the atoms until there was only one left.
Then, the researchers used a pair of laser beams to create a grating pattern, which would scatter an atom passing through it just like a solid grating scatters light. Thus, the atom would either act as a particle and pass through one arm or act as a wave and pass through both arms.
Thanks to a random number generator, a second grating was then randomly added in order to recombine the paths. This was done only after the atom had already passed the first grate.
As a result, the addition of the second grating caused interference in the measurement, showing that the atom had traveled both paths, thus behaving like a wave. At the same time, when the second grating was not added, there was no interference and the atom appeared to have traveled only one path.
The Results and Their Interpretation
As the second grating was added only after the atom had passed through the first one, it would be reasonable to suggest that the atom hadn’t yet ‘decided’ whether it was a particle or a wave before the second measurement.
According to Dr. Truscott, there may be two possible interpretations of these results. Either the atom ‘decided’ how to behave based on the measurement or a future measurement affected the photon’s past.
“The atoms did not travel from A to B. It was only when they were measured at the end of the journey that their wave-like or particle-like behavior was brought into existence,” he said.
Thus, this experiment adds to the validity of the quantum theory and provides new evidence to the idea that reality doesn’t exist without an observer. Perhaps further research in the field of quantum physics and more thought-provoking evidence like this will completely change our understanding of reality one day.
“If quantum mechanics hasn’t profoundly shocked you, you haven’t understood it yet.”
- Niels Bohr
David Wilcock is a researcher, writer, author and lecturer who has generated an enormous amount of material on this subject and many related ones. Discover more at: DivineCosmos
|9 Humans With Authentic ‘Superpowers’ That Completely Baffle Scientists
September 13 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution
Whether they are savants who can paint a masterpiece blindfolded in seconds, geniuses who can calculate numbers only a computer could, or regular people who can remember every single detail of their lives down to the date and time, humans with special abilities seem to be abundant in society.
But special abilities go far beyond what many savants are doing today, and science has been studying these abilities for decades, despite the fact that the results are not always emphasized by mainstream academia.
Below are a few of many examples that will make you stop and question what you think you know.
Ingo Swann & Remote Viewing
Remote viewing is the ability of a person to describe a remote geographical location up to several hundred thousand kilometers from their actual physical location. It’s not just one person who can do this, but multiple human beings can and this is a verified fact.
The CIA and NSA, in conjunction with Stanford University, were involved in the scientific study of parapsychological phenomena that that lasted more than two decades, which also included remote viewing.
In these experiments, multiple individuals were able to describe distinct objects that were located in a separate room, and at other remote physical locations from where their body was not.(source 1) (source 2) (source 3)
It’s kind of like projecting your consciousness outside of your body to another location that is, again, away from your current physical location.
As reported by a publication in the Journal Scientific Exploration, one of the study’s participants, Ingo Swann, was able to successfully describe and view a ring around Jupiter that scientists had no idea existed at the time. (source 1) Ingo has gone on to write about remote viewing the moon and other strange anomalies within the realm of parapsychology.
Remote viewing was actually used by intelligence agencies, which is why they spent large amounts of money, time, and years investing in the program. Who knows what information still remains classified from it?
Uri Geller & Psychokinesis
Another great example comes from the work of professional aerospace engineer and physicist Jack Houck. He, alongside Army Colonel J.B. Alexander, was responsible for holding a number of sessions to test the validity of psychokinesis (moving objects with the mind).
In these sessions, attendees were taught how to initiate their own PK events using various metal objects. Individuals were able to completely bend or contort their metal specimens with no physical force being applied whatsoever. (source) (source)
There have also been reports of individuals (mostly children) being able to “teleport” full physical objects from one location to another. (source)
One notable individual was Psychic Uri Geller, who, during a talk he gave at the U.S. Capitol building, caused a spoon to curve upward with no force applied. The spoon then continued to bend after he put it back down and resumed speaking. (source)
Regardless of whether you think this is a hoax, or question the validity of what happened with Uri Geller, the fact that consciousness has some sort of measurable affect on our physical material world is now, at least some scientists believe, firmly established in scientific literature.
The quantum double slit experiment is one great example out of many. Although science has observe these types of phenomenon, it can’t explain it yet. Perhaps quantum entanglement has something to do with it?
For a selected list of downloadable peer-reviewed journal articles reporting studies of this type of phenomena, mostly published in the 21st century, you can click here.
Stephen Wiltshire, diagnosed with autism at the age of 3, is an artist who draws and paints detailed cityscapes. He’s most known for his ability to observe accurate representations of cities for seconds, and then depict them with remarkable precision.
Below is a video of Wiltshire drawing the Singapore skyline from memory.
Wim Hof aka “Iceman”
Wim Hof raised the eyebrows of many scientists after he was able to use meditation to stay submerged in ice for almost two hours without his core body temperature changing one bit. This is remarkable, and adds to the growing body of evidence that points to the important role consciousness plays in our body’s reaction to certain situations/ailments.
Since Wim was able to successfully maintain his core body temperature in such a harsh environment, he’s since gone on to climb Mount Everest in his shorts, resist altitude sickness, complete a marathon in the Namib Desert with no water, and proven under a laboratory setting that he’s able to influence his autonomic nervous system and immune system at will.
Almost everything this man has done was thought to be impossible by most. Below is a documentary done on Wim by VICE news if you are interested.
He even teaches his methods during his 10 week course you can check out here.
Listen to the Podcast we did with Wim here.
During a visit to remote monasteries in the 1980s, Harvard professor of medicine Herbert Benson and his team of researchers studied monk living in the Himalayan Mountains who could, by g Tum-mo ( yoga technique), raise the temperatures of their fingers and toes by as much as 17 degrees. This is very significant, and it’s still unknown how the monks are able to generate such heat. (source)
It doesn’t stop there, the researchers also studied advanced meditators in Sikkim, India, where they were astonished to find that these monks could lower their metabolism by 64 percent.(source)
In 1985, the Harvard research team made a video of monks drying cold, wet sheets with body heat alone. Monks spending winter nights 15,000 feet high in the Himalayas is also not uncommon.
Can yoga, meditation, and other similar practices unleash our inherent supernormal mental powers?
Just over a year ago, I wrote an article regarding meditators collapsing quantum systems at a distance, you can read that here. There is no shortage of literature when it comes to Buddhist monks, and monks from all over the world, who possess “supernormal” abilities.
If you’re further interested in this subject, I recommend reading “Supernormal: Science, Yogo, and the Evidence for Extraordinary Psychic Abilities” by Dr. Dean Radin, Chief Scientist at the Institute of Noetic Sciences.
In 2004, Daniel Tammet gained a lot of public attention when he recited the mathematical constant Pi (3.141…) from memory to 22,414 decimal places in 5 hours, 9 minutes, without error. The recitation took place at the Museum of the History of Science in Oxford and set a European record.
He was diagnosed with high-functioning autistic savant syndrome that same year, as he is able to perform a number of complex mental tasks, and learn at the rate another “normal” mind could not.
This is common among “autistic” people, and Daniel emphasizes himself that the differences between savant and non-savant minds have been exaggerated by the medical industry. According to him, his astonishing abilities are not the result of a genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination.
According to him, autistic thought is an extreme variation of a kind of thinking that all of us do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors. (source)
“Among the most marvelous, most frightening and certainly most unbelievable possibilities suggested by psychic folklore is that human beings may be able to exert an observable influence upon the physical world - simply through the power of conscious intention; or unconscious intention, or; by some accounts, through the assistance of spiritual intelligences; 0r as a result of a mysterious principle known as synchronicity.
Some scholars – such as Stephen Braude, professor of philosophy at the University of Maryland - take such reports very seriously, claiming that no honest person can examine the case study reports and easily dismiss them.”
– Jeffrey Mishlove, from his newest book, The PK Man: A True Story of Mind Over Matter
Jeffrey Mishlove is currently serving as Dean of Transformational Psychology at The University of Philosophical Research. His book tells the story of a 20 year field investigation he conducted on a man who had extraordinary psychokinetic/precognitive abilities.
As many other researchers have done, he calls attention to Nina Kulagina, a citizen of the former Soviet Union who has apparently demonstrated psychokinetic influence on physical objects. She caused quite a stir at the time, and in 1968 Western researchers attending a conference were shown a video of her in action:
“The Russians claimed that this woman, also known as Nelya Mikhailova, had been studied by some forty scientists, including two Nobel laureates.
They also reported that, like Serios, Madame Kulagina was able to cause images to appear on photographic film. The communist scientists, who were by no means inclined to take a spiritualistic world view, felt that they had encountered a new force in nature."
Below is some footage from 1970, where more researchers conducted experiments. Many have examined Kulagina, and for the last 20 years of her life she was subjected to academic research by the USSR.
A study published in the American Journal of Chinese Medicine, as seen in the the US National Library of Medicine, demonstrated that a women with special abilities was and is able to accelerate the germination of specific seeds for the purposes of developing a more robust seed stock.
As the study states:
“Chulin Sun is a woman with exceptional powers (Shen and Sun, 1996, 1998; Sun, 1998). A member of the Chinese Somatic Science Research Institute, she is a practitioner of Waiqi. Waiqi is a type of qigong that teaches the practitioner to bring the qi energy of traditional Chinese medicine under the control of the mind.
Chulin Sun can induce plant seeds to grow shoots and roots several cm long within 20 min using mentally projected qi energy (Fig. 1). This has been demonstrated on more than 180 different occasions at universities as well as science and research institutions in China (including Taiwan and Hong Kong) as well as other countries (e.g., Japan, Thailand, Malaysia, etc.) (Ge et al., 1998; Qin et al., 1998; Lee et al., 1999).
We took part in and repeated the qi germination experiments seven times, and five of them succeeded (Ge et al., 1998). This remarkable effect on seed development has drawn widespread attention (Tompkins and Bird, 1973; Lee, 1998), but the biological mechanisms that underlie this phenomenon are unknown." (source)
Pretty remarkable isn’t it? How does Sun do it? Apparently, she enters into a deep trance-like state, and from this place, she is able to advance the time required for sprouting dry seeds from their usual 3 to 4 days, to 20 minutes, generating a sprout growth of 3-4 inches. After a genetic analysis, scientists confirmed this to be the case, hence, the using of the word “rapid” in the title.
The abstract of the study also states,
“It was thought preliminarily that qi energy changed the structure of a germination-correlated gene site speeding up expression and advancing it in time."
50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness
September 4 2016 | From: HuffingtonPost
Would you love to get happier but you’re feeling busy or overwhelmed?
Making a few small changes to your daily routine and attitude can add up to positive results for your life and happiness. Here are 50 small ways to increase your happiness.
1. Choose a simple mantra for the day to keep your thoughts positive and empowering (for example: I am enough. Today I choose happiness. I am thankful for the good in my life.)
2. Meditate for 3-5 minutes each day.
3. Switch your jarring morning alarm tone for an inspiring song.
4. Start a gratitude practice by writing down 3 things you are grateful for.
5. Take a few moments each morning to notice the sun has risen and feel appreciation for the new day ahead.
6. Have compassion for yourself - when you are feeling down, treat yourself with unconditional love and kindness, not judgment.
7. Nourish your body with whole foods, water and sufficient sleep.
8. Start a journaling practice to get your swirling thoughts on paper and out of your head.
9. Pause for a deep belly breath and surrender all of your worries momentarily.
10. Put up post-it notes reminding you of your favorite positive truths or quotes.
11. Spend time in nature as it has a naturally calming and restorative effect.
12. Decide how you most want to feel (e.g. free, inspired, abundant, relaxed) and consciously cultivate these feelings in your being as you go about your day.
13. Read a few pages of an inspiring book to feed your mind.
14. Have a short dance break to get you out of your head and back in your body.
15. Write down a list of your current goals and desires and what they mean to you.
16. Perform small acts of kindness and see how amazing it feels to help others.
17. Take a new route or try a new coffee shop or hobby - mixing up your routine can shake you out of autopilot mode and get you back in the present moment where beauty and joy exist.
18. Replace worry with wondering what the best case scenario could be - ask yourself often: what is the best thing that could happen?
19. Let go of a habit or relationship that no longer serves your highest good.
20. Look at the stars, ocean or forest and marvel at the mystery and beauty of life.
21. Praise and compliment yourself — rather than solely relying on other people to fill your emotional cup.
22. Create a morning ritual to help you ground in the right energy before the day begins.
23. Move your body with a form of exercise you enjoy — it releases natural feel-good chemicals.
24. Make time in your schedule to do the simple things you love — like walking in the park, reading or having dinner with friends.
25. Place your hand on your heart and wish yourself well.
26. End the day by reflecting on everything good that happened.
27. Let your creativity flow through writing, painting or making art.
28. Do something that scares you — tapping into courage is hugely satisfying.
29. Write a list of people and memories you are willing to forgive and let your past pain go.
30. Cultivate an abundance mindset by noticing everything you have in your life - you might have an abundance of freedom, fresh air, food, friends or inspiring ideas.
31. Take small steps towards an important or meaningful goal you have.
32. Ask your soul and the Universe for more miracles and magic in your life.
33. Soak up and savour the simple pleasures - like your morning coffee, sunshine on your back or the comfort of fresh sheets in your bed.
34. Spend a few moments thinking about what a privilege it is to be alive and having an adventure on planet earth — the odds of you being born at this time to your parents are about one in four hundred trillion. You and your life are a miracle.
35. Write a list of your gifts, passions and interests - having clarity on these things can help you bring more meaning into your life.
36. Practice accepting the things you cannot change and spending your energy on the things you can.
37. Believe in yourself a little more by telling yourself often: I can do this. I’ve got this.
38. Feel your feelings instead of numbing them - if you sit and feel what’s going on in your emotional body without adding a mental story, your pain will soon dissolve and you will feel whole because you are reconnecting with yourself.
39. Mentally sending blessings to the people you encounter during your day.
40. Feel gratitude and excitement for your dreams - your appreciation will call them into your life faster.
41. Think of a way to use your gifts today - you have been given them for a reason.
42. Be led by love, not fear. As you make daily decisions, ask yourself: What would love do here?
43. Drop comparison and competing with others for a new goal: being the best you.
44. Decide to be a light of love and inspiration for others. As the poet Rumi wrote: “Be a lamp, or a lifeboat, or a ladder. Help someone’s soul heal. Walk out of your house like a shepherd.”
45. Quiet your mind for a moment and listen to what your soul or intuition is guiding you to do.
46. Surround yourself with people who are positive, loving and bring out your best.
47. Know your values (e.g. connection, creativity, adventure) and incorporate them into your life.
48. Remember your inherent worth and remind yourself often that you are enough.
49. Celebrate the light in others instead of judging them for their human imperfections.
50. Energy flows where attention goes so make a daily commitment to focus on the things you like about yourself and your life - and watch how you flourish as a result.
Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School
August 7 2016 | From: StumbleUpon
You’re taught about history, science, and math when you’re growing up. Most of us, however, aren’t taught how to identify or deal with our own emotions, or the emotions of others. These skills can be valuable, but you’ll never get them in a classroom.
Emotional intelligence is a shorthand that psychological researchers use to describe how well individuals can manage their own emotions and react to the emotions of others.
People who exhibit emotional intelligence have the less obvious skills necessary to get ahead in life, such as managing conflict resolution, reading and responding to the needs of others, and keeping their own emotions from overflowing and disrupting their lives. In this guide, we’ll look at what emotional intelligence is, and how to develop your own.
What Is Emotional Intelligence?
Measuring emotional intelligence is relatively new in the field of psychology, only first being explored in the mid-80s. Several models are currently being developed, but for our purposes, we’ll examine what’s known as the “mixed model,” developed by psychologist Daniel Goleman.
The mixed model has five key areas:
Self-awareness: Self-awareness involves knowing your own feelings. This includes having an accurate assessment of what you’re capable of, when you need help, and what your emotional triggers are.
Self-management: This involves being able to keep your emotions in check when they become disruptive. Self-management involves being able to control outbursts, calmly discussing disagreements, and avoiding activities that undermine you like extended self-pity or panic.
Motivation: Everyone is motivated to action by rewards like money or status. Goleman’s model, however, refers to motivation for the sake of personal joy, curiosity, or the satisfaction of being productive.
Empathy: While the three previous categories refer to a person’s internal emotions, this one deals with the emotions of others. Empathy is the skill and practice of reading the emotions of others and responding appropriately.
Social skills: This category involves the application of empathy as well as negotiating the needs of others with your own. This can include finding common ground with others, managing others in a work environment, and being persuasive.
You can read a bit more about these different categories here. The order of these emotional competencies isn’t all that relevant, as we all learn many of these skills simultaneously as we grow. It’s also important to note that, for our purposes, we’ll only be using this as a guide. Emotional intelligence isn’t an area that most people receive formal training in. We’ll let psychologists argue over the jargon and models, but for now let’s explore what each of these mean and how to improve them in your own life.
Before you can do anything else here, you have to know what your emotions are. Improving your self-awareness is the first step to identifying any problem area you’re facing.
Here are some ways to improve your self-awareness:
Keep a journal: Career skill blog recommends starting by keeping a journal of your emotions. At the end of every day, write down what happened to you, how you felt, and how you dealt with it. Periodically, look back over your journal and take note of any trends, or any time you overreacted to something.
Ask for input from others: As we’ve talked about before when dealing with your self-perception, input from others can be invaluable. Try to ask multiple people who know you well where your strengths and weaknesses lie. Write down what they say, compare what they say to each other and, again, look for patterns. Most importantly, don’t argue with them. They don’t have to be correct. You’re just trying to gauge your perception from another’s point of view.
Slow down (or meditate): Emotions have a habit of getting the most out of control when we don’t have time to slow down or process them. The next time you have an emotional reaction to something, try to pause before you react (something the internet makes easier than ever, if you’re communicating online). You can also try meditating to slow your brain down and give your emotional state room to breathe.
If you’ve never practiced intentional self-awareness, these tips should give you a practical head start. One strategy I personally use is to go on long walks or have conversations with myself discussing what’s bothering me. Often, I’ll find that the things I say to the imaginary other end of the conversation can give me some insight into what’s really bugging me. The important aspect is to look inwards, rather than focusing solely on external factors.
Once you know how your emotions work, you can start figuring out how to handle them. Proper self-management means controlling your outbursts, distinguishing between external triggers and internal over-reactions, and doing what’s best for your needs.
One key way to manage your emotions is to change your sensory input. You’ve probably heard the old advice to count to ten and breathe when you’re angry. Speaking as someone who’s had plenty of overwhelming issues with depression and anger, this advice is usually crap (though if it works for you, more power to you).
However, giving your physical body a jolt can break the cycle. If you’re feeling lethargic, do some exercise. If you’re stuck in an emotional loop, give yourself a “snap out of it” slap. Anything that can give a slight shock to your system or break the existing routine can help.
Lifehacker alum Adam Dachis also recommends funneling emotional energy into something productive. It’s alright to let overwhelming emotions stew inside you for a moment, if it’s not an appropriate time to let them out. However, when you do, rather than vent it on something futile, turn it into motivation instead:
"I recently started playing tennis for fun, knowing that I’d never become exceptional because I began too late in life. I’ve become better and have a very minor talent for the game, so when I play poorly I now know and I get down on myself.
When up against an opponent with far more skill I find it hard to do much else than get angry. Rather than let that anger out, I take note of it and use it to fuel my desire to practice more. Whether in sports, work, or everyday life, we can get complacent with our skill and forget that we always have some room for improvement.
When you start to get mad, get better instead."
You can’t always control what makes you feel a certain way, but you can always control how you react. If you have some impulse control problems, find ways to get help when you’re feeling calm. Not all emotions can be vented away. My struggle with depression taught me that some emotions persist long after the overflow. However, there’s always a moment when those feelings feel a little less intense. Use those moments to seek help.
We talk about motivation a lot. When we’re talking about motivation as it relates to emotional intelligence, however, we don’t just mean getting up the energy to go to work. We’re talking about your inner drive to accomplish something. That drive isn’t just some feel-goody nonsense, either. As Psychology today explains, there’s a section of your prefrontal cortex that lights up at the mere thought of achieving a meaningful goal.
Whether your goal is building a career, raising a family, or creating some kind of art, everyone has something they want to do with their life.When your motivation is working for you, it connects with reality in tangible ways. Want to start a family? Motivated people will start dating. Want to improve your career? Motivated people will educate themselves, apply for new jobs, or angle for a promotion.
Daniel Goleman suggests that in order to start making use of that motivation, you first need to identify your own values. Many of us are so busy that we don’t take the time to examine what our values really are. Or worse, we’ll do work that directly contradicts what we value for so long that we lose that motivation entirely.
Unfortunately, we can’t give you the answer for what it is you want in life, but there are lots of strategies you can try . Use your journal to find times when you’ve felt fulfilled. Create a list of things you value. Most of all, accept the uncertainty in life and just build something. Fitness instructor Michael Mantell, Ph.D suggests that using lesser successes you know you can accomplish. Remember, everyone who’s accomplished something you want to achieve did it slowly, over time.
Your emotions are only one half of all your relationships. It’s the half you focus on the most, sure, but that’s only because you hang out with yourself every day. All the other people that matter to you have their own set of feelings, desires, triggers, and fears. Empathy is your most important skill for navigating your relationships.
Empathy is a life-long skill, but here are some tips you can use to practice empathy:
Shut up and listen: We’re gonna start with the hardest one here, because it’s the most important. You can’t experience everyone else’s lives to fully understand them, but you can listen. Listening involves letting someone else talk and then not countering what they say. It means putting aside your preconceptions or skepticism for a bit and allowing the person you’re talking to a chance to explain how they feel. Empathy is hard, but virtually every relationship you have can be improved at least marginally by waiting at least an extra ten seconds before you retake the conversation.
Take up a contrary position to your own: One of the quickest ways to solidify an opinion in your mind is to argue in favor of it. To counter this, take up a contrary position. If you think your boss is being unreasonable, try defending their actions in your head. Would you find their actions reasonable if you were in their shoes? Even asking the questions of yourself can be enough to start empathizing with another’s point of view (though, of course, getting real answers from others can always help).
Don’t just know, try to understand: Understanding is key to having empathy. As we’ve discussed before, understanding is the difference between knowing something and truly empathizing with it. If you catch yourself saying, “I know, but,” a lot, take that as an indicator that you should pause a bit more. When someone tells you about an experience that’s not your own, take some time to mull over how your life might be different if you experienced that on a daily basis. Read about it until it clicks. It’s okay if you don’t spend all your time devoted to someone else’s life, but putting in just some time—even if it’s idle thought time while you work - can be beneficial.
By definition, empathy means getting in the emotional dirt with someone else. Allowing their experiences to resonate with your own and responding appropriately. It’s okay to offer advice or optimism, but empathy also requires that you wait for the right space to do that. If someone’s on the verge of tears, or sharing some deep pain, don’t make light of it and don’t try to minimize the hurt. Be mindful of how they must feel and allow them space to feel it.
Summing up all social skills in one section of an article would do about as much justice to the topic as if we snuck in a brief explainer on astrophysics. However, the tools you develop in the other four areas will help you resolve a lot of social problems that many adults still wrestle with. As Goleman explains, your social skills affect everything from your work performance to your romantic life:
"Social competence takes many forms – it’s more than just being chatty. These abilities range from being able to tune into another person’s feelings and understand how they think about things, to being a great collaborator and team player, to expertise at negotiation.
All these skills are learned in life. We can improve on any of them we care about, but it takes time, effort, and perseverance. It helps to have a model, someone who embodies the skill we want to improve. But we also need to practice whenever a naturally occurring opportunity arises – and it may be listening to a teenager, not just a moment at work."
You can start with the most common form of social problems: resolving a disagreement. This is where you get to put all your skills to the test in a real-world environment.
We’ve gone into this subject in-depth here , but we can summarize the basic steps:
Identify and deal with your emotions: Whenever you have an argument with someone else, things can get heated. If someone involved is emotionally worked up, deal with that problem first. Take time apart to vent, blow off steam on your own, then return to the problem. In a work environment, this may just mean complaining to a friend before you email your boss back. In a romantic relationship, remind your partner that you care about them before criticizing.
Address legitimate problems once you’re both calm: Once you’re in your right headspace, identify what the conflict is. Before you jump to solutions, make sure you and the other person agree on what the problems really are. Propose solutions that are mutually beneficial and be sympathetic to any concessions the other person may be unwilling to make (but be sure to stand firm on your own).
End on a cooperative note: Whether in business or pleasure, relationships work best when everyone involved knows that they’re on the same page. Even if you can’t end on a positive note, make sure that the last intention you communicate is a cooperative one. Let your boss/coworker/significant other know that you want to work towards the same goal, even if you have different views.
Not every type of interaction with another person will be a conflict, of course. Some social skills just involve meeting new people, socializing with people of different mindsets, or just playing games. However, resolving conflict can be one of the best ways to learn how to apply your emotional skills.
Disputes are best resolved when you know what you want, can communicate it clearly, understand what someone else wants, and come to favorable terms for everyone. If you’ve been paying attention, you’ll notice that this involves every other area of the emotional intelligence model.
Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong
July 21 2016 | From: WakingTimes
Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.
Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history.
An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.
“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,” explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich.
“Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”
The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008.
Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”
The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.
“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,” said Dr. Osmanagich.
Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power.
Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.
H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground.
The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future?
Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;
“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”
Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm.
Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.
Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey
Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.
Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location.
“Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.
“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,” as reported by Klaus Schmidt.
In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground.
These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations.
“Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.
Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago
The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.
The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet.
Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.
“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,” comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.
The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones.
Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.
In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. “This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. “Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material.
We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls.
Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.
“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”
Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September.
To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here.
For more on the Bosnian Pyramids go to www.icbp.ba.
The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees
July 21 2016 | From: UpliftConnect
Seven amazing facts you may not know: Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time. Watching their cycles of growth, shedding of leaves, and re-flowering in the spring, people have long perceived trees as powerful symbols of life, death, and renewal.
We look to them for inspiration when we need grounding energy, as their roots descending deep into the Earth remind us of our own connection to and dependence on our planet for stability and life. Trees live for hundreds or even thousands of years, and so we revere them as keepers of past secrets and sentinels of the future.
Forests cover one-third of the Earth’s landmass. They provide a home to at least 80% of land-based plants, animals, and insects. Trees are one of our main defenses against climate change, as they balance our air by absorbing carbon dioxide from human activities and turning it into oxygen; they also protect watersheds by holding our soil in place.
In honor of the International Day of Forests on March 21, here are seven incredible facts about the hidden life of trees.
tree1Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time.
1. Pando, or the Trembling Giant
Pando is a grove of approximately 47,000 quaking aspen trees in Utah. This remarkable group of trees is considered a single organism, because all the trees share a single root system and each tree is genetically identical. New trees are produced by sprouting from the massive parent root system. It is estimated that Pando has been alive at least 80,000 years, making it one of the oldest living things on the planet.
Consider that when this tree colony first sprouted from the ground, humans would still not arrive on North America for another 50,000 years. In some parts of the planet, Neanderthal people were still 30,000 years from going extinct. The 106-acre grove of trees has seen unimaginable changes, living through the ice age and at times being completely burnt down above ground, but surviving and renewing itself below ground.
Pando treesThe stunning pando trees
2. More than 25% of Western pharmaceuticals originate in rainforest plants.
There are 3,000 plants currently recognized by the U.S. National Cancer Institute as active against cancer cells, and 70% of these come from rainforests. Perhaps this is why the shamans of the Amazon believe that for every human ailment, the rainforest holds a cure.
And yet, only 1% of all rainforest plants have actually been studied (by modern science) for medicinal purposes. Imagine how many valuable healing plants are destroyed or even made extinct as the rainforests are cleared at a rate of 1.5 acres per second. Due to rainforest destruction, the Earth loses approximately 137 species of plants, animals, and insects per day.
3. Not all rainforests are in tropical zones.
The Pacific Temperate Rainforest is the largest remaining coastal temperate rainforest on Earth. It is situated along the Pacific Coast and stretches from Northern California up to the Prince William Sound in Alaska. It is characterized by high amounts of rainfall, more than 10 feet per year in some areas; and in many places the forest grows right up to the shoreline. It includes the Great Bear Rainforest in western Canada, home to the Spirit Bear, a rare subspecies of black bear with a white coat.
A National Geographic article about the Great Bear Rainforest states: “Grizzlies, black bears, wolves, wolverines, humpback whales, and orcas thrive along a coast that has been home to First Nations like the Gitga’at for hundreds of generations. It’s a spooky, wild, mysterious place: There are wolves here that fish. Deer that swim. Western red cedar trees that have stood a thousand years or more. And a black bear that is white.”
Alt text hereSpirit bear in the Great Bear Rainforest
4. In many cultures, it is believed that hugging a tree releases negative energy from the human body.
Many people believe that trees, like humans and all living things, possess an energetic vibration and an aura. Because trees’ vibrations are slower and deeply connected to the Earth through their roots, connecting with trees can help us to feel safe, secure, and stable.
Most would agree that a walk in the forest or even simply gazing at a tree provides a deep feeling of peace and serenity, and can be emotionally and psychologically healing.
5. People in Malaysia maintain a very intimate relationship with trees.
Among the Sng’oi indigenous people, a person and a tree can belong together, and this relationship is maintained for life. When a person belongs with a tree, they also belong with its offspring: any trees that grow from the seeds of the first tree, no matter how far they become scattered.
Also in Malaysia, trees are planted around houses so closely that the walls of the homes may give way to the growing roots. In the graveyards, the trees are allowed to take root into graves, and it is said that the trees whisper prayers to the creator asking for the forgiveness of sins of those buried in that place.These practices speak to an ancient knowing that people and trees are intimately interconnected throughout life and forever in history.
Hugging a tree can release negative energy from the bodyHugging a tree can release negative energy from the body
6. Trees are literally saving our lives every day.
A July 2014 study showed that trees prevent $6.8 billion per year in averted health costs annually, just in the United States. It is estimated that by removing massive amounts of air pollution through their leaves, trees “prevented 850 human deaths and 670,000 cases of acute respiratory symptoms in 2010 alone.”
Studies show that trees in urban areas are removing 4 to 8 times the pollution from the air as their equivalents in rural areas. This highlights the importance of planting trees everywhere we possibly can, and especially in highly-populated areas where pollution is highest.
Trees are saving our livesTrees are an important part of our lives
7. Trees in a forest communicate with one another through underground networks.
Trees are connected below the ground by mycorrhizal fungi, which live symbiotically with the roots of the trees. Both the trees and the fungi need each other to survive. But that’s not all. Because the fungi essentially connect the roots of one tree to another, the trees can use the fungi to pass nutrients to one another.
So, for example, in winter when aspens are weaker, nearby conifers were found to pass additional nutrients to the aspens to keep them healthy. Similarly, older, more-established trees pass nutrients through the fungi to young seedlings which need to grow larger toward the sun’s light in order to survive. The largest, oldest trees in the forest serve as the hub because they possess and produce large amounts of resources, and their massive roots spread out in all directions.
When one tree is attacked by insects, it distributes pheromonal chemicals through the fungi beneath the soil to warn nearby trees of a possible attack so the other trees can prepare by changing the chemical makeup of their leaves. The fungal networks also strengthen the immune systems of the trees.
So not only do different species of trees help each other out in the forest, but fungi and even other types of plants join the underground network and communicate together to support the health of the entire ecosystem. There is documented proof that when a tree is dying, it releases its resources into the root networks so that its neighbors can benefit from the nourishment that it will no longer need - it is making the ultimate sacrifice.
Trees communicate with each other below the groundTrees communicate with each other below the ground
Natural, Sacred and Wild
In closing, here is a beautiful poem written by Clare Dakin of TreeSisters, which will help you to deepen your connection with trees and with all of nature:
Let the birds take your clothes
Let the waves undo your holding back
Let the vines unravel your tired mind
And the earth savour your sweat and tears.
Let your stories burn off like rising mist,
As your past and the false floors of curbed self love
Dissolve into butterfly wings and fire flies
As your edges blur and your Planetary Self ignites.
Let the trees bathe your breath
Let the meadows embrace you
Let the mountains and the bees remind you
Let the sky flood in and allow the clouds to guide you.
Let your undoing be as total
As your becoming is beautiful –
And when the living world has climbed inside
Enough for you to feel four legs, scales and wings.
May you finally know yourself alive as all things –
Indivisible and responsible
Reborn into wholeness
Natural, Sacred and Wild
~ Clare Dakin
Going Through Some Changes, Are You?
July 19 2016 | From: WakeUpWorld
Going through some changes, are you? Whatever you do, don’t fight them. Even the seeming dark experiences. The learning curve has taken a mighty leap forward for all who are willing to listen, and follow on.
Our most precious lessons come from examining the seemingly dark places with open hearts. That’s where the gems are buried.
In order for any of us to move forward in this transitional shift into higher levels of conscious awareness we must have a full knowledge of ourselves as well as our surroundings. Only in self healing, actualization, and deep, sincere grounding can we be fitted for the challenges ahead. And this takes courage. The courage of our convictions and willingness to venture into the unknown. At any cost.
Into the Unknown
Having explored all known avenues only to find we’re not yet fully empowered nor tooled to do the job that appears to be at hand to realistically change the course of this planet’s apparent destiny, we must take this as a confirming signal to move into unknown realms. The ones unknown to each of us individually, as well as collectively.
So much has been pioneered by brave, realized souls who’ve manifested on earth through the ages. Much of the teachings they left behind appears vague, cryptic, and even inconclusive to those first coming upon them.
Such is the nature of our layered realities.
Much like prospectors or alchemists looking for treasure, each of us seeks personal fulfillment and answers to heart-held questions we’re born with. As we progress, often learning by trial and error, we’re led into new realms of thought and most notably personal experience. This shared conscious growth is often painful but always exhilarating as we venture into to what is yet unexplored territory.
Learning to Know… And Trust
Heart knowledge, also known in somewhat vague, minimizing and enigmatic nomenclature as intuition, is our true language and reliable resource. The mind only analyzes and processes in its very limited framework.
Such is the nature of our restricted understanding of the spiritual realm, as this heart knowledge is invariably defined from the mental realm with all of its ingrained handicaps and limitations. That so-called science relies on what they call verifiable, quantifiable evidence to prove something is a testament to the extent of collective man’s chosen ignorance in its lust for control and “self” preservation.
How can society ever evolve past its current self-defeating loop of shallow base-sensory limitation when only allowing evidence that concurs its own system? Again, insanity taking on profound manifestations in plain sight, yet few pay attention to these glaring limitations.
In order to break this self-reinforcing cycle we must reach deeper, outside of this planar view of reality. We must seek, sense, find and explore the realms beyond this limited physical sensory mechanism. Unfortunately anything experienced outside this physical realm is usually cloaked in some sort of religious practice, belief system or seemingly dark esoteric gobblydygook. A whole other subject in itself, but hijack these other realms they do.
We See Better in the Dark Than We Do in the Light
As what’s left of the disintegrating global structure descends into various levels of chaos before our eyes, another world is clearly emerging. As if from a parallel dimension or timeline, another creative and earth-connected form is manifesting at an exponential, albeit somewhat obscure, rate.
Burgeoning out of awakening hearts this new world is both within this old dying structure and without it simultaneously. Like the process of cell division as we watch an amoeba or organic cell divide and separate into individual organisms, humanity is coming apart from within itself.
One heart at a time, which in turn catalyses the collective process, and vice versa.
It’s during these times that we must move into extra-sensory reliance and learn to listen and respond to our newly re-empowered heart knowledge, as well as innate spiritual radar. While our 5 sense mechanisms say one thing, our hearts may be giving us a completely different message.
When the lights of this shallow perception are out, our hearts grow soundly strong in perceptive comparison. That’s why we see more clearly in the dark. There’s nothing to fear in their manipulation of our superfluous reality when we’re connected to source in such a profound and meaningful manner.
Strange, You Say?
Does this all sound vague and spacey? Not if you’re listening closely.
An unusual thing is enveloping our understanding as it morphs our literal paradigm of understanding. It’s not easy to judge since we’re the subjects of this emergence, but there is a place in each of us to take refuge and gain profound insight, as well as centered grounding.
It’s a very strange time energetically, and what things seem to be are rarely, if ever, what they are. Then mix constant shifting on every level and the awakening energetic vibrations as well as apparent desperation at times on the part of the control hierarchy, and it makes for a very fluid dynamic indeed.
We are in the midst of this shifting shift, yet if we each look inside and even around us, we are still centered. The key is to draw close to the centering source.
What Change May Come
All of the recent geopolitical as well as social changes speak to me the same; the futility of fighting “them” on their level and on their own playing ground, yet all still inside the same glass container box. No matter what people try to “change” within the system they’re still in the box.
So if it appears we’ve made some major strides or victories, all the better for them perhaps, providing a much needed release value for pent up frustrations, as well as a phony sense of security and empowerment.
Healthy skepticism is always in order in a whirled of illusions. This applies to any and every “news” item thrown into our faces, mainstream or otherwise.
Our way out and what will bring the dissolution of the control system is our personal spiritual and vibrational transformation, moving into the unknown for the tools and spiritual technologies that disempower and dissolve the ability of the hyperdimensional source of all this to control us any longer. This may be hard for some to swallow, but if we don’t identity the true source of this parasitic invasion we’re shooting blanks at a false target – and all by design.
My advice according to my current understanding is to stay grounded and centered and beware of what you put your energy into. This includes seemingly alternative information which is not just becoming overwhelming in volume and magnitude, but increasingly fear-based, polluted and downright distractive and toxic.
Let’s spend our time finding each other and co-creating the true reality – not reinforcing the false one by being lured into contacts and contests with it.
A Conscious Response
Awareness of what’s truly going on is essential, but then we need to move in response to what we’re shown; not just on this surface playing field and all its games and the constant subterfuge around us, but the avenue of personal development that needs to be pursued to see the deeper truths that lie beyond those first layers.
From deep within we will gain a much more true perspective, sense of empowerment and real freedom, and not only stop contributing to this manipulative energetic system in ways we didn’t realize, but manifest the capabilities to neutralize those influences, which are far deeper and hidden beyond this veil we call reality.
That’s my take, right now anyway. I still think participation in other stages of standing up to all this insanity is good. It’s part of the process. It wakes people up, draws them together with others, and new truths flood in as we take one step of activation at a time. But we need to move on from those primary lessons, which are inevitable!
The big question remains – what are we doing with what we’ve learned? If the playing field is rigged, why are we putting so much energy and attention on it? Where should our energy be concentrated for the best possible outcome?
One thing for sure, when we’re not willing to let go and stand back from our current paradigm and re-evaluate at any given time with no attachment…something’s amiss. This is a profound truth for any of us at any and every level.
There’s a place for everything and that we’re each on our own learning curve is one way to view it. For starters. For sure though, this is the life of higher learning and a wonderful opportunity for all, despite the external stark realities that accost us continually.
Profound truths await us at every turn. Disengaging from clever futile endeavors proposed on every level – mental, physical and spiritual – leads the way as we let go into greater truth and understanding…
Related: Which Of The 7 Stages of Spiritual Awakening Did You Experience?
|6 Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness
July 15 2016 | From: USHealthCorps / AustralianNationalReview
Our busy lives often leave us with a giant list of things we must do and seemingly no time for things we actually want to do.
While it’s important to take care of our responsibilities, it’s also crucial to our overall well-being to take care of our spirits.
Here are a few activities that will enrich your soul and help you find inner peace amid the chaos of life.
Teach Someone Something New or Learn a New Skill
Teaching someone something new can be an incredibly rewarding experience, giving you the pleasure of not only enhancing another person’s knowledge or skill set but leaving a legacy that will remain long after you’re gone.
Whether you know how to knit or crochet, paint, play the piano, or something as simple as snapping your fingers, sharing your expertise is a soul-nourishing experience. If there’s something you’d love to learn, ask an expert to tutor or mentor you and devote some time to making a better you.
Spend Some Quality Time with Four-legged Friends
If you have a friendly pet, you can enrich the lives of others while enriching your own soul by taking your furry friend to spend quality time with nursing home or assisted living residents or even hospital patients.
Of course, you should check with the facility to be sure that your pet has the required certifications. You might even consider getting your pet certified as a therapy animal so that you can spread the joy in more places.
If you don’t have a dog of your own, consider dog walking or dog boarding. It will allow you to get the mental and physical health boosts that come with spending time with animals, while also making a little extra money on the side.
A cluttered environment can add stress to your life, so give your home an organization overhaul. Clean out your closets and donate gently used items to charity, organize your home office, or invest in some storage baskets or cute containers to give your home an updated look while freeing up valuable space.
The sense of accomplishment you’ll get from taking care of these kinds of tasks (which, if you’re like many people, you’ve probably been procrastinating on for far too long) will result in less worry and anxiety, reduced stress, and greater peace.
Catch Up With Lost Connections
Our busy lives can often lead us to lose touch with faraway friends and family members. There’s no time like the present to fix that! Re-open the lines of communication with a phone call, an email, or even a handwritten letter.
Don’t be afraid to reach out – chances are, they’ve been thinking of you too and would love to hear from you. Whether it’s been weeks, months, or even years, reconnecting with a loved one will not only forgo feelings of loneliness, it’ll give you a chance to take a walk down memory lane and fill you with warm and fuzzies.
Curl Up with a Good Book
The busy pace of day-to-day life leaves most people with little time for recreational reading. Yet reading is one of the best ways to keep your mind sharp. You don’t have to read the Encyclopedia Britannica for your brain to benefit from reading; pick up that novel you’ve been itching to start since last year and cuddle up with a cup of tea. Whether you read a true account of a historical event or a fictional work, reading allows you to escape reality and visit faraway places from the comfort of your couch.
Create a Personal Growth Plan
We all have goals in life, both professional and personal, so start creating a plan to achieve them. Make a vision board, write down your goals, and develop a strategy for becoming the person you want to be. Creating a personal growth plan is a beneficial way to look toward the future and develop an optimistic mindset about what life has in store for you.
Our giant to-do lists may try to tell us otherwise, but there’s always time for a little soul therapy. Find an activity (or two, or three!) that makes you feel happy and incorporate it into your routine. You’d be surprised at the number of benefits you’ll see in all aspects of your life when you give yourself time for joy.
Eric Johnson’s own struggles with arthritis are what inspired him to volunteer to write for USHealthCorps.org. He hopes his work on the site can help others live healthy, happy lives despite their chronic illnesses.
The Benefits Of Mindfulness
Distractions are abounding and it affects the way we work - at home and at the office. A large number of people have trouble concentrating and this is where mindfulness comes in.
A form of meditation, mindfulness helps you develop stronger concentration powers. Large corporate companies such as Apple, Google and Starbucks amongst others offer training in mindfulness for their employees.
Forbes talks about this notion and shares how it can help boost your life and your career.
So What is Mindfulness?
A simple yet effective form of meditation, mindfulness makes you more focused, helping you to gain control over unruly thoughts. It is therefore a great way to reduce daily stress as it gives you control over your thoughts and prevents pondering on negative ones.
It makes you calm and allows you to go through the day in a productive manner. Ellen Langer, a psychologist at the Harvard University says;
“Mindfulness is the process of actively noticing new things. When you do that, it puts you in the present. It makes you more sensitive to context and perspective. It’s the essence of engagement.”
She adds that the "“mindless negative evaluations” that people make and the presumptions about problems they won’t be able to solve is what makes their day stressful."
Mindfulness and its Importance
Though there are many benefits of mindfulness, the main reason so many companies are banking on it is its ability to directly improve performance. The many studies which Langer has conducted in this regard have been accurate. Here are five other reasons why companies are focussed on mindfulness:
1. It relieves stress
Stress not only affects your performance but also your personality. Forbes explains “…it’s a people killer”. According to a research conducted by Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, 75% of healthcare expense is due to stress and two-thirds of hospital visits are for the same reason. Stress can increase your blood pressure, lead to cancer, insomnia, heart disease, anxiety, depression, autoimmune diseases and so on. Mindfulness makes you calm and takes you out of the stress mode.
2. It helps you concentrate
Mindfulness teaches you to focus on one thing at a time and this impacts everything you do. It teaches you to avoid distractions and complete one task at a time. Though we have all been subjected to multitasking, it is in fact a productivity killing practice and mindfulness lets you overcome this.
3. It makes you more creative
Creativity will depend on your mental state. Thus, when you are rid of negative thoughts and can focus, you are more likely to be creative. You can defeat the thoughts which cover up your creative skills. You can think creatively and freely because mindfulness lets you concentrate on the present.
4. It helps improve EQ
Something which cannot be perceived easily, emotional intelligence or EQ affects the way we behave, our social bonds, interactions and the decisions we make. It is your ability to understand emotions and use this knowledge to deal with relationships. Years of research have revealed that EQ is what sets star performers apart from mediocre ones. Forbes conducted studies at its workplace and found that the top performers were also high on EQ.
5. It makes you a better person
A study by the Harvard University revealed that there was in fact a link between ‘mindfulness and prosaical behaviour’. Those who practice meditation are 50% more likely to be compassionate towards others as compared to those who don’t.
Michael Tellinger And Jim Marrs: Suppressed Ancient History & Real History
July 7 2016 | From: EpicVoyagers
For anyone who has taken time to explore the topics covered on whis website, it is pretty much guaranteed that you will love the material covered in the following presentation.
Michael Tellinger explores ancient history and technologies - from where Jim Marrs explores the more recent hisorical development that have followed.
Long before the Egyptians saw the light of day, an advanced civilisation of humans lived in southern Africa mining gold. These were also the people who carved the first Horus bird, the first Sphinx, built the first Pyramids and built an accurate stone calendar right in the heart of it all.
New archaeological and scientific discoveries made by Michael Tellinger, and a team of leading scientists, show that the Sumerians and even the Egyptians inherited all their knowledge from an earlier civilisation that lived at the southern tip of Africa more than 200,000 years ago... mining gold.
Jim Marrs takes us along a timeline of "Our Occulted [ occult meaning: secret ] History" - and indeed what the historical events - the actual events that have taken place - as opposed to the "official" cabal-prescribed version of history that they hoped we would all believe.
Jim explains in detail, the how and the why, covering religion, money, wars, politics, science - you name it.
This is a double feature and is quite lenghty at just under three hours - but is is well worth the time, you won't regret it. Make some popcorn!
|Meditation Literally Rebuilds Your Brain
June 7 2016 | From: In5D
By now, pretty much all of us know and accept that meditation provides a plethora of benefits, including reduced tension and stress and improved focus and concentration.
However, how and why meditation does this has long remained unknown - until now!
Harvard University scientists have published the results of an 8-week study that used magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to examine the effects of meditation on the brain. Participants in the study practiced forms of mindfulness meditation every day for approximately 30 minutes. Mindfulness is a meditation style that emphasizes maintaining an objective awareness of sensations, feelings and states of mind.
MRIs were taken at the beginning and end of the 8-week study. From the results, researchers determined that meditation literally rebuilds the brain’s gray matter in just 8 weeks - making this the very first study to document that meditation produces this kind of change over time.
The changes observed in the meditators were not seen in the control group, signifying that they had not come about naturally over time, but rather that the daily act of meditating had produced them.
We know what you’re thinking: what is this mysterious gray matter that meditation is rebuilding? Gray matter is a major component of the central nervous system, and is found in areas of the brain involved in muscle control, seeing and hearing, memory, emotions, speech, decision-making and self-control.
Research on the brain has shown that the amount and density of gray matter differs from individual to individual, and can determine or signify certain traits or talents.
For example, scientists have found that professional musicians have denser gray matter in the area of the brain involved with processing music.
The Harvard study found that meditation can increase the density of the gray matter in the hippocampus, specifically. According to the Harvard Gazette, the hippocampus is;
“Known to be important for learning and memory, and in structures associated with self-awareness, compassion, and introspection.”
Participants also reported reductions in stress after the 8 weeks, which makes sense, as over the course of the study, the gray-matter density in the amygdala - which is known to play an important role in stress and anxiety - decreased.
This study is groundbreaking and empowering in that it shows that we have the power to change the structure of our own brains: to improve our memory and learning capacities, and to become more compassionate and self-aware.
Britta Holzel, first author of the study, summarized its incredible findings:
“It is fascinating to see the brain’s plasticity and that, by practicing meditation, we can play an active role in changing the brain and can increase our well-being and quality of life.”
What Is Sovereignty?
This subject or concept is a hot topic in the alternative community. I recently attended the Anarchapulco conference that featured a wide range of aspects of this important subject regarding our personal awakening and growing financial, legal and spiritual independence and empowerment.
June 1 2016 | From: WakingTimes
Cryptocurrencies were featured along with our current geopolitical situation and alternative lifestyle choices, while roundly exposing the futility and anachronistic nature of statism, brilliantly done by Larken Rose and many other speakers. Understanding what we’ve been programmed to accept and learning to question every aspect of what the social engineers have indoctrinated us with is paramount to any real truth seeker.
When I approach these subjects touching on sovereignty, whether it be freedom from the binding maritime law-based legal system or questioning all forms of the hierarchical control paradigm, I look at it from a spiritual perspective.
What essentially IS freedom? How do we manifest our true nature more fully and thus naturally break the chains that bind us from whatever quarter? It’s all about the initial question. And our perspective.
Conscious awareness may appear to be something vague and illusive but it’s not. It’s extremely practical. The fundamental step to be taken is to find the vantage point of our higher self. What is it that is observing you, and that speaks to you and even corrects your thoughts and behavior? What is this inner voice?
The fact that it exists at all, as Echhart Tolle so lucidly expounds upon, causes a major shift in awareness and breaks so many chains immediately. What exactly is this awareness observing the experience that is us? How do we develop and utilize that perspective and what implications does this realization the wise sages of the ages have all spoken about have on the course of our lives?
This to me is the deep and wondrous world to be explored, which in its very seemingly esoteric nature has all the so-called answers to life we are seeking. But this awareness needs to mix and gel with our mental and heart awareness at the same time to make sense of this experience we call “life”.
It’s as practical as deciding what to eat or not to eat. Whether to go by impulse and just yield to our surrounding environment and accumulated habits, or learn to make a more conscious decision as to our actions as well as thoughts, this profound realization begs a whole new way of life.
If we let it. And take action on what we’re learning and hearing from this much more pure source of information and awareness. It needs to be developed which is the challenge of this school of higher learning in which we find ourselves.
Beware the Psychopathic Paradigm
Just look at the world today. Unfortunately, while the fact that non-empathic, power-crazed personages is well known to be the case amongst rulers, politicians, bankers, corporate monsters and the Orwellian media, people still take their word, hoping against hope that their empty promises will come true.
What is that? Is it lethargy, apathy, psychotic denial, mind control, or what? Most likely it’s a convergence of many such conditions, but the reality of this form of mass Stockholm syndrome is absolutely pathetic.
Stockholm syndrome, or capture-bonding, is a psychological phenomenon described in 1973 in which hostages express empathy and sympathy and have positive feelings toward their captors, sometimes to the point of defending and identifying with the captors. These feelings are generally considered irrational in light of the danger or risk endured by the victims, who essentially mistake a lack of abuse from their captors for an act of kindness. [Emphasis mine]
Does that sound familiar? That’s society at large. Just the abuse / abuser cycle is rife in society, and designedly so. After all, these so-called rulers have themselves been abused by their handlers, physical and / or interdimensional, and so pass on that same paradigm. Hence the massive propagation of fear as the ultimate controlling signal.
It’s the implanted and socially engineered parasitic mindset, be it archontic, wetiko or some other transdimensional explanation of this energetic vampirism. The dynamic is there and it’s designed to disempower and control through intimidation, fear and ignorance of the truth.
What are they afraid of ultimately? What is it they are trying to suppress? Because underlying this is the empowering reality that we can break from that cycle at any time; first by identifying what is going on and then by making the necessary changes in our thinking, behavior and attitudes while continuing to grow in manifestation of the infinite divine expression within each of us.
But whatever you do, don’t support it by participating in it. Elections are a perfect example. They’re rigged and a total distraction. Just look at the strife they engender, dividing up the populace in yet another way in their effort to divide and conquer. It’s time people fully woke up to what’s really going on and how they’re energy is being siphoned off.
Appealing to a hierarchy that shouldn’t be in the first place only reinforces its grip, and is a form of voluntary self-subjugation. It’s eons old and evidenced not just in politics but religion, learning institutions, scientism, medicine and the entire corporate and monetary state model. It’s time to get conscious and disengage.
Their entire manufactured structure many call the matrix will crumble. It’s the people who fall for the charade that support it. But first people need to see the extent of the lie, as well as discover their own power of spiritual sovereignty.
Taking The Stand
What invariably happens to a sincere truth seeker is a change of lifestyle. It usually happens in increments. It becomes obvious to have the least entanglement possible with any of the world’s systems. They’re essentially toxic and woefully binding, hindering our very being from being truly free in a whole range of ways.
It may mean to change jobs or careers, so called. It may mean, and usually does, finding some creative outlet where this conscious awareness can manifest via our imagination. It also means disengaging from any compromises we can, be it banking or credit card enslavement, poor eating and living habits, choosing the right people to engage with and leaving others and unfruitful relationships behind.
It’s profound, but only goes as far as we’re willing to go. As these changes progress more and more becomes completely obvious. You are not your name, therefore any legal attachments to your paper identity are essentially fraudulent or fundamentally ensnaring. The entire legal and political system becomes almost embarrassingly stupid and obviously built for control purposes.
Therefore, you strive to get free. Only not striving in their sense, fighting the very thing that only seeks affirmation by our unconscious response to it, but by sidestepping the entire matrix. If we think we can combat or dissipate their fabricated low vibrational world on their level we’ve already lost, and will only recreate another system with the same low vibrational construct in some form.
It just doesn’t work that way.
Be Practical, But Stay Spiritual
I’m all for activism, but it needs to be wisely targeted. When it builds community and most of all awareness it’s good, whatever it is. There are definitely times to lay ourselves on the line when it comes to the encroaching machine.
There’s clearly a war on against humanity, one major thing that will become apparent to the seeker, and we cannot lay down and just take it, just as you wouldn’t let the state come in and take your children, never mind vaccinate them or some other such barbaric practice.
The most powerful and impactful effect any of us can have is being who we truly are. To what degree we’re willing to manifest our true self is the challenge we all face, including the apparent nuts and bolts on how we do that in a practical way, one step at a time as we continually raise our levels of consciousness.
Essentially it’s not complicated at all. Being honest, lovingly forthright and sovereign comes naturally to the soul. It’s the rest of our convoluted, conditioned and reflexive self that needs to snap out of the hypnosis and catch up.
Changing our personal environment is a big start. Cut away the hindrances to where you can gather some momentum in manifesting your integral, honest and authentic self. Drop the downers and energy vampires out of your life.
You’re not helping them by continuing on as just another compromised gnome to appease and avoid confrontation.
That’s the matrix working through our horrific psycho-social programming to hold us back at as low of a frequency as possible – and to NOT venture out into our full-on freedom but stay firmly in the yoke of their parasitic grip.
There’s plenty of motivation to do this for anyone even half awake. The exterior world of the system is closing down at a frantic pace, and your life, mine, and those of our loved ones and the many wonderful people worldwide as well as the life of our very planet are at stake.
It may mean doing more to expose the establishment and what’s behind it in a meaningful, awareness-generating and community building way. Whatever we do or refrain from doing, one cannot keep on business as usual once you’ve woken up, that’s for sure.
Whatever path you take, let it be a conscious one, done wisely and circumspectly. There are so many factors and each of us is our own unique expression of Universe and we need to honor that. But respond we must to the call of consciousness.
It’s not airy fairy, it’s not a religious retreat, it’s not some state of blissful ignoring of our circumstances. It’s being fully alive in the eternal here and now. We are communicating in very human bodies with very real restrictions and limitations as well as needs and desires. But at the same time we are primarily and first and foremost spiritual beings inhabiting these incredible bio-machines.
It may appear to be a conundrum but it’s not. It’s what it is, and we need to have that reality check in full and take on our responsibilities with courage and determination. Not judging by what’s going on around us and the actions of others or any kind of social or even alternative norm. But expressing our uniqueness, as living examples of authenticity and freedom in everything we do.
We are sovereign, in the very essence of the word. Now we need to operate from that all permeating knowing. Everything else will become clear.
"The only way to deal with an unfree world is to become so absolutely free that your very existence is an act of rebellion.”
- Albert Camus
Spiritual Leap Of Faith
The theme of owning one’s power keeps coming up in healings, readings and conversations.
May 27 2016 | From: In5D
As a response to encouraging people to stand in their power, I am frequently met with unbridled fear.
Never have I had so many people in such crisis over the same issue. This is obviously a collective consciousness blockage which needs to be purged.
What is a Spiritual Leap of Faith?
Imagine that you are leisurely driving along the Road of Life, a meandering country lane. You are on your way to Enlightenment Town, a Shangri-La of spiritual awareness, Oneness and Divine Love. Accompanying you on this trip are some great friends. These angelic guides are lovingly assisting you all along your journey.
Suddenly, without warning, the road comes to an abrupt end. You stomp on the brake pedal with both feet, and your car skids to the very edge of the precipice. There, before you, lies nothing but open air… no road, no land, just sky and clouds. Gingerly you exit your vehicle and creep towards the edge of the cliff.
Your breath quickens as you peer ever-so carefully over the sheer cliff face. The land below is so far away that the trees look like matchsticks. Your gaze shifts upward and you squint hard trying to see what lies on the other side. Alas, it’s too far away.
But seriously don't jump off an actual cliff please. Not without a wingsuit
You turn to your friends and bemoan the fact that there’s no bridge. Your friends tell you that there is in fact a bridge there, but that you can’t see it. They explain that you must cross this chasm unaided, using faith as your only support. You can’t imagine anything more insane, and so you argue with them, but to no avail. They are adamant that you can do it.
Your friends’ lack of assistance, coupled with the daunting and seemingly impossible task ahead, causes you to react with fear, and that fear turns into anger. Instead of taking the leap of faith, you plunk yourself on the ground and cross your arms in defiance. You refuse to move forward without their help. You even consider turning back. You are at an impasse.
Owning Your Power
At some point in everyone’s spiritual reawakening process, you must make a leap of faith. This point in your journey back to Oneness almost always appears with little or no warning. Although unspeakably frightening, the leap is unavoidable and very necessary.
Not only is it mandatory, but it must also be achieved by you alone. No one can assist you, for to do so would defeat its purpose. It serves to help you own, and stand in, your spiritual power.
Ego is the Problem, Not Spirit
Your ego is scared and so it’s throwing up road blocks everywhere it can. It doesn’t want you to take that leap of faith. It’s telling you to go back where it’s ‘safe’. Since the ego is connected to your left brain, it uses your intellect to rationalize away the need for